B.D.S Curriculum (2016) UDMY UDMM Myanmar

PREAMBLE
The University of Dental Medicine was first established as the College of Dental
Medicine affiliated to the Institute of Medicine I in 1964. The curriculum used then was adopted
from the British Dental Schools as the college was opened under the Colombo Plan aid. In 1974,
during the 2nd Medical Education Seminar the curriculum was revised.
The College of Dental Medicine was upgraded to the Institute level in 1976. Some
coordinated efforts to improve the curriculum have been made at the fourth Medical Education
Seminar (1978) and National Seminar on undergraduate curriculum for Community Orientation
(1982). The existing curriculum was again revised in the fifth Medical Education seminar (1994).
In 1998, with the further upgrading of the Institute of Dental Medicine and the
establishment of a new Institute in Mandalay, the curriculum was made more concise and the
academic course for the Bachelor degree shortened from 7 years to 5½ years. Starting from 2014
the course is again extended six months for internship to talling 6 years.
Now, with the four years national programme for raising the standard of education in
Myanmar, it has become necessary to keep our education standard abreast with the developed
ASEAN countries and at the same time to keep in line with the National health plan policy
which was laid down in 1993.
Thus it is pertinent for our curriculum to reflect the country's need i.e. to produce more
health personal who can cope with the medical / dental problems they would face in their daily
practice.
The previous curriculum is more clinically oriented, subject based and teacher centered.
The new curriculum is more problem based and community based learning as well as
with more appropriate horizontal and vertical integrations. The new curriculum is also more
student-centered especially with the encouragement for e-education.
-1-
INSTITUTIONAL OBJECTIVES
The aim of dental education is to produce dental practitioners who are socially conscious,
community oriented, professionally skillful, and technically competent. The graduate of the
university should be:-
1. able to abide by the guidelines of National Health plan laid down by the
government and implement accordingly.
2. capable of effective action using the knowledge, skill and attitude for the promotive,
preventive, curative, and rehabilitative oral health needs of the country.
3. capable of maintaining and improving the quality of oral health services by doing
continuing education and research.
4. aware of professional ethics and abide by its codes.
-2-
UNIVERSITY OF DENTAL MEDICINE
OBJECTIVES
The graduate should be able to;
1. master the English and Myanmar language necessary to converse with staff and
patients, read and comprehend medical books and journals and to write technical
essays, medical histories and management plans.
2. understand the concepts and principles of basic natural sciences and their
application to medicine.
3. accquire the predetermined level of knowledge of the structure and function of the
human body including growth development, senescence and death to be able to
identify deviations from normal.
4. understand the physiological concept, physical chemical processes of the body and
their control mechanisms to explain the reasons for deviations from the normal.
5. conduct appropriate physical, biochemical, pathological and microbiological
examinations and investigations to detect the deviation from normal structure and
function.
6. understand the specific changes in organs and organ systems caused by aging,
trauma, stress, bacterias, viruses, chemicals and drugs and the basic principles of
awareness these deviations.
7. acquire knowledge and skill to undertake the responsibility of the dental profession
and dental practice in relation to the law.
8. acquire the knowledge, skill and attitudes regarding oral health problems, their
interventions and follow - up.
9. develop, implement, monitor and evaluate a community dental health plan and oral
health programme of the country.
10. work as a member and when necessary, the leader of an oral health care team in the
hospital and in the community.
11. conduct simple investigative studies on patient care and oral health services in
Myanmar.
12. realize the responsibility and concern and act in accordance with the social and
political philosophy of Myanmar.
13. be aware of the importance of ethics in the practice of dental medicine.
14. be aware of the social and cultural settings, health beliefs and practices in Myanmar
and their relevance and implication for health care.
15. study problem solving ability and self-reliant learning in relation to simple medical
problems.
16. to take interest and to educate the individual patient, their families and the
community in matters related to oral health promotion and oral disease prevention
and oral rehabilitation.
17. be aware of dental medicine as a continuum of the normal, deviation from normal
and the correction of the deviations, the greatest emphasis on the correction of the
deviation in the phase.
-3-
SELECTION & ADMISSION OF UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS
1. For candidate to be eligible for selection to the dental university, the applicant as well as
both his / her parents must be citizens of Union of Myanmar. (Must sign a bond for three
years compulsory government service.)
2. For candidate to be eligible for selection to the dental university, the applicant must have
passed at least the matriculation examination or any examination or examinations and that
the university council recommend from time to time. The candidate must have attained
certain level of proficiency in Chemistry / Physics / Biology (General Science) and
English.
3. In order to exclude mentally or physically handicapped individuals, the candidate must
pass the fitness examinations conducted by the board of studies before admission.
(manual dexterity, drug addition etc..)
4. For candidate to be eligible for selection he/she must have the necessary student
characteristics which will be assessed at the personal interview.
5. For the number of students admitted to the dental university the following should be
considered
(i) The existing national health policies
(ii) The immediate and future need of the country
(iii) The number of staff available
(iv) The equipment and material available
(v) The availability floor space.
6. The male to female ratio for selection of students should be 80:20.
However, the male-female ratio may be reviewed depending on the changing needs of the
country in future.
-4-
CURRICULAR STRUCTURE FOR B.D.S. COURSE
The curriculum for B.D.S. course consists of five classes and internship with a total duration of
six years.
Nomenclature Duration
1st B.D.S. class 1 year

2nd B.D.S. class 1 year
3rd B.D.S. class 1 year
4th B.D.S. class 1 year
Final B.D.S. class 1 year
House-Officer (Internship) 1 year
Total 6 years
-5-
CURRICULAR STRUCTURE FOR B.D.S. COURSE
Duration Subjects
1st B.D.S. 1 year I. Communication Science – English, Myanmar
II. Biomedical Science – Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics,
Zoology, Botany
III . – IT & First Aid , 2nd Year Subjects
Per: & Prof: Development
Family Medicine
2nd B.D.S. 1 year Anatomy , Physiology , Biochemistry , Oral Biological Science
Behavioral Science( CBL / PBL ) , Communication Skill
3rdB.D.S. 1 year Pathology , Microbiology , Pharmacology , Dental therapeutics ,
Dental Material Science , Basic Prosthodontics , Junior Operative
Course(Conservative Dentistry), Behavioral Science( CBL / PBL) ,
Communication Skill
4th B.D.S. 1 year General Medicine , General Surgery ,
Clinical Dentistry I (Oral Surgery and Oral Medicine)
Clinical Dentistry II (Periodontology and Preventive and
Community Dentistry, Preventive and Social
Medicine)
Clinical Dentistry III (Paediatric Dentistry & Orthodontics)
Senior Operative Dentistry (Conservative Dentistry)
Prosthodontics
Communication skills, Ergonomics in Dentistry and Clinical
Management.
Final B.D.S. 1 year Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
Oral Medicine
Conservative Dentistry
Prosthodontics
Dental Health I (Periodontology and Preventive and Community
Dentistry)
Dental Health II (Paediatric Dentistry and Orthodontics)
Behavioral Science (CBL / PBL) , Communication Skill
House- 1 year Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Oral Medicine, Conservative
officer Dentistry, Prosthodontics, Periodontology and Preventive and
(Internship) Community Dentistry , Paediatric Dentistry and Orthodontics
CBL = Community based Learning

PBL = Problem based Learning
-6-
CURRICULUM FOR B.D.S. DEGREE
(TOTAL TEACHING / LEARNING HOURS)
Class Subjects Hours Total Hours
st
1 B.D.S. Myanmar 90
English 180
Chemistry 160
Physics 140
Zoology 140
Botany 140
Mathematics 60
TPPD 100
Elective 40 1050
nd
2 B.D.S. Anatomy 402
Physiology 206
Biochemistry 206
Oral Biology 264
Behavioral Science 104 1182
3rd B.D.S. Pathology 180
Microbiology 180
Pharmacology 115
Dental therapeutics 35
Dental Material Science &
Basic Prosthodontics 251
Junior Operative Course 238
CBL / Computer Skill 155 1154
th
4 B.D.S. General Surgery 198
General Medicine 198
Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery 165
Oral Medicine 132
Prosthodontics 99
Senior Operative Dentistry 55
Periodontology, 66
Preventive and Community Dentistry 37
Preventive and Social Medicine 29 1111
Paediatric Dentistry 66
Orthodontics 66
-7-
CURRICULUM FOR B.D.S. DEGREE
(TOTAL TEACHING / LEARNING HOURS)
Class Subjects Hours Total Hours

Final B.D.S. Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery 166
Oral Medicine 146
Conservative Dentistry 165
Prosthodontics 146
Periodontology 146
Preventive & Community Dentistry 113
Paediatric Dentistry 146
Orthodontics 146 1384
Elective Period 210
Internship Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery 1 ½ months
Oral Medicine 1 ½ months
Conservative Dentistry 1 ½ months
Prosthodontics 1 ½ months
Periodontology 1 ½ months
Preventive and Community Dentistry 1 ½ months
Paediatric Dentistry 1 ½ months
Orthodontics 1 ½ months
Total 12 months 1820
Total 7701
-8-
COORDINATED TEACHINGS
1st B.D.S.
SUBJECTS COORDINATED DEPARTMENT
(1)Communication Science
( English + Myanmar )
(2)Biomedical Science Dental materials ;Conservative Dentistry,
( Physics ) Prosthetic Dentistry , Paediatric Dentistry
Orthodontics ,
Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery ,
Oral Medicine
( Chemistry ) Physiology ,Biochemistry ,Dental Materials
Microbiology, Pharmacology , All Dental
Clinical Department
( Mathematics ) Preventive and Social Medine & Preventive
and Commuity Dentistry Departments
(3) Biomedical Science Biochemistry, Physiology ,Microbiology
( Zoology , Botany ) Pharmacology ,Preventive & Social
Medicine
2nd B.D.S.
(1) Anatomy 2nd B.D.S. subjects and all clinical subjects
(2) Physiology 2nd B.D.S. subjects and all clinical subjects
(3) Biochemistry 2nd B.D.S. subjects and all clinical subjects
(4) Oral Biological Science Anatomy , Physiology , Oral Pathology
Conservative Dentistry , Periodontology
Orthodontics
3rd B.D.S.
(1) Pathology 3rd B.D.S. subjects and General Medicine &
Surgery ; Oral Surgery , Oral Medicine
(2) Pharmacology 3rd B.D.S. subjects and General Medicine &
Surgery ; Oral Surgery , Oral Medicine +
Clinical Dentistry
(3) Microbiology 3rd B.D.S. subjects and General Medicine &
Surgery ; Oral Surgery , Oral Medicine
(4) Conservative Dentistry ( J.O.C ) Physics ,Chemistry , Dental Anatomy &
Physiology ,
All Clinical Department
(5) Prosthetics Dentistry Physics ,Chemistry , Dental Anatomy &
(Dental material science & Basic Physiology ,
prosthetics ) All Clinical Department
4th B.D.S.
(1) General Medicine Basic Medical Science Dept: Oral &
Maxillofacial Surgery , Oral Medicine
-9-
(2) General Surgery Basic Medical Science Dept: Oral &
Maxillofacial Surgery , Oral Medicine
(3) Clinical Dentistry I Basic Medical Science Dept: General
(Oral Surgery & Oral Medicine ) Medicine & Surgery , All Dental Clinical
Departments
(4) Clinical Dentistry II Basic Medical Science Dept: General
(Preventive and Community Dentistry, Medicine & Surgery , All Dental Clinical
Preventive and Social Medicine & Departments
Periodontology )
(5) Clinical Dentistry III Basic Medical Science Dept: General
(Paediatric Dentistry & Orthodontics ) Medicine & Surgery , All Dental Clinical
Departments
TRAINING SCHEDULE FOR HOUSE OFFICERS
1. Training Hospital
At the University of Dental Medicine and 50 bedded hospital (Oral & Maxillofacial
Surgery) for eight months and at Teaching Hospitals designated by Ministry of Health for
four months.
2. Training guidance
House Officer Manual - 2004/2005,
Check lists of minimum requirement.
3. Leave
Special leave - Maximum 10 days.
Not more than 3 days continuously.
To report if absent without leave for 3 days.
Will be reposted for the period absent at the particular Department.
4. Failure to report for House Officers posting (in House Officer Manual 2004/2005)
Reasonably one or two days.
Failure to report without firm reason for one month will be debarred for one year.
5. Assessment
Keeping of logbooks will be monitored, supervised and controlled byrespective faculty
members.
Head of the department will make assessment.
Rector will sign the completion form with the recommendations of the Heads of
Department.
Proposal - Check lists to be added to house officer manual.
House officers will be informed of the importance of log book & check - lists.
-10-
TEACHING HOUR ALLOTMENT FOR FIRST B.D.S. COURSE
One Academic Year 52 weeks

Non-Teaching Week 22 weeks
Total Teaching Weeks 30 weeks
Non-Teaching Hours
1. April Vacation 4 weeks
2. Theory Test Week 4 weeks
3. Private study 1 week
4. Final Exam 4 weeks
5. Supplementary Exam 9 weeks
22 weeks
Teaching Weeks 30 (5 days) 150 days

Teaching Hours/ Day 7 hours
Total Teaching Hours 1050 hours
-11-
TEACHING HOUR ALLOTMENT FOR FIRST B.D.S. COURSE
Sr. No Subjects Teaching Hours

1. Myanmar 90
2. English 180
3. Chemistry 160
4. Physics 140
5. Zoology 140
6. Botany 140
7. Mathematics 60
8. TPPD 100
9. Elective 40
Total 1050
A. Anatomy, Physiology, Biochemistry & Oral Biology will not be assessed in the
final examination as one separate paper.
B. Only one completion test for Anatomy, Physiology, Biochemistry & Oral Biology
at the end of teaching.
C. Only two completion tests for CS English , Myanmar, BMS Chemistry, Physics,
Zoology, Botany, Mathematics at the end of teaching.
D. Both theory and practical tests will be conducted.
E. Performance in the First B.D.S. completion test will be contributed to the second
B.D.S. class work (in equal weight age with the class tests of 2nd year course).
F. Grand viva for distinctions will be practiced for all subjects at all levels.
G. Distinction System as follows; (CS English, Myanmar 75%)
(BMS Chemistry, Physics, Zoology, Botany, Mathematics 80%)
H. Consideration for those who could not meet the distinction.
Standard at the grand viva --- give 74% marks. (To give one mark less than
distinction level)
I. Credit for those who obtain more than (65 %) in all subjects at all levels.
J. Grading Certificate
-12-
DEPARTMENT OF MYANMAR
Communication Science (Myanmar)
Programme Structure
Lesson plan
TOPIC : a&;[eftwwfynm (Style of Writing)
Sr. Method / Time
Objective (SIO) Contents
No Media (HRS)
1/ jrefrmpmayESifh 1. pma&;jcif;tajccHpnf;rsO Lecture 5
bmompum;udk f; Discussion
pepfwus 2. pma&;enf;(4)rsdK; +
xdxdrdrd 3. pma&;enf;oabmw&m; Practice exercise 5
toHk;jyKwwfap& twwfynm
White Board
ef 4. vufawGUa&;om; PA system
avhusifhjcif; Exercise books
TOPIC : pmpDpmuHk;a&;om;jcif;/ (Essay Writing)

Sr. Method / Time
No Media (HRS)
2/ tawG;tac: 1. pmpDpmuHk; Lecture 5
pdwful;OmPf trsdK;tpm;rsm; Discussion
xufjruf cGJjcm;jcif; +
ap&efESifh 2. pmpDpmuHk;a&;&ef Practice exercise 5
awG;jrif taMumif;t&m
White Board
Mum;odorQudk &Smenf;rsm;
PA system
jyefvnf 3. pmpDpmuHk;ESifh Exercise books
wifjywwf&ef pdwful;OmPf
4. pmpDpmuHk;\
t*Fg&yfrsm;
5. vufawGUa&;om;
avhusifhjcif;
TOPIC : bmomjyefjcif; (Translation)

Sr. Method / Time
No Media (HRS)
3/ bmomjyeftwwfyn 1. bmomjyefenf;ynm Lecture 10
mwGif 2. tajymbmompum; Discussion
tajccH&&Sdap& bmomjyefenf;vrf;rsm; +
ef 3. ta&;bmompum; Practice exercise 5
bmomjyefenf;vrf;rsm;
4. 0guswdkbmomjyefjcif;
5. pum;yHkrsm;?
tqdktrdefUrsm;
-13-
bmomjyefjcif;
6. aq;ynmESifhywfoufao
m pmydk'frsm;
bmomjyefjcif;
7. pmydk'f&Snf ^
aqmif;yg;rsm;
bmomjyefjcif;
Theory Test I 2
TOPIC : tbd"mefpum;vHk;rsm; oifMum;jcif;ESifh (Study of Alphabetical
Order)
Sr. Method / Time
No Media (HRS)
4/ jrefrmtbd"mefud 1. jrefrmtbd"mefpOfenf; Lecture 5
k pepfwus Oya'orsm;
Discussion
toHk; 2. jrefrmtbd"mefpum;vH
xufjrufap&ef k;rsm; White Board 5
vufawGUavhusifhjcif; PA system
Exercise books
TOPIC : aq;ynm&Sifusifh0wf (Medical Ethics)

Sr. Method / Time
No Objective (SIO) Contents (HRS)
Media
5/ aq;ynm&Sifusif 1. aq;ynm&Sif Lecture 3
h0wf (Medical usifh0wfrsm; Discussion
+
Ethics) rsm;udk aqG;aEG;oifMum;jcif; 2
Practice exercise
em;vnfap&ef? /
usifh0wfodu©m 2. q&m0efwdkY\aqmifyk White Board
vdkufem 'fESifh t"dXmefjyK PA system
apmifhxdef;ao uwdopömrsm; Exercise books
m aq; usufrSwfjcif;/
ynm&Sifaumif;r 3. usifh0wfrsm;ESifh
sm;? jynfolvlxku ywfoufí rdrd\
av;pm; xifjrif,lqcsufrsm;udk
*kPf,lxdkufaom jyefvnf
q&m0efaumif;rs a&;om;wifjyjcif;/
m;
jzpfvmap&ef/
-14-
Theory Test II 2
TOPIC : tESpfcsKyfa&;om;jcif; (Summarizing)

Sr. Method / Time
Media
6/ pmwpfyk'f? 1. tESpfcsKyfa&;om;jcif; Lecture 5
taMumif;t&mwp enf;vrf;rsm; Discussion
+
fck\ 2. vufawGU
Practice exercise
wdkwdk&Sif;&S a&;om;avhusifhjcif;
3
if; vdk&if;udk White Board
xda&mufpGm PA system
rSwfom; Exercise books
od&SdEdkif&ef
? awG;wwf
ap&ef?
a&;om;wwf
ap&ef
TOPIC : vlrIusifh0wf taxGaxGoifcef;pm/ (pum;ajy? uAsm)

Sr. Method / Time
Media
7/ jrefrmh&dk;&m, 1. pum;ajy? Lecture 17
Ofaus;rI uAsmwpfyk'fudkzwfN Discussion
"avhxHk;pHrsm yD; + 5
;udk &&Sdaom
Practice exercise
av;pm;wwf&ef? A[kokwrsm;
tawG;tac: aumufEIwf wifjyjcif;/
jrifhrm; Board
2. xdkpmayrS qufEG,fí
vmap&ef? PA system
&&Sdaom oifcef;pm
jrefrmpmay
tqHk;tr? usifh0wf Exercise books
udkjrwfEdk;í
rsm;udk rSwfom;jcif;/
pdwf0ifpm;
3. rdrd\ xifjrif,lq
vmap&ef?
a0zefcsuf azmfjyjcif;/
wdkif;cspf?
4. jrefrmpum;yHkqdk½d
jynfcspf?rsdK;c
k;pum;rsm;udk
spfpdwf"gwf
avhvmjcif;jzifh
&Sifoefwuf<uv
jrefrmh½dk;&m
-15-
map &ef? ,Ofaus;rI"avhxHk;pHr
vlrIa&;usifh0wf sm;udk
rsm; pdwf0ifpm;vmjcif;
apmifhxdef;wwf
ap &ef?
,Ofaus;vdr®ma
om
vlawmfvlaumif;r
sm;?
EdkifiHhom;au
mif;rsm;
jzpfvmap&ef/
Theory Test III 2
TOPIC : jyefvSefoifMum;jcif;/
Sr. Method / Time
Media
8/ jyefvSefoifMum Lecture 2
;jcif;
Practice exercise 2
White Board
PA system
Exercise books
Total - 90 hrs
Formative Assessment
1. Continuous Assessment
Weightage
1.1 Theory Test I 10%
-16-
1.2 Theory Test II 10%
1.3 Theory Test III 10%
-----------
30%
2. Summative Assessment
1.1 Method Written

1.2 Question Type MCQ, MSQ, Essay
1.3 Venue Exam Hall
1.4 Weightage Theory 70%
3. Pass mark 50%

4. Distinction 75%
5. Credit marks 65%
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
Curriculum for First Year B.D.S
DEPARTMENTAL OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will have:
-17-
Knowledge
1. acquired knowledge and usage of the grammatical structure and relevant English
Language functions for communication.
2. acquired basic understanding of health through reading literature, writing and
speaking.
Skills
1. acquired skills in using English by reading and doing a variety of exercises.
2. acquired acceptable proficiency in speaking, listening, reading and writing.
3. gained ability of organizing facts, figures and ideas and presenting logically and
coherently.
Attitude
1. become self- reliant learners through programmed learning (self-learning packages).
2. achieved enough proficiency in participating actively in workshops, discussions,
seminars and conferences conducted in English.
3. acquired a sense of responsibility towards the health problems of the community as
well as social problems related to health.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
No SLO Topic/Content Method Media Hours
I. At the end of the units 1. Reading
the students should be able to: Comprehension
1.1 acquire knowledge and 1.1 How medicine Lecture

origin of medicine began White
1.2 acquire knowledge of 1.2 Medical symbols Discussion board 40
medical symbols
1.3 understand the origin or 1.3 Why diseases Power
-18-
occurrence of a disease occur -point
1.4 distinguish acute disease 1.4 Acute and chronic
from chronic disease disease Handouts
1.5 know the discovery of 1.5 Drugs versus
drugs disease
1.6 learn about many 1.6 The vitamins
different vitamins and
diseases caused by lack
of vitamins
1.7 acquire knowledge and 1.7 Dental health
origin of dental
medicine and treatments
1.8 gain knowledge of the 1.8 Teeth
structure of the teeth
1.9 gain knowledge of first 1.9 First aid
aid
1.10 learn about ulcer 1.10 What about ulcer?
1.11 know about the cause of 1.11 Tetanus
tetanus and about the
disease
1.12 acquire knowledge 1.12 Pain is all in the
about the pain and the mind
relationship between the
mind and our perception
of pain
1.13 know the cause of 1.13 Diabetes
diabetes
1.14 know the cause of shock 1.14 Shock
and the treatments
1.15 know the cause of rabies 1.15 Rabies
and giving vaccine
1.16 know different beliefs 1.16 Folk beliefs about
about measles and measles
measles vaccine
1.17 realize how much noise 1.17 Noise
affects health
1.18 know about the diseases 1.18 Smoking

caused by smoking
1.19 know the causes of 1.19 AIDS
AIDS and the prevention
1.20 realize how gambling 1.20 Gambling
affects the society
1.21 practice reading 1.21 Reading for the
strategies main idea
1.22 practice cloze procedure 1.22 Cloze exercise
-19-
II At the end of the session 2. Listening
students should be able to: Comprehension Language
Dialogues From Lab
2.1 follow lectures 2.1 New Headway Tutorial Cassette 25
2.2 improve listening skill Intermediate CD
and to be correct in 2.2 Listening practice TV
pronunciation and for IELTS
intonation
III At the end of the session 3. Spoken English
students should be able to: 3.1 Phonetics
3.1 speak English fluently (Pronunciation
Practice )
3.2 Language of Role play Language 27
3.2 use the language when Dentistry Discussion Lab
speaking about the teeth 3.3 Prepared Talks
and to give the on Essay topics
instructions 3.4 basics of
presentation and
3.3 express more confidently public speaking
his ideas in talks and 3.5 Everyday
perform the presentation English & Speech
manners
4. Vocabulary
IV At the end of the session the Development
students must be able to: 4.1 Medical White 8
4.1 learn the meanings of a Terminology & board
word and to study special Abbreviations
terms in medical science Power-
4.2 know terms in dental 4.2 Terms used in point
science dentistry
4.3 know the usage of phrasal 4.3 Phrasal verbs Handout
verbs
V At the end of the session the 5. Grammar &
students must be able to: Syntax
5.1 describe situation or place 1. Articles
in medical writing by 2. Adjectives of Lecture White
using grammatical quantity board 36
devices 3. Subject-verb
5.2 acquire knowledge of agreement Power-
the syntactic structure of 4. Prepositions point
sentences 5. Passive Voice
5.3 change the form of a 6. Conditionals
sentence into some other 7. Tenses
ways without changing 8. Transformation
the meaning of sentences
-20-
VI At the end of the session the 6. Writing
students must be able to: Composition
6.1 write reports 6.1 Report Writing/ Power- 40

6.2 write essays which Graph writing for point
consists in the narration IELTS preparation/
of some events and a Line graph, Bar Handout
description of some graph, Pie Chart,
places or things Table
6.2 Essay
-21-
TOTAL TEACHING HOURS
Hours
Lecture/Tutorial/Revision/ Lab Section 174
Tests 6
Total 180
ASSESSMENT
1. Formative Assessment
1.1. Test 1, 2, 3 (2 Hours) – 3 times 30%
2.1 . Final examination
- A three – hour written test 70%
3. Criteria for Pass, Distinction and Credit
3.1. Pass mark - 50% (each compartment)

3.2. Distinction mark - 75% (each compartment)
3.3. Credit mark - 65% (all compartments)
3.4. Moderation mark - 46% (each compartment)
3.5. In supplementary examination - less than 59%
-22-
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
No. SLO Topic /Contents Method Media Hours

1. To enable the students 1. Introduction Lecture White 4 hrs
to be aware of the 1.1 Bohr's model board,
nature of forces that 1.2 Theory of quantum Marker
bind atoms together to mechanics and atomic Pen,
form molecules orbital. OHP, PA
1.3 Wave nature of System,
electron and atomic transpare
orbital ncies,
1.4 'S' orbital and 'P' Handout
orbital and Text
1.5 Electron spin book
1.5.1. Hund's rule
1.5.2. paramagnetism
and
diamagnetism
2. Chemical Bonds 13 hrs

2.1 (a) ionic bond
(b) covalent bond
(c) co-ordinate bond
2.2 Overlapping of
atomic orbitals
2.3 promotion of
electrons
2.4 Hybrid orbitals
2.5 Hybridization of
atomic orbitals
(a)sp3 hybridization
(b)sp2 hybridization
(c) sp hybridization
2.6 Bond polarity and
electronegativity
2.7 Polar and non-polar
compounds
2.8 Weak electrostatic

bond
(a) dipole – dipole
attraction
(b) ion-dipole
attraction
(c) hydrogen bond
2.9 Life essential
elements
-23-
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
1. To enable the 1. Gaseous state Lecture White 5hrs
students to be aware 1.1 Nature of gases and board,
of the behaviour of Laws Marker
gases (a) Boyle's Law Pen,
(b) Charles' Law OHP, PA
(c) Ideal gas Law System,
(d) Dalton's law of transpare
partial pressure ncies,
1.2 The kinetic theory of Handout
gas and Text
1.3 Deviation from ideal book
gases
1.4 (a) Ideal (or)
perfect gas
(b) Under perfect
deviation
(c) Overperfect
deviation
1.5 Deviation due to
intermolecular force
and Vander Waal's
correction
1.6 Deviation due to the
volume of the
molecule themselves
and Vander Waal's
correction
2. To acquire the 2. Solution Lecture White 13 hrs
knowledge of the 2.1 Solubility of gases in board,
general properties of liquid Marker
solution and its 2.2 Factors affecting the Pen,
application to solubility of gases OHP, PA
biochemical reaction (Henery's Law) System,
and analytical 2.3 Solubility of gases in transpare
solutions solutions ncies,
eg. solubility of gases Handout
in the Blood. and Text
2.4 Expression of book
concentration
2.5 Properties of dilute
solution
(colligative
properties)
(a) lowering of
vapour pressure
(b) elevation of
boiling point
(c) depression of
-24-
freezing point
(d) osmosis and

osmotic pressure
2.6 Abnormal colligative
properties of dilute
solution
2.7 Isotonic solution,
Hypotonic solution,
Hypertonic solution
3. To acquire the 3. Acid-Base Theory 8 hrs
knowledge of the 3.1 Dissociation of weak
general properties of acid and weak base
buffer solutions and 3.2 Bronsted and Lowry
its application in the theory
metabolism of human 3.3 Ionization of water
body - pH of the solution
3.4 Buffer solution
3.5 Henderson
Hessalbalch's
equation
3.6 Blood buffer system
4. To acquire the 4. Elementary 6 hrs
knowledge about the Thermodynamics
energy changes in 4.1 Introduction to first
chemical reaction law of
Thermodynamics
4.2 Work of the pressure-
volume type
4.3 Reversible change
and maximum work
4.4 Heat changes at
constant pressure
and volume
4.5 Second law of
thermodynamic
4.6 Spontaneous process,
free energy, entropy
and enthalpy
5. To acquire the 5. Chemical Kinetics 2 hrs
knowledge about the 5.1 Chemical kinetics
order and rate of the Rate of reaction
chemical reactions 5.2 Effect of temperature
on rate of reaction
Effect of
concentration on rate
of reaction
5.3 Order of reaction and
molecularity of
reaction
5.3.1 1st order
-25-
reaction
5.3.2 2nd order
reaction
5.3.3 Zero order
reaction
6. At the end of this 6. Colloids 3 hrs
course the student 6.1 Nature of colloids
must be able to 6.2 Gels and Sols
understand the 6.2.1 Example of
absorption power of colloidal system
colloids particles , 6.3 Preparation of sols
physical effect & 6.4 Purification of sols
chemical effect 6.5 Properties of sols
6.6 Electrical in nature
6.7 Coagulation of sols
by electrolytes
6.8 Lyophilic colloidal
solution
6.9 Association colloid
6.10 Emulsion
6.11Gel
6.12 Elastic Gel
6.13 Rigid Gel
6.14 Thixotropic Gel
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
1. To acquire the 1. Aliphatic organic Lecture White 20 hrs
knowledge on the chemistry board,
properties of 1.1 Preparation, Marker
hydrocarbons properties and uses in Pen,
To be aware the medical science OHP, PA
sources and uses of 1.2 alcohol System,
hydrocarbons 1.3 alkyl halide transpare
1.4 ether ncies,
1.5 aldehyde and ketone Handout
1.6 carboxylic acid and and Text
their derivatives book
1.7amine
2. To acquire the 2. Aromatic compounds Lecture White 16 hrs
knowledge on the 2.1 Resonance structure board,
properties of aromatic of benzene Marker
compounds. 2.2 Resonance and Pen,
To be aware the inductive effect OHP, PA
sources and uses of preparation, System,
aromatic compounds. properties and uses in transpare
medical science ncies,
2.3 benzene Handout
2.4 toluene and Text
2.5 nitrobenzene book
2.6 benzene sulphonic
-26-
acid
2.7 toluene sulphonic
acid
2.8 aniline
2.9 diazonium compound
2.10 phenol
2.11 aromatic aldehydes
and ketones
2.12 benzoic acid
2.13 salicylic acid
3. To acquire the 3. Stereoisomerism Lecture White 7 hrs
knowledge of 3.1 Type of isomerism board,
stereoisomerism 3.2 Structural isomerism Marker
3.3 Optical and Pen,
geometrical OHP, PA
isomerism System,
3.4 significance of optical transpare
and geometrical ncies,
isomerism in Handout
biological system and Text
book
4. To acquire the 4. Amino acids and 7 hrs
knowledge on the Proteins
properties of the 4.1 Essential amino acids
amino acids and
proteins. 4.2 Synthesis of amino
To be aware the acids
sources and uses of 4.3 General properties of
amino acids and amino acids
proteins. 4.4 Reactions of amino
acids
4.5 Proteins
4.5.1 Classification of
proteins
4.5.2 Hydrolysis of
proteins
4.5.3 Isoelectric point
of proteins
4.5.4 Uses of proteins
5. To acquire the 5. Carbohydrates 7 hrs
knowledge on the 5.1 Classification
properties of the 5.2 Structure of D (+)
carbohydrate. glucose
To be aware the 5.3 Structure of D (-)
sources and uses of fructose
carbohydrate. 5.4 Reaction of glucose
5.5 Disaccharides
5.6 Polysaccharides
6. To acquire the 6. Lipids 3 hrs
knowledge on the 6.1 Classification
properties of the 6.2 Fatty acid
-27-
lipids. 6.3 Fats and oils
To be aware the 6.4 Physical and
sources and uses of chemical properties
the lipids. of fats and oil
6.5 Phospholipids
6.5.1 Phosphoglycer-
ides
6.5.2 Lecithin,
cephalins
6.6 Phosphosphingosides
6.6.1 Sphingomyelin
6.6.2 Cerebroside
PRACTICAL
1. At the end of course, Organic detection Practical White 40 hrs
the student must be 1. Methyl alcohol, ethyl board,
able to observe the alcohol and isopropyl Marker
methodology of alcohol pen,
science by collection 2. Formaldehyde, OHP, PA
of data analysis and acetaldehyde, system,
drawing valid benzaldehyde , acetone transpare
conclusion 3. Formic acid , acetic acid ncies,
and oxalic acid Handout
4. Salicylic acid and and Text
benzoic acid book
5. Resorcinol and phenol
6. Aniline and urea
7. Glucose and sucrose
8. Unknown compound
detection
9. Unknown compound
analysis (Volumetric
Titration)
10. To find percentage purity
of sulphuric acid in the
commercial industrial
acid
11. To prepare a standard
solution of oxalic acid
12. To estimate the amount
of sodium hydroxide and
sodium carbonate in 1
dm3 of the solution.
13. To estimate the amount
of oxalic acid and acetic
acid present in 1 dm3 of
the solution.
14. To find the amount of
KMnO4 is 1dm3 solution.
15. To find the amount of
-28-
K2Cr2O7 present in 1
dm3of given solution.
16. To find the amount of Cu
ion in 1dm3 of given
CuSO4 solution.

Hours
Lecture / Revision 120
Practical 40
Total 160
ASSESSMENTS
(COMPARTMENT SYSTEM)
1. Formative Assessments
1.1 Written paper ( MCQ , MSQ , Short Essays )
1.2 Practical test
2. Summative Assessments
2.1. Class test (2 hours) - 3times - 20%
2.2. Practical test (2 hours) - 1time - 10%
2.3. Final examination
- Theory exam (MCQ , MSQ – 3 hours) - 50%
- Practical exam (2 hours) - 20%
3. Criteria for Passing and Distinction

3.1 Pass mark - 50% (each compartment)
3.2 Distinction mark - 80% (each compartment)
3.3 Credit mark - 65% (all compartments)
3.4 Moderation mark - 46% (each compartment)
3.5 In supplementary examination - less than 59%
-29-
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Departmental Objectives
At the end of the course of instruction the students should be able to:
Knowledge
1. Understand the basic concepts and fundamental principles in physics.
2. Understand and verify physical laws which will be applicable in their medical
career.
Skill
Apply the physical principles to the use of common modern dental equipment.
Attitude
1. Appreciate the applied aspects of medically orientated physics.
2. Acquire essential habits of applying scientific methods in approaching/solving
problems.
3. Be aware of the hazards encountered in the context of his environment in
relation to Pressure, Vibration, Heat, Sound, Light, Electricity and Radiation.
-30-
SUBJECT …… Physics
Contents
Teaching Time allotment Total
No. Topics & Contents / Lect. Pract. Tuto. Hours
Learning
methods
1. Mechanics
(1.1) Physics of body mechanics Lecture 31 10 4 45
Linear motion and Mathematical physics, &
Addition and subtraction of vector, Type of Practical
forces, Newton's Law, equilibrium and torques,
Clinical application of gravity, Friction. Circular
motion, Clinical applications of Circular motion,
Elasticity, Hysteresis loop, modulus of elasticity.
(1.2) Energy in human body
Review of Work, Power and Energy,
Potential and kinetic energy of body, Law of
conservation of Energy,Efficiency in humans
body.
(1.3) Machine
Applications of simple machine. Applications
of levers to movement of human body and Dental
instruments.
(1.4) Properties of Liquids
Clinical application of pressure, density,
relative density and Pascal's law, Buoyant force ,
Surface Tension, Law of Laplace. Ideal fluid,
Types of flow, Continuity equation, Bernoulli's
principle and its application, The venturi Tube,
Poiseuille's law and its application, Flow
resistance,
Reynolds number.
2.
Heat L&P 10 4 1 15
(2.1) Internal energy, heat and temperature
The distinction between internal energy
and temperature, Temperature measurements, The
dietary Calorie and energy value of food
(2.2) The effects of heat
Changes of phase, Applications of phase
changes, Evaporation and vapor pressure,
Relative Humidity. Physiological applications of
heat transfer. Effect of heat on human body.
-31-
3.
Wave Motion L&P 11 2 1 14
(3.1)Sound and wave motion
Wave motion, behavior of wave, nature
and properties of wave, periodic motion and
resonance, Wave properties of sound,
Characteristics of sound, Beats, intensity and
Doppler effect, Ultrasonic sound and its medical
applications.
4.
Light L&P 11 6 1 18
(4.1)The physics of vision
Snell's Law, Total internal reflection, Refraction
at prism, Prisms combination, Refraction at
curved surface, Light dispersion, colour and
deviation, Lens maker's formula, Image formation
by lenses, Aberration of lenses, Common vision
defects, Image formation by the eye.
5.
Electricity L&P 16 2 1 19
(5.1) Introduction to electricity and magnetism

Static electricity and current electricity, Static
electricity in hospital and antisatic precautions,
Electric fields, voltage and current, EMF and
terminal voltage, Resistivity and conductivity, The
interaction between electricity and magnetism,
Electrical energy and power, Kirchhoff's law,
Alternating curren ,ThePhysiological effects of
electric current.Membrane potential, Action
potential, Defibrillator, The electrocardiogram,
The electroencephalogram, The electronic
Pacemaker.
6. Modern Physics L 12 - 1 13
(6.1) Atomic Physics
The electromagnetic spectrum The
quantum theory of light, Properties of x-rays,
Danger of X-rays and their prevention, Medical
imaging with CT and NMR scans, PET, The
lasers and its applications. Electron Microscope.
(6.2) Nuclear Physics
Radioactivity, Radioactive decay and
half-life, Type of radiation, Radiation units,
-32-
Medical radioisotopes, The danger of radiation,
Effects of ionizing radiation on biologic material,
Measurement of radiation exposure, How to
minimize your exposure, Radiation therapy,
Diagnostic use of radioisotope.
7. Revision L&P 6 8 - 14
TOTAL 97 32 9 138
TEST - 2 - 2
-------- -------- -------- --------
97 34 9 140
No Title Lecture(hr) Practical(hr) Tutorial(hr) Total(hr)

1 Mechanics 31 10 4 45
2 Heat 10 4 1 15
3 Wave Motion 11 2 1 14
4 Light 11 6 1 18
5 Electricity 16 2 1 19
6 Modern Physics 12 - 1 13
Total 91 24 9 124
Theory 91 hrs
Practical 24 hrs
Tutorial 9 hrs
First test - hrs
Second test , Third test - hrs
Practical test 2 hrs
Revision 14 hrs
Total 140 hrs
-33-
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Program structure
Time allotment
Main Topics Type old add new Method Resources
No.
1. Physics of body mechanics lecture 22 9 31
practical 4 6 10
Tutorial 1 3 4 Lecture OHP
2. Heat lecture 7 3 10
practical 2 2 4 and White
Tutorial 1 - 1
3. Wave Motion lecture 8 3 11 practical Board

practical 2 - 2
Tutorial 1 - 1 and
4. Light lecture 9 2 11 marker

practical 6 - 6
Tutorial 1 - 1
LCD
5. Electricity lecture 14 2 16
practical 2 - 2
Tutorial 1 - 1
6. Modern lecture 9 3 12
practical - - -
Tutorial - 1 1
Test Theory - - -
practical 2 - 2
Revision Theory 2 4 6
practical 2 6 8
Total 96 44 140
-34-
STUDENT ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION (Compartment System)
1. FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT
Class work
1
1.1 Weekly practical and tutorial 10% 20%  = 10%
2
Practical test 10%
1.2 Theory test 1 10%
2
1.3 Theory test 2 10% 30%  = 20%
3
1.4 Theory test 3 10%
Total = 30%
2. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT
One final examination at the end of the academic year.
2.1 Theory exam - 3 -hrs
2.1.1 Method - Written
2.1.2 Question type - MCQ / MSQ
2.1.3 Venue - Examination Hall
2.2 Practical exam - 2 –hrs
2.2.1 Method - Demonstration
2.2.2 Venue - Laboratory
2.3 Weightage
Theory (one three hours paper) - 50 %
Practical (one two hours practical) - 20 %
------------------
Total 70 %
3. Pass marks 50 %
4. Distinction 80 %
5. Moderation 46%
6. F-system 2F
7. Supplementary Exam-- If fail 3 subjects out of 7subjects
1F– If fail 4 subjects out of 7 subjects
- Those who fail 3 subjects or less than3 will have to appear for supplementary examination 6
weeks after the final examination.
-35-
Those who fail 4 subjects and above must sit for another examination in next academic year.
Criteria
1. Question Type (Final exam : 3hrs)

Time allowed - 3 hours
Part (A) - MCQ-------------- 40 minutes
Part (B) - MSQ-------------- 2 hours and 20 minutes
(5 questions each 16 marks)
(Test : 2 hrs)
Time allowed - 2 hours
Part (A) - MCQ -------------- 40 minutes
Part (B) - MSQ -------------- 1 hour and 20 minutes
Answer all questions ( 4 questions )
2. Pass Marks - 50%

( Compartment system )
Class work - 15 marks
Theory exam - 25 marks
Practical exam - 10 marks
3. Distinction Mark - 80%

(Compartment system )
Class work - 24 marks
Theory exam - 40 marks
Practical exam - 16 marks
4. Moderation Marks - 46%
-36-
DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
No. SLO Topic/Content Method Media Hours
1. 1.The views of life White
-know the common 1.1.common elements of life Lecture board, 4
elements of life Practical OHP,
-know the functions Tutorial handouts,
of cell membrane 1.2.The animal cell LCD&
Membrane structure computer
and function
2. 2. Survey of animal kingdom
2.1.What is an animal
-recognize ‘what is 2.2.Why study animal
an animal’, the 2.3.Contribution of animals Lecture White 3
relationship of to human existence Practical board, 4
animal and human Tutorial OHP,
and reliance of man 2.4.Animal related to human handouts,
on animals health problems LCD&
-point out some according to phyla computer,
organisms causing microscope
health problems 2.5.The place of human in & slides,
according to phyla nature specimens
-know the derivation 2.6.Trend in human evolution
and position of
human in animal
kingdom.
3. 3. Poisonous snakes
-identify poisonous 3.1Key for identifying
snakes from non- poisonous and non- Lecture White 4
poisonous snakes poisonous snake Practical board, 2
-acquire knowledge 3.2 The poison apparatus Tutorial OHP,
of structure of handouts,
poison apparatus 3.3 Characters of some LCD&
-know characters of poisonous snakes computer,
some poisonous microscope
snakes 3.4 Snake venoms and & slides,
their symptoms specimens
-know ‘what is 3.5 Symptoms of the

venom’ and kinds of haemorrhaegic and
venom with their neurotoxic venom of
examples. some poisonous snake
-acquire knowledge
of symptoms after
by poisonous snakes 3.6. Prevention of snake
-know prevention of bite and first aid for
snake bite and first snake bite
aid for snake bite
4. 4. Structural organization
4.1.Hierarchial Organization
-know the of body plan Lecture White 2
hierarchial 4.2Tissue structure & Practical board,OHP 4
-37-
organization of body function Tutorial ,handouts,
plan. LCD&com
-know the structure, 4.2.1Epithelial tissue puter,
function and 4.2.2Connective tissue microscope
location of the 4 4.2.3.Muscle tissue & slides
major groups of 4.2.4.Nervous tissue
somatic tissues .
-recognize 3 main 4.3.Intercellular junctions in
types of intercellular animal tissues
junctions
5. 5. Behaviour
-definebehaviour 5.1. Nature of Behaviour 5
-explain the nature Lecture
of behaviour Practical
-recognize the kinds 5.2.Instinct & Learning Tutorial
ofbehaviours
-recall the categories 5 .3.Categories of Learning
of learning
-know why does 5.4. Altruism
altruistic behaviour
persist
-acquire knowledge 5.5.Adaptative behaviour

of adaptative
behaviour
6. Vertebrates anatomy 6.1.Animal reproduction &
& physiology development
-differentiate sexual 6.1.1.Reproduction Lecture White 4

and asexual - Asexual reproduction Practical board, 2
reproduction -Sexualreproduction Tutorial OHP,
-give account of 6.1.2.Gonads handouts,
gonads and gametes 6.1.3.Gametes LCD&
-define fertilization computer,
and recall cleavage 6.1.4.Fertilization & microscope
upto formation of 3 Development & slides
germ layers
-state the general 6.1.5.General outline of
outline of embryonic Embryonic
differentiation and Differentiation in a
the fate of three vertebrate
germ layers
6.2. Integumentary System
-Describe the basic 6.2.1.Basic structure of the Lecture White 3
structure of vertebrate integument Practical board,OHP 2
vertebrate skin 6.2.2.The skin of mammal Tutorial ,handouts,
6.2.3.Derivatives of the LCD&com
-know the integument puter,
derivatives of microscope
mammalian skin 6.2.4.Functions of the & slides
-38-
-recognize the Integument
functions of
vertebrate
integument.
6.3. Skeletal System
-recall bone 6.3.1. Skeleton in general
morphology in bone morphology Lecture White 4
general Practical board, 2
-recallthefunctions 6.3.2.Functions of bone Tutorial OHP,
of bone with 6 .3.3.The skeletal system handouts,
cartilage LCD&
-recognize the two computer,
types of skeleton in 6.3.4.Functions oftheskeleton microscope
vertebrate & slides,
-state the functions specimens
of the skeleton 6.3.5.Axial skeletal system
appendicular system
-recall the functions 6.3.6.Limbs
of parts of skeleton
-know thelimbs of
vertebrates are built
in common 6.3.7.Joints
structural pattern
-distinguish the
structure and types
of joints
6.4 Muscular System
-recall the muscle 6.4.1.Muscle types in
types in mammal mammal Lecture White 3
-know the functions 6.4.2.Functions of muscle Practical board, 2
of muscle Tutorial OHP,
-describe how the 6.4.3.Coordination of the handouts,
muscles are attached skeleton ,muscle and LCD&
to the bone firmly. movement computer,
-state antagonistic 6.4.4.Antagonistic muscles microscope
muscles and & slides,
locomotion specimens
6.5. Digestive system
-know the main 6.5.1.The processes of
processes in Nutrition in holozoic Lecture White 8
nutrition animal Practical board, 4
-know the 6.5.2.Alimentary canal of Tutorial OHP,
compartments of mammal handouts,
digestive system and -buccopharyngeal LCD&
their digestive cavity computer,
processes -pharynx microscope
-oesophagus & slides,
-stomach specimens
-recognize the -intestine
typical general 6.5.3.Generalstructure of
-39-
pattern of gut wall alimentary canal
-define nutrition and 6.5.4.Digestive glands
digestion 6.5.5.Nutrition and Digestion
-know the
nutritional 6.5.6.Nutrition in animals
requirements of
most animals 6.5.7.Ingestion and digestion
-categorize the types of food
of food according to 6.5.8. Absorption, assimilation
their utility in the and egestion
body 6.5.9.Food
-know organs
specialized for
sequential stages of
digestion
-acquireknowledge
of structure of teeth 6.5.10.Structure of teeth
and adaptations of
vertebratedigestive 6.5.11.Dental adaptations
systems correlate
with diet
6.6. Respiratory system
-define respiration 6.6.1.Respiration and phases
-know the phases in in the process respiration Lecture White 3
the processes of Practical board, 2
respiration 6.6.2.Respiratory system of Tutorial OHP,
-explain the mammal handouts,
respiratory system 6.6.3.Mechanism of LCD&
of mammal breathing computer,
- describe the microscope
mechanism of & slides,
breathing specimens
6.7. Circulatory system
-know the 6.7.1.Components of the Lecture White 8
components and circulatory system Practical board, 4
functions of blood 6.7.2.Functions of the blood Tutorial OHP, 4
-differentiate types - blood clotting handouts,
of circulation - stem cells LCD&
-differentiate types 6.7.3.Open and closed computer,
of vessels and their circulation microscope
functions 6.7.4.Single and double & slides,
-differentiate circulation specimens
circulation in 6.7.5.Artery, capillary and
foetus and changes vein
after birth 6.7.6. Circulatory system of White
mammal board,
OHP,
-know name of handouts,
vessel and 6.7.7. Foetal circulation and LCD&
distribution changes after birth computer,
-describe the 6.7.8.Mammalian heart microscope
-40-
external and internal & slides,
structure of specimens
mammalian heart
related to function 6.7.9.Lymphatic system
-describe the
lymphatic in
correlation with
blood capillaries and
tissue cells
6.8. Excretory system
-recognize the 6.8.1.Excretory organs the
excretory organs and saste materials of the
how they excrete body Lecture 4
their wastes 6.8.2.Mammalian excretory Practical
-know the general system Tutorial
structure of 2
mammalian
excretory system 6.8.3.Structure and function
-know the structure of nephron
and function of 6.8.4.Types of vertebrate
nephron kidney
-describe the
structure of types of
vertebrate kidney
6.9. Nervous system

-know the general 6.9.1.The nervous system
organization of the neurons
nervous system
-describe part of a 6.9.2.Parts of neuron Lecture White 8
neuron and types of 6.9.3.Types of neuron Practical board, 4
neuron Tutorial OHP,
-explain nerve, 6.9.4.Nerve, nerve impulse, handouts,
nerve impulse, the the synapse LCD&
synapse computer,
6.9.5.The nervous system microscope
Central nervous system & slides,
-explain the major -the brain specimens
divisions of the -functions of brain
nervous system - cranial nerves of mammal
-explain the
structure and
functions of brain
-tabulate the cranial
nerves of a mammal
with nature, origin Peripheral nervous system
and distribution -autonomic nervous system
-describe briefly the
autonomic nervous
system and
-41-
differentiate the
effect of
sympatheticandparas
ympathetic nervous
system.
-recall the two 6.10. Endocrine system Lecture White 5

control systems 6.10.1.Hormones and nerves Practical board, 2
-acquire knowledge Tutorial OHP,
of hormone, handouts,
hierarchy of LCD&
endocrine control 6.10.2.Hormones computer,
and nervous and microscope
endocrine & slides,
cooperation specimens
-list and explain the
endocrine glands in
vertebrates
concerning with
structure, secreted 6.10.3.Glands of Endocrine
hormones and system
functions
7. 7. Parasitology
-Definition 7.1 Study of parasite,and
ofparasite, host, zoonosis , vector, Lecture White 8
host,zoonosis, carrier and host, Practical board, 4
vector, carrier,and classes of parasite Tutorial OHP,
host classes of host, handouts,
-classify the relationship between LCD&
parasite, host and parasites and their host computer,
relationship b/t microscope
parasite and host 7.2.. Entamoeba histolytica & slides,
-describe the 7.3.Plasmodium specimens
morphology, 74.Ascaris lumbricoides
lifecycle, 7.5.Wuchereria bancrofti
pathogenicity and 7.6.Enterobius vermicularis
prophylaxis of
E.histolytica,
Plasmodium,Ascaris
,Wuchereria,Entero
bius
8. 8. Insect vector
-define insect vector 8.1.Mosquito Lecture White 8
-classify and explain -classification Practical board, 4
the morphology, -life cycle Tutorial OHP,
habit and habitat and -mosquitoes and handouts,
life cycle of disease LCD&
mosquitoes, -control computer,
housefly and flea -differentiation of microscope
-know the diseases Anopheles, Culex and & slides,
caused by Aedes specimens
-42-
mosquitoes, 8.2.House fly
housefly and flea -classification
-state control -geographical distribution
measures of -life cycle
mosquitoes, house -mouthparts of housefly
fly and fleas -housefly and diseases
-be aware of these -control
insect vectors 8.3.Xenopsylla cheopis
inhabit in human -classification
dwelling -morphology
-internal anatomy of flea
-life cycle
- plague
-control
9. 9. Ecology
-know the scope of 9.1.Ecology Lecture White 4
ecology 9.2.Interaction b/t organisms Practical board,
and environment Tutorial OHP,
-know the 9.3.Community ecology and handouts,
interaction of zoonotic diseases LCD&
organisms and the 9.4.Factors regulating computer,
environment limit human population.
the distribution of
species
Hours
Lecture/Tutorial/Revision 92
Practical/Discussion 48
Total 140
ASSESSMENT
1. Formatic Assessment
1.1. Theory Tests (MCQ, MEQ)

1.2. Practical Test
2. Summatic Assessment
2.1. Class Test (2-Hours) - 3 times = 20%
2.2. Practical Test (2-Hours) - 1 time = 10%
2.3. Final Examination
- Theory Exam (MCQ, MEQ – 3 Hours) = 50%
- Practical Exam (2 Hours) = 20%

3.1. Passed mark = 50 % (each compartment)
3.2. Distinction mark = 80 % (each compartment)
3.3. Credit mark = 65 % (all compartments)
3.4. Moderation mark = 40 % (each compartment)
3.6. In supplementary examination = less than 59
-43-
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY
No. SLO Topics /Contents Method Media Hours
1. At the end of the topic, 1.The science of Biology Lecture OHP 1
the students must be able LCDP
to know the importance Micro-
of plants in human life. scope
2. At the end of the session, 2.Structure and function Lecture OHP 14
the students must be able of some living and non- & LCDP
to: living components of Practical Micro- 8
(1) know the structure of the plant cell. scope
a plant cell. 2.1 Living components
(2) understand the 2.1.1. Protoplasm
function of organelles. (cytoplasm+
(3) know the nucleus is nucleus)
the control centre of 2.1.2. Plastids
the cell. 2.1.3. Organelles
(4) know the plant cell is (Structure &
distinguished form the function)
animal cell by the 2.1.3.1.Mitochon-
presence of plastids, a dria
large water filled 2.1.3.2.Ribosomes
vacuole, and cell-wall. 2.1.3.3.Golgi body
(5) describe the structure 2.1.3.4.Centro-
and function of somes
plastids note that 2.1.3.5.Endo-
plastids are found plasmic
only in the plant cell. reticulum
(6) recognize vacuolar 2.2. Non-living components
contents and 2.2.1 Cell wall
distinguish the non- 2.2.2 Vacuole
living component of 2.2.3.Ergastic
plant cell which are substances which
the basic requirements are the basic
of human. requirements
(7) understand the cell of human.
cycle and cell 2.2.3.1.Carbo-
division. hydrates
(8) state the differences 2.2.3.2.Fats and
between mitosis and oils
meiosis. 2.2.3.3Nitrogenous
materials
2.2.3.4.Other cell
products
2.3.The plant cell cycle
and cell division
2.3.1. Mitosis
2.3.2. Meiosis
2.3.3. Differences
between mitosis
and meiosis
-44-
At the end of the course, the learner should be able to:
Knowledge
1. describe the characteristics of life and living processes.
2. describe the basic knowledge of living organisms important to medical sciences.
3. describe the physiological changes in plants which are similar to other organisms.
4. recall the basic principles of heredity and to apply it in solving elementary genetic problems.
5. describe the medicinally important plants , their constituents and their uses.
6. understand the magnitude of pollution problems in our environment.
Skill
1. make accurate identification of cells and tissues of living materials.
2. perform and interpret specific botanical laboratory tests and procedures.
Attitude
1. establish a habit of methodological scientific approach, namely, accurate observation and
drawing of valid conclusions.
2. believe and adopt the role of prevention in environmental pollution.
3. believe and accept the medicinal value of plants.
Department of Botany
Programme Structure
Sr.No. Topics Lecture Practical Hours
1. The Science of Biology 1 - 1

2. Structure and function of the components
of the plant cell 14 8 22
3. Genetics 20 8 28
4. Plant physiology 20 8 28
5. Non-cellular level and cellular level 12 4 16

6. Medicinal effects of some lower& higher
plants 10 4 14
7. Ecology 9 4 13
8. Plant behaviour 2 - 2
9. Tests
6 2 8
10. Revision 4 4 8
Total 98 42 140
-45-
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY
UNIVERSITY OF DENTAL MEDICINE, YANGON & MANDALAY
First Year B.D.S
Time
Sr. Topics and Contents allotment Total
No hrs.
L T P
1. Importance of plants 1 1
Structure and function of some living and non- living

2. components of the plant cell. 14 - 8 22
2.1 Living components
2.1.1 Protoplasm ( cytoplasm + nucleus )
2.1.2. Plastids
2.1.3. Organelles ( Structure & function )
2.1.3.1.Mitochondria
2.1.3.2.Ribosomes
2.1.3.3.Golgi body
2.1.3.4.Centrosomes
2.1.3.5.Endoplasmic recticulum
2.2 Non-living components

2.2.1 Cell wall
2.2.2 Vacuole
2.2.3. Ergastic substances
which are the basic requirements of human.
2.2.3.1.Carbohydrates
2.2.3.2.Fats and Oils
2.2.3.3.Nitrogenous materials
2.2.3.4.Other cell products
2.3.The plant cell cycle and cell division

2.3.1. Mitosis
2.3.2. Meiosis
2.3.3. Differences between mitosis and meiosis
3. Patterns of inheritance
20 8 28
3.1 Physical nature of genes &chromosomes
3.1.1. nucleic acids (DNA, RNA)
3.1.2.From genotype to phenotype
3.2 Mendel's Laws
3.2.1 Mendel's first and second Laws
3.3 Complementary genes
3.3.1. Epistasis
Dominant epistasis
Recessive epistasis
.
-46-
Time
No hrs.
L T P
3.4. Multiple alleles.
3.4.1.Human blood groups
3.4.2. Rh factors
3.5. Lethal genes -
3.5.1 In man
3.6. Sex-determination
3.7. Sex-linked genes
3.8. Disjunction & non - disjunction
3.9. Genetic code
3.10. Mutation and genetic variability
3.11. Genetic engineering
4. 4.1.The chemical building blocks of life . 20 8 28

4.1.1.The principle types of biological molecules.
4.2. Different types of pressure system
4.2.1 Diffusion
4.2.2 Osmosis
4.2.3 Plasmolysis
4.2.4 Imbibition
4.2.5 Turgor pressure
4.3. Compounds essential for life processes.
4.3.1 Enzymes
4.3.2.Vitamins
4.3.3. Plant hormones
4.4.Capturing energy from the sun
4.4.1.Energy in living systems
4.4.2.Synthesis of organic molecules
5. Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes 12 4 16

5.1. Prokaryotes (Bacteria,Cyanobacteria)
5.2. Eukaryotes ( Algae, Spirogyra, Diatoms )
5.3.Fungi
5.3.1. Yeast
5.3.2. Penicillium
5.3.3. Agaricus
5.3.4. Morphological differences between edible
and non - edible mushrooms
-47-
Time
No L T P hrs.
6. Medicinal plants 10 - 4 14
6.1 Medicinal effects of some lower plants.
6.2 Medicinal effects of some Higher plants.
6.2.1 Allium sativum Linn. (Kyet-thon-phyu)
6.2.2 Aloe vera Linn. (Sharzaung-let-pat)
6.2.3 Centella asiatica ( L.)Urban.(Myin-Khwar-
Gyi )
6.2.4 Curcuma longa Linn.( Na-nwin )
6.2.5 Piper betle Linn.( Kun )
6.2.6 Orthosiphon stamineus Benth. (se- cho)
6.2.7 Momordica charantia Linn.( kyet-hin-ga )
6.2.8 Morinda citrifolia Linn. (Yeyo)
6.2.9 . Psidium guajava Linn. (Mar-la-kar)
6.2.10.Garcinia mangostana Linn. (Min-goot)
6.2.11 Ixora sp.
6.2.12 Scoparia dulcis Linn
6.2.13 Syzygium aromaticum (L) Merr.
syn.Eugenia caryophyllata Thumb.
7.
Ecology 9 - 4 13
7.1 Ecological factors
7.2.Food chain, food web, food cycle.
7.2 Ecological plant groups
7.3 Pollutions- Pollutants
7.3.1. air pollution
7.3.2. water pollution
7.3.3. noise pollution
7.4 Conservation, new foods and energy sources
8. 2 - 2
Plant behavior
8.1. Definition
8.2 Plant exhibit positive and negative Tropisms.
8.3. Rapid plant responses by changes in water
9. pressure 4 4 8
Revision
-48-
Total Teaching Hours
Sr.No. Contents Total hours
1. Theory 88
2. Practical 36
3. Theory Tests I, II, III 6
4. Practical Test 2
5. Revisions 8
Total 140
TEACHING STRATEGY
(a) Material (Content)
(b) Methods
- Lecture and Practical
(c) Media
- Visual presenter, white board, marker pen, overhead projector, LCD projector,
transparencies,
soft pen, Models, specimens, charts, microscope and prepared slides and apparatus.
ASSESSMENTS
1. Formative
The class tests consists of
(i) Written paper ( MCQ, MSQ, Short Essay )
(ii) Practical test
2. Summative
- Promotion examination
The final examination consists of
(i) one 3-hour theory paper (MCQ,MSQ, Short Essay )
(ii) one 2-hour practical paper
Weightage for the final examination

Class Work 30%
- Practical Test ………........ 10 %
- Theory Test I + II + III…… 20%
-49-
1. Formative assessment
Class Work
Theory test I +II +III …………………… 20%
Practical test ……………………… 10%
……………
30%
2. Summative assessment
One Final examination at the end of the academic year.

2.1. Theory Exam 3 hours
Method Written
Instrument MCQ, MSQ, Short Essay
2.2. Practical Exam 2 hours
Method Demonstration
Weightage
Theory ……………………. 50%

Practical ……………………. 20%
3.Criteria
3.1. Pass mark …………………………………… 50
3.2. Moderation mark …………………………… 46
3.3. Distinction ………………………………….. 80
3.4. F System ……………..…………………… 2F
If fails 3 ( subjects out of 7 ) student who failed in Botany will have to sit for
supplementary
Botany paper.
SUPPLEMENTATION
6 weeks after the announcement of final examination result.
For repeaters- No distinction and only 59% & < 59%
Compartment System
Moderation 46%
Class Work - 30%............. 13.8
Final Theory - 50% ……….23.0
Practical - 20% ……… 9.2
………………………..
46
Distinction 80% & above in every compartment

Class Work - 30% ……..24
Final Theory - 50% ……..40
Practical - 20% ……..16
………………………….
80
-50-
Question Format
Time allowed 3 hours
Section A
MCQ ( 40 minutes )
T/ F 1 stem, 5 items: 40 items giving 0.5 mark for each ……………………… 20 marks
Section B ( 2 1/3 hrs.)
Short questions - answer 6 questions giving 5 marks for each ……….…… 30 marks
Short essay questions - answer 5 questions giving 10 marks for each ……… 50 marks
Question weightage UDM (YANGON) 50 %, UDM (MANDALAY) 50 %
-51-
BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
At the end of the first year B.D.S course in Mathematics, the student should be able to:
Knowledge
Acquire the basic mathematical concepts which will later be useful in its application to
medical sciences.
Skill
Apply the knowledge of mathematics in solving the problems.
Attitude
1. Developed skills in computing methods and techniques associated with information
on practical work and research.
2. Achieve a habit of going through a process of logical thinking by training in
mathematical reasoning and thus make correct decisions suitable to circumstances.
3. Attain basic skills in mathematical modeling and interpretation of results in
medical sciences.
-52-
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Curriculum
Programme Structure
SIO Content Lectu Discussi Tot
re on al
Mathematical Logic Mathematical Logic 5 2 7
Core (Must Know)
1. to know the concept of statement Statements and Truth tables
2. to realize relationship among Conditional Statements
statements using logical Open Sentences
connectives Quantified Statements
3. to find out the opposition of Validity of an argument
quantified statements
Probability Probability 7 3 10
1. to apply the fruitfulness of Core (Must Know)
permutation and combination in Fundamental Principle
order to solve problems concerning Permutation, Combination
probability Conditional Probability
2. to know the conditional Independent
probability involving independent and Department Events
and dependent events
3. to use inductive reasoning in
practical situations
Statistics Statistics 6 3 9
1. to construct histograms using Mean, Median, Mode
given frequency distribution Quartiles, Percentiles,
2. to measure the central tendencies Interquartile
such as mean, median and mode Range, The Mean Deviation
3. to compute percentage ogive for from the
given frequency distribution Mean, Standard Deviation,
4. to know the concept of standard The Variance
deviation Standard Deviation data in the
5. to explore probability distribution form of a
of discrete r . v with very thin Frequency Distribution
margin achievement in a lot of Probability Distribution 6 3 9
experiments by using Poisson Discrete and Continuous
Distribution Random Variables
6. to know the concept of normal Probability Density Function
distribution and some of its Expectation of x and f(x)
mathematical properties Variance of Random Variable
Cumulative Distribution
Function
Expectation and Variance of
two Independent
Random Variables
Distribution
Binomial Distribution
Use of Poisson Distribution 4 2 6
- The Distribution of random
events
- Approximation to Binomial
Distribution
Normal Distribution 6 2 8
Standard normal distribution
Function of standard normal
variable
Use of standard normal tables
Estimation
-53-
- Confidence Interval for 1 1 2
population mean μ
- Types of Errors.
Lectu Discussi Tota

SIO Content
re on l
Integral Calculus Integral Calculus 6 3 9

1. to know the concept of Core (Must Know)
integration as an inverse function Integration Formula,
of derivative Properties of Integral
2. to know integration formulae and Constant of Integration
to produce properties of integral Method of Substitution,
3. to apply the method of Integration by parts
substitution and integration by Area under the Curve
parts in order to evaluate integrals
of some function
4. to apply above results to evaluate
areas under smooth curves
Revision 2 2
Total Hours 42 18 60
-54-
Teaching Methodology
1. Lectures
2. Problem solving assignments
Teaching Aids
1. Whiteboard and Marker

2. Handouts
Evaluation ( Student Assessment )
1. Class Work (30 %) + Final Examination (70%) = Total (100 %) Three Class-tests
2. Only the examination at the end of the academic year with supplementary examination.
3. Two-hours- theory paper
Criteria
Pass marks ( Class work 15% + Final examination 35%) 50%
F - system 2F
Compartment Supplementary Exam - If fail 3 subjects out of 7subjects
1F - If fail 4 subjects out of 7 subjects
Student Assessment
Class Work weightage
Test I 10%
Test II 10%
Test III 10%
30%
2. Summative assessment weightage
Final examination at the end of academic year 70%
-55-
Criteria
Pass marks - 50 marks
Final Exam - 35 marks

Class Work - 15 marks
Moderate - 46 marks
Distinction
Final Exam - 56 marks

Class Work - 24 marks
Question Type
Two-hours-theory paper. There are ( 5 ) questions. Each question includes-
(a) simple and easy questions, based on basic concepts
(b) application of basic concepts in problems.
-56-
DEPARTMENT OF ANATOMY
No. SLO Topic/Contents Method Media Hours

1. General anatomy
1. 1. Explain the exact 1.1. Introduction to Lecture Overhead 2.5 Hrs
meanings of anatomy projector,
anatomical terms 1.1.1. Anatomical terms Whiteboard,
and use them and planes LCD
correctly projector
2. 1. Define and 1.2. Bone and cartilage Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
classify bone 1.2.1. Introduction and Discussion projector,
and cartilage functions of bone Whiteboard,
2. Describe the 1.2.2. Classification of LCD
parts of growing bones projector,
long bone and 1.2.3. Parts of a young Bones
its blood supply long bone and its
3. Summarize their blood supply
functions 1.2.4. Development of
4. Know bone
differences 1.2.5. Introduction to
between bone cartilage
and cartilage 1.2.6. Different types of
5. Indicate cartilages
ossification 1.2.7. Gross anatomical
centre and law of differences between
ossification bone and cartilage
6. Correlate the
knowledge in
applied anatomy
of bone
3. 1. Define and 1.3. Joints " " 2.5 Hrs

classify joints 1.3.1. Classification of
2. Describe the joints
characteristics of 1.3.2. Fibrous joints
3 types of joints 1.3.3. Cartilaginous
and their joints
stalosiling 1.3.4. Synovial joints
3. Explain the
stablility of
synovial joint
4. Correlate the
knowledge in
applied anatomy
-57-
4. 1. Define and 1.4. Muscles Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
classify muscles 1.4.1. Skeletal muscle Discussion projector,
2. Describe the 1.4.2. Smooth muscle Whiteboard,
characteristics of 1.4.3. Cardiac muscle LCD
each type of 1.4.4. Applied anatomy projector
muscle
3. Describe the
blood and nerve
supply of
muscles
4. Correlate the
knowledge in
applied anatomy
5. 1. Define and 1.5. Circulatory system, " " 3.5 Hrs

classify artery, Blood vessels and
vein and lymph vessels
lymphatics 1.5.1. Types of
2. Differentiate circulations
between artery 1.5.2. Arteries
and vein 1.5.3. Veins
3. Define end 1.5.4. Miscellaneous
arteries and types of vessels
anastomosis 1.5.5. Gross differences
4. Explain between artery and
capillaries, vein
sinusoids, 1.5.6. Lymphatic system
cavernous tissue 1.5.7. Applied anatomy
and valves of the vascular system
5. Correlate the
knowledge in
applied anatomy
6. 1. Classify nervous 1.6. Nervous system " " 2.5 Hrs

system 1.6.1. Central nervous
2. Compare CNS system
and PNS 1.6.2. Peripheral nervous
3. Describe the system
spinal nerves 1.6.3. Somatic and
autonomic nervous
systems
1.6.4. Typical spinal
nerve
-58-
7. 1. Define and 1.7. Epithelial tissue Lecture, Overhead 5.0 Hrs
classify epithelial 1.7.1. Introduction Histology projector,
tissue 1.7.2. Covering and practical White board,
2. Describe the lining epithelium LCD
structure and 1.7.2.1. Simple projector,
functions of epithelium Microscopes,
different types of 1.7.2.2. Stratified Histological
covering and epithelium slides
lining epithelium 1.7.2.3.
3. List the different Pseudostratified
types of glands epithelium
4. Describe the 1.7.3. Glandular
functions of the epithelium
glands 1.7.3.1. Exocrine
5. Define and glands
classify exocrine 1.7.3.2. Endocrine
and endocrine glands
glands
6. Compare the
histology and
functions of
mucous and
serous types of
glands
8. 1. Define and 1.8. Connective tissue, " " 3.5 Hrs

classify bone and cartilage
connective tissue 1.8.1. Embryonic
cells and fibres, connective tissue
and their 1.8.2. Adult connective
examples tissue
2. Describe the 1.8.2.1. Ordinary
osteon and connective tissue
histological 1.8.2.2. Specialized
structure of connective tissue
compact bone 1.8.2.3. Connective
3. Describe the tissue fibres
histological 1.8.3. Histology of
structure of 3 compact bone
types of cartilage 1.8.4. Histology of three
and places they types of cartilage
are found
-59-
9. 1. Compare the 1.9. Muscular tissue Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
histological 1.9.1. Introduction Histology projector,
characteristics of 1.9.2. Histology of three practical White board,
skeletal, cardiac types of muscle LCD
and smooth 1.9.2.1. Skeletal projector,
muscles muscle Microscopes,
1.9.2.2. Smooth Histological
muscle slides
1.9.2.1. Cardiac
muscle
10. 1. Name the 1.10. Heart and blood " " 2.5 Hrs
different types of vessels
arteries and veins 1.10.1. Histology of
2. Describe the three types of arteries
layers of the three types of veins
different types of 1.10.3. Histology of
the arteries and heart
veins
3. Describe the
histological
differences
between three
types of arteries
11. 1. Describe the 1.11.Histology of " " 3.5 Hrs

histology of lymphoid organs
spleen, lymph 1.11.1. Histology of
node, tonsil and lymph node
thymus 1.11.2. Histology of
palatine tonsil
1.11.3. Histology of
thymus
1.11.4. Histology of
spleen
12. 1. Describe the 1.12. Histology of nervous " " 2.5 Hrs
neurone, system
characteristics neurones
and differences 12.1.1. Classification
of axons and of neurones
dendrites 1.12.2. Histology of
2. Describe the nerve fibres
classification of 1.12.3. Histology of
neurone and neuroglias
nerve fibres, and 1.12.4. Histology of
neuroglial cells nerve endings
-60-
13. 1. Define epidermis 1.13. Histology of skin Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
and dermis 1.13.1. Types of skin Histology projector,
2. Define and 1.13.2. Functions of skin practical White board,
describe the 11.13.3. Histology of LCD
layers of skin projector,
epidermis and 1.13.3.1. Epidermis Microscopes,
dermis in thick 1.13.3.2. Dermis Histological
skin and thin slides
skin
3. Identify sweat
gland, sebaceous
gland and hair
follicle
4. List the functions
of skin
14. 1. Define and 1.14. Gametogenesis Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs

describe the 1.14.1. Spermatogenesis Discussion projector,
spermatogenesis, 1.14.2. Oogenesis White board,
spermiogenesis LCD
and oogenesis projector
15. 1. Describe the 1.15. Reproductive cycle " " 3.5 Hrs
ovarian cycle and hormonal control,
and uterine Fertilization, cleavage
cycle, and and implantation
hormonal 1.15.1. Ovarian cycle
control 1.15.2. Fertilization
2. Define and 1.15.2.1. Phases of
describe normal fertilization
fertilization, 1.15.2.2. Results of
results of fertilization
fertilization and 1.15.2.3. Applied
its clinical anatomy
correlation 1.15.3. Cleavage
3. Describe the 1.15.4. Implantation
formation of 1.15.4.1. Normal site
zygote, morula of implantation
and blastocyst 1.15.4.2. Abnormal
4. Describe the sites of
process of implantation
normal 1.15.4.3. Applied
implantation and anatomy
abnormal
implantation
sites
-61-
16. 1. Describe the 1.16. Formation of germ Lecture, Overhead 6.0 Hrs
formation of layers and their Discussion projector,
bilaminar germ derivatives White board,
disc and 1.16.1. Formation of LCD
trilaminar germ bilaminar germ disc projector
disc 1.16.2. Formation of
2. Describe the trilaminar germ disc
primitive streak, 1.16.2.1. Primitive
primitive node streak
and notochord 1.16.2.2. Notochord
3. Describe the 1.16.3. Somites
development of 16.3.1. Formation
somites 16.3.2. Differentiation
4. List the 1.16.4. Derivatives of
derivatives of three germ layers
three germ layers
17. 1. Describe the 1.17. Foetal membranes " " 6.0 Hrs
development of 1.17.1. Yolk sac
trophoblast, 1.17.2. Amnion
amnion, yolk sac, 1.17.2.1. Significance
chorion, of amniotic fluid
allantois, 1.17.3. Chorion
umbilical cord 1.17.4. Umbilical cord
and their 1.17.5. Placenta
functions 1.17.5.1. Full term
2. Describe the placenta
normal placenta 1.17.5.2.
and its functions Development
3. Describe the 1.17.5.3. Functions
abnormal 1.17.6. Allantois
placenta types
18. 1. Describe the 1.18. Teratogenesis, " " 2.0 Hrs

causes of Growth and
teratogenesis and development
factors 1.18.1. Teratogenesis
influencing 1.18.1.1. Teratogens
2. Describe and 1.18.1.2. Critical
define growth periods of
and development development
3. Describe types of 1.18.2. Growth and
growth and development
factors 1.18.2.1. Types of
influencing growth
1.18.2.2. Factors
influencing growth
-62-
19. 1. Define and 1.19. Genes and Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
describe chromosomes Discussion projector,
chromosome and 1.19.1. Genes and White board,
gene chromosomes LCD
2. Describe the 1.19.2. Classification of projector
classification of chromosomes
chromosomes, 1.19.3. Chromosomal
and analysis
chromosomal 1.19.3.1. Sex
analysis chromatin study
1.19.3.2.
Chromosomal
banding
1.19.3.3. Indications
for chromosomal
analysis
20. 1. Describe 1.20. Chromosomal " " 3.5 Hrs

numerical and abnormalities and
structural genetic basis of
abnormalities hereditary diseases
2. Describe the 1.20.1. Chromosomal
single gene abnormalities
inheritance, 1.20.1.1. Numerical
autosomal aberrations
dominant 1.20.1.2. Structural
inheritance and abnormalities
autosomal 1.20.1.3. Disorders of
recessive autosomes
inheritance 1.20.1.4. Sex
3. Describe the sex- chromosomal
linked abnormalities
inheritance (sex- 1.20.2. Single gene
linked dominant inheritance
and recessive) 1.20.2.1. Autosomal
dominant
inheritance
1.20.2.2. Autosomal
recessive
inheritance
1.20.2.3. Sex-linked
inheritance
21. 1. Describe the 1.21. Practical overview Demonstration LCD 3.0 Hrs
overall practical projector
points of view in
general anatomy
-63-
2. Thorax
22. 1. Know the 2.1. Bones of the thorax Lecture, Overhead 3.5 Hrs
sternum, ribs and and chest wall Discussion, projector,
thoracic vertebrae 2.1.1. Chest wall Demonstration White board,
2. Describe the 2.1.1.1. Boundaries LCD
structure of the 2.1.1.2. Muscles projector,
chest wall 2.1.1.3. Vessels Cadaver
2.1.1.4. Nerves
23. 1. Describe the 2.2. Breast " " 2.5 Hrs

structure of the 2.2.1. Structure of the
mammary gland, breast
its blood supply, 2.2.2. Lymphatic
nerve supply and drainage of the breast
lymphatic
drainage, and
clinical
application
24. 1. Know the joints 2.3. Mechanics of " " 2.5 Hrs
of the thorax and respiration
thoracic 2.3.1. Movements during
movement during inspiration
ventilation 2.3.2. Movements during
expiration
25. 1. Describe the 2.4. Pleura and Lungs " Overhead 6.5 Hrs
layers of pleura 2.4.1. Pleura projector,
and pleural cavity 2.4.1.1. Structure White board,
2. Describe the 2.4.1.2. Surface LCD
anatomical anatomy projector,
differences of left 2.4.2. Lungs Cadaver,
and right lungs 2.4.2.1. Gross Dissected
3. Define and anatomy lungs
describe the 2.4.2.2. Broncho-
bronchopulmonar pulmonary
y segments and segments
be aware of the 2.4.2.3. Surface
clinical anatomy
importance of BP
segments
4. Knows the
surface anatomy
of pleura and
lungs
-64-
26. 1. Define 2.5. Mediastinum and its Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
mediastinum divisions Discussion, projector,
divisions and 2.5.1. Divisions of Demonstration White board,
contents of mediastinum LCD
mdiastinum 2.5.2. Anatomical events projector,
2. Describe the or changes at the level Cadaver
changes at the of TV4
level of sternal
angle
27. 1. Describe the 2.6. Superior mediastinum " " 4.0 Hrs
boundaries, 2.6.1. Boundaries and
extent and contents of the
contents of superior mediastinum
superior 2.6.2. Arch of aorta
mediastinum 2.6.3. Trachea and
2. Describe the arch bronchi
of aorta including
beginning,
ending, relations,
branches and
applied anatomy
28. 1. Describe the 2.7. Middle mediastinum " Overhead 7.5 Hrs
layers of 2.7.1. Contents projector,
pericardium and 2.7.2. Structure of the White board,
pericardial space pericardium LCD
2. Describe the 2.7.3. Heart projector,
chambers of the 2.7.3.1. General Cadaver,
heart, coronary features Dissected
vessels and 2.7.3.2. Chambers heart
conducting 2.7.3.3. Blood supply
system of the 2.7.3.4. Nerve supply
heart and conducting
3. Surface anatomy system
of heart and its 2.7.3.5. Surface
valves anatomy
29. 1. Describe the 2.8. Posterior " Overhead 7.5 Hrs

contents of mediastinum projector,
posterior 2.8.1. Boundaries and White board,
mediastinum contents LCD
(oesophagus, 2.8.2. Oesophagus projector,
thoracic duct, 2.8.3. Descending Cadaver
azygos vein and thoracic aorta
descending aorta) 2.8.4. Azygos system of
and their clinical veins
application 2.8.5. Thoracic duct
-65-
30. 1. Describe the 2.9. Histology of Lecture, Overhead 3.5 Hrs
histological respiratory system Histology projector,
layers of trachea, 2.9.1. Histology of practical White board,
bronchi, trachea LCD
bronchioles and 2.9.2. Histology of main projector,
alveoli bronchus Microscopes,
2.9.3. Histology of Histological
intrapulmonary slides
bronchus
2.9.4. Histology of the
lung
31. 1. Describe the 2.10. ANS of thorax Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
differences 2.10.1. Sympathetic and Discussion, projector,
between parasympathetic Demonstration White board,
sympathetic and nervous systems LCD
parasympathetic 2.10.2. Disorders of projector,
nervous systems autonomic nervous Cadaver
2. Identify the system
sympathetic chain
3. Correlate the
knowledge in
disorders of ANS
32. 1. Define and 2.11. Gross anatomy of " " 2.5 Hrs
describe the gross diaphragm
anatomy of 2.11.1. Structure
diaphragm 2.11.2. Apertures
including parts 2.11.3. Applied anatomy
and apertures
2. Correlate the
knowledge of
anatomy of
diaphragm in
applied anatomy
33. 1. Describe the parts 2.12. Sternum and Demonstration White board, 1.5 Hrs
of sternum and thoracic vertebrae Bones
thoracic vertebrae 2.12.1. Sternum
2.12.2. Thoracic
vertebrae
34. 1. Differentiate the 2.13. Ribs " " 1.5 Hrs

typical and 2.13.1. Typical ribs
atypical ribs 2.13.2. Atypical ribs
2. Describe the parts
of the ribs
-66-
points of view in
thorax
3. Abdomen
36. 1. Describe the 3.1. Anterior abdominal Lecture, Overhead 5.0 Hrs
layers of anterior wall and Rectus sheath Discussion, projector,
abdominal wall 3.1.1. Boundaries, Demonstration White board,
and landmarks and fasciae LCD
arrangements of 3.1.2. Muscles projector,
rectus abdominis 3.1.3. Rectus sheath Cadaver
muscle and 3.1.3.1. Formation
anterolateral 3.1.3.2. Contents
abdominal wall 3.1.3.3. Applied
muscles anatomy
2. Describe the
formation
contents and
clinical
application of the
rectus sheath
37. 1. Draw and 3.2. Planes and nine " " 2.5 Hrs
describe the nine regions of the anterior
regions of the abdominal wall
anterior 3.2.1. Planes of the
abdominal wall anterior abdominal
and structures wall
underlying each 3.2.2. Nine regions of the
region anterior abdominal
wall
3.2.3. Major contents of
each region
38. 1. Describe the 3.3. Inguinal canal and " " 5.0 Hrs
length, inguinal hernia
boundaries and 3.3.1. Structure of the
contents of the inguinal canal
inguinal canal 3.3.1.1. Length
and its clinical 3.3.1.2. Boundaries
applications 3.3.1.3. Contents
3.3.2. Inguinal hernia
-67-
39. 1. Describe the 3.4. Peritoneum, Lecture, Overhead 5.0 Hrs
peritoneal cavity, peritoneal spaces Discussion, projector,
recesses and 3.4.1. Peritoneum and Demonstration White board,
clinical peritoneal cavity LCD
application 3.4.2. Divisions of projector,
2. Know the lesser peritoneal cavity Cadaver
sac and greater 3.4.3. Retroperitoneal
sac and opening structures
into the lesser 3.4.4. Lesser sac
sac
3. Know the
retroperitoneal
and
intraperitoneal
structures
40. 1. Describe the 3.5. Stomach " Overhead 5.0 Hrs

gross anatomy, 3.5.1. Gross anatomy projector,
blood supply, 3.5.2. Blood supply, White board,
nerve supply and nerve supply and LCD
lymphatic lymphatic drainage projector,
drainage of 3.5.3. Applied anatomy Cadaver,
stomach and its Dissected
clinical stomach
importance
41. 1. Describe the 3.6. Duodenum " Overhead 2.5 Hrs

subdivisions, 3.6.1. Divisions projector,
blood supply and 3.6.2. Blood supply and White board,
lymphtic lymphatic drainage LCD
drainage of 3.6.3. Parts and relations projector,
duodenum and Cadaver
its applied
anatomy
2. Describe the
relations of four
parts of the
duodenum
42. 1. Decsribe the 3.7. Jejunum and ileum " Overhead 2.5 Hrs
gross anatomy, 3.7.1. Gross anatomy projector,
blood supply, 3.7.2. Blood supply and White board,
lymphatic lymphatic drainage LCD
drainage and 3.7.3. Applied anatomy projector,
differences 3.7.4. Gross anatomical Cadaver,
between jejunum differences between Dissected
and ileum, and jejunum and ileum small
its applied intestine
anatomy
-68-
43. 1. Describe the 3.8. Large intestine Lecture, Overhead 5.0 Hrs
macroscopic including caecum and Discussion, projector,
differences appendix Demonstration White board,
between small 3.8.1. Parts and LCD
and large characteristics projector,
intestines 3.8.2. Vermiform Cadaver,
2. Indicate the appendix Dissected
clinical 3.8.2.1. Positions of large
importance of the appendix intestine
positions of the 3.8.2.2. Applied
appendix anatomy
3.8.3. Gross anatomical
differences between
small and large
intestines
44. 1. Describe the 3.9. Liver, gall bladder " Overhead 5.0 Hrs
lobes, surfaces and biliary system projector,
and hilum of the 3.9.1. Liver White board,
liver 3.9.1.1. Surfaces and LCD
2. Describe the porta hepatis projector,
parts of gall 3.9.2.2. Lobes Cadaver,
bladder and 3.9.2. Gall bladder Dissected
common bile 3.9.2.1. Parts organs
duct 3.9.3. Biliary tree
3.9.3.1. Parts
3.9.3.2. Common bile
duct
45. 1. Describe the 3.10. Pancreas and spleen " " 3.5 Hrs
parts of the 3.10.1. Gross anatomy of
pancreas, and its the pancreas
relations, blood 3.10.1.1. Parts
supply, 3.10.1.2. Blood
pancreatic duct supply
and functions 3.10.2. Gross anatomy of
2. Describe the the spleen
poles, surfaces, 3.10.2.1. Parts
relations and 3.10.2.2. Relations
hilum of the 3.10.2.3. Blood
spleen supply
-69-
46. 1. Know the portal 3.11. Portal vein and Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
system and porto-systemic Discussion, projector,
anastomotic sites anastomosis Demonstration White board,
of portal 3.11.1. Portal vein LCD
systemic 3.11.1.1. Formation projector,
anastomosis and peculiar Cadaver
features
3.11.1.2. Tributaries
3.11.2. Porto-systemic
anastomoses
3.11.2.1 Sites
3.11.2.2. Applied
anatomy
47. 1. Describe the 3.12. Kidneys and ureters " Overhead 5.0 Hrs
structure, 3.12.1. Kidney projector,
relations, blood 3.12.1.1. Parts White board,
supply and nerve 3.12.1.2. Relations LCD
supply of the 3.12.1.3. Blood and projector,
kidney nerve supply Cadaver,
2. Describe the 3.12.1.4. Applied Dissected
structure, anatomy kidneys
relations, blood 3.12.2. Ureters
supply and nerve 3.12.2.1. Extent and
supply of the constrictions
ureters 3.12.2.2. Parts and
3. Know the relations
clinical 3.12.2.3. Blood
application of supply, nerve
kidney and supply and applied
ureters anatomy
48. 1. Identify the 3.13. Suprarenal glands " " 1.0 Hrs
suprarenal gland 3.13.1. Gross anatomy
2. Mention the and relations of the
gross anatomy of suprarenal glands
the suprarenal 3.13.2. Blood supply,
gland including nerve supply and
their relations applied anatomyof the
and blood supply suprarenal glands
49. 1. To identify and 3.14. Male and female Lecture Overhead 3.5 Hrs
describe the male genital organs projector,
and female 3.14.1. Male genital White board,
reproductive organs LCD
organs 3.14.2. Female genital projector
organs
-70-
50. 1. Describe the 3.15. General plan of Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
layers of the gut histology of GIT Histology projector,
wall and indicate practical White board,
their respective LCD
functions projector,
microscopes,
histological
slides
51. 1. Identify the 3.16. Posterior abdominal Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
posterior wall Discussion, projector,
abdominal wall 3.16.1. Formation of Demonstration White board,
muscles posterior abdominal LCD
2. Describe the wall projector,
course, branches 3.16.2. Abdominal aorta Cadaver
and clinical 3.16.2.1. Course and
importance of the branches
abdominal aorta 3.16.2.2. Applied
3. Describe the anatomy
formation, 3.16.3. Inferior vena
course, relations, cava
tributaries and 3.16.3.1. Formation,
clinical course and
importance of relations
inferior vena 3.16.3.2. Applied
cava anatomy
52. 1. Describe the 3.17. Lumbar vertebrae Demonstration White board, 1.5 Hrs
characteristic 3.17.1. Typical lumbar Bones
features of the vertebrae
typical and 3.17.2. Atypical lumbar
atypical lumbar vertebra
vertebrae
53. 1. Describe the 3.18. Practical overview " LCD 3.0 Hrs
points of view in
abdomen
-71-
4. Head and neck
54. 1. Describe the 4.1. Bones of Head and Demonstration White board, 9.0 Hrs
skull as a whole Neck and Cranial Bones
and foramina of fossae
the skull 4.1.1. Skull as a whole
2. Describe the 4.1.2. Foramina of the
anterior, middle skull
and posterior 4.1.3. Cranial fossae
cranial fossae 4.1.3.1. Anterior
3. Describe the cranial fossa
facial skeleton: 4.1.3.2. Middle
maxilla and cranial fossa
mandible 4.1.3.3. Posterior
individually cranial fossa
4. Describe the 4.1.4. Maxilla
characteristic 4.1.5. Mandible
features of the 4.1.6. Cervical vertebrae
typical and 4.1.6.1. Typical
atypical cervical cervical vertebrae
vertebrae 4.1.6.2. Atypical
cervical vertebrae
55. 1. Describe the 4.2. Scalp Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs

layers, blood 4.2.1. Layers Discussion, projector,
supply, nerve 4.2.2. Blood supply, Demonstration White board,
supply and nerve supply and LCD
clinical lymphatic drainage projector,
imporatnce of the 4.2.3. Applied anatomy Cadaver
scalp
56. 1. Describe the 4.3. Face, facial muscles " " 2.5 Hrs
facial muscles, and vessels
their actions and 4.3.1. Facial muscles
their nerve 4.3.2. Blood and nerve
supply supply of the face
4.3.3. Applied anatomy
4.3.3.1. Dangerous
area of the face
57. 1. Describe the 4.4. Cervical fascia " " 2.5 Hrs
layers and 4.4.1. Layers
attachments of 4.4.1.1. General
cervical fascia investing fascia
and facial spaces 4.4.1.2. Pretracheal
including its fascia
applied anatomy 4.4.1.3. Prevertebral
fascia
4.4.1.4. Carotid
sheath
of the cervical fascia
-72-
58. 1. Describe the 4.5. Posterior and Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
boundaries and suboccipital triangles of Discussion, projector,
contents of the the neck Demonstration White board,
posterior and 4.5.1. Posterior triangle LCD
suboccipital of the neck projector,
triangles of the 4.5.1.1. Boundaries Cadaver
neck and its and subdivisions
clinical 4.5.1.2. Contents
importance 4.5.1.3. Applied
anatomy
4.5.2. Suboccipital
triangle
4.5.1.1. Boundaries
4.5.1.2. Contents
4.5.1.3. Applied
anatomy
59. 1. Mention the 4.6. Anterior triangle of " " 2.5 Hrs
anterior triangle the neck
of the neck with 4.6.1. Boundaries and
its boundaries subdivisions
2. Mention the 4.6.2. Boundaries and
subdivisions of contents of the
the anterior subdivisions
triangle of the 4.6.3. Applied anatomy
neck with their of the subdivisions
boundaries,
contents and
clinical
application
60. 1. Define the 4.7. Parotid gland " " 2.5 Hrs
parotid gland, 4.7.1. Gross anatomy
parotid duct and 4.7.2. Parotid duct
its surface 4.7.3. Relations and
anatomy structures traversing
2. Mention the 4.7.4. Blood supply,
relations, blood lymphatic drainage
supply, and nerve supply
lymphatic 4.7.5. Applied anatomy
drainage and
nerve supply of
the parotid gland
and its applied
anatomy
-73-
61. 1. Describe the 4.8. Facial nerve Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
facial nerve 4.8.1. Functional Discussion, projector,
including its components and Demonstration White board,
nuclei, origin, nuclear origin LCD
relations 4.8.2. Intracranial part projector,
(intracranial and and branches Cadaver
extracranial 4.8.3. Extracranial part
courses), and branches
branches and 4.8.4. Applied anatomy
distribution
2. Describe the
lesions of the
facial nerve
62. 1. Describe the 4.9. Temporo-mandibular " " 2.5 Hrs

gross anatomy of joint
the temporo- 4.9.1. Formation and
mandibular joint relations
and its applied 4.9.2. Movements and
anatomy stability
4.9.3. Blood supply and
nerve supply
63. 1. Describe the 4.10. Muscles of " " 2.5 Hrs

muscles of mastication
mastication 4.10.1. Temporalis
including types, 4.10.2. Masserter
origin, insertion, 4.10.3. Lateral pterygoid
action, nerve 4.10.4. Medial pterygoid
supply, blood
supply and their
clinical
application
64. 1. Describe the 4.11. Trigeminal nerve " " 3.5 Hrs
trigeminal nerve, 4.11.1. Nuclear origin,
its 3 divisions, divisions and area of
and their courses, supply
relations, 4.11.2. Ophthalmic nerve
branches, 4.11.3. Maxillary nerve
distributions and 4.11.4. Mandibular nerve
applied anatomy
-74-
65. 1. Describe the 4.12. Parasympathetic Lecture, Overhead 1.0 Hrs
parasympathetic ganglia of head and Discussion projector,
ganglia of head neck White board,
and neck 4.12.1. Introduction LCD
associated with 4.12.2. Ciliary ganglion projector,
trigeminal nerve 4.12.3. Pterygopalatine Cadaver
ganglion
4.12.4. Otic ganglion
4.12.5. Submandibular
ganglion
66. 1. List the layers of 4.13. Meninges and Lecture, " 2.5 Hrs
meninges Venous sinuses of dura Discussion,
2. List the paired mater Demonstration
and unpaired 4.13.1. Layers of the
dural venous meninges
sinuses 4.13.2. Dural venous
3. Describe the sinuses
cavernous sinus 4.13.2.1.
with its clinical Characteristics
importance 4.13.2.2. Paired and
unpaired sinuses
4.13.3. Cavernous sinus
4.13.3.1. Structure
and relations
4.13.3.2. Tributaries
and
communications
4.13.3.3. Applied
anatomy
67. 1. Describe the 4. 14. Thyroid and " " 2.5 Hrs
gross structures parathyroid glands
of thyroid and 4.14.1. Thyroid gland
parathyroid, their 4.14.1.1. Parts,
relations, blood relations and
supply, nerve coverings
supply and 4.14.1.2. Blood
clinical supply, nerve
importance supply and
lymphatic drainage
4.14.1.3. Applied
anatomy
4.14.2. Parathyroid
glands
4.14.2.1. Sites, size
and shape
4.14.2.2. Blood
supply and applied
anatomy
-75-
68. 1. To define the 4.15. Nose and Paranasal Lecture, Overhead 3.5 Hrs
nose and nasal air sinuses Discussion, projector,
cavity including 4.15.1. Nose Demonstration White board,
the boundaries of 4.15.1.1. External LCD
the nasal cavity nose projector,
2. Describe the 4.15.1.2. Nasal cavity Cadaver
features found on 4.15.2. Paranasal sinuses
the lateral wall of 4.15.2.1. Frontal sinus
the nasal cavity 4.15.2.2. Ethmoidal
3. List the arteries sinus
and nerves 4.15.2.3. Sphenoidal
supplying the sinus
nasal cavity 4.15.2.4. Maxillary
4. Define and sinus
describe the
paranasal air
sinuses
5. Descrive the
maxillary air
sinus with its
clinical
importance
69. 1. Describe the oral 4.16. Oral cavity " " 2.5 Hrs
cavity including 4.16.1. Boundaries
the contents, 4.16.2. Contents
blood supply and 4.16.3. Blood and nerve
nerve supply supply
70. 1. Describe the 4.17. Tongue and " " 2.5 Hrs
gross structure of Hypoglossal nerve
tongue, including 4.17.1. Tongue
muscles of the 4.17.1.1. Parts,
tongue, their components and
actions, nerve papillae
supply (both 4.17.1.2. Muscles
sensory and 4.17.1.3. Blood
motor) and blood supply, nerve
supply supply and
2. Describe the lymphatic drainage
course, relations, 4.17.1.4. Applied
branches, anatomy
distribution and 4.17.2. Hypoglossal
applied anatomy nerve
of the 4.17.2.1. Nuclear
hypoglossal origin, course and
nerve branches
4.17.2.2. Applied
anatomy
-76-
71. 1. Describe the 4.18. Pharynx and tonsil Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
structure, blood 4.18.1. Pharynx Discussion, projector,
supply, nerve 4.18.1.1. Structures Demonstration White board,
supply and and muscles LCD
clinical 4.18.1.2. Parts projector,
application of 4.18.2. Palatine tonsil Cadaver
pharynx 4.18.2.1. Gross
2. Describe the anatomy
tonsil (palatine 4.18.2.2. Blood and
tonsil) and the nerve supply, and
Waldeyer's ring lymphatic drainage
4.18.2.3. Waldeyer’s
ring
72. 1. Describe the 4.19. Larynx " " 2.5 Hrs

structure, blood 4.19.1. Cartilages and
supply, nerve muscles
supply and 4.19.2. Interior
clinical 4.19.3. Blood supply,
application of nerve supply and
larynx applied anatomy
73. 1. List the contents 4.20. Eyeball and contents " " 3.5 Hrs
of the orbit of the orbit
2. List the layers of 4.20.1. Contents of orbit
the eyeball 4.20.2. Layer of eyeball
including the 4.20.3. Extraocular
refractive media muscles
3. Describe the 4.20.3.1. Levator
extraocular palpebrae
muscles with superioris
their actions, 4.20.3.2. Four recti
nerve supply and 4.20.3.3. Two
clinical obliques
application
74. 1. List three parts 4.21. Ear Lecture,Discus Overhead 2.5 Hrs
of the ear 4.21.1. Parts of the ear sion projector,
2. Describe the 4.21.2. External ear White board,
middle ear cavity 4.21.2.1. Tympanic LCD
including its membrane projector
boundaries, 4.21.3. Middle ear cavity
contents, nerve 4.21.3.1. Boundaries
supply and 4.21.3.2. Contents
applied anatomy 4.21.3.3. Blood
3. Mention the supply, nerve
external and supply and
inner ear lymphatic drainage
4.21.3.4. Applied
anatomy
4.21.4. Internal ear
-77-
75. 1. Describe the 4.22. 3rd, 4th and 6th Lecture, Overhead 1.0 Hrs
course, relations, cranial nerves Discussion, projector,
branches, 4.22.1. 3rd cranial nerve Demonstration White board,
distribution and 4.22.2. 4th cranial nerve LCD
applied anatomy 4.22.3. 6th cranial nerve projector,
of the 3rd, 4th and Cadaver
6th cranial nerves
76. 1. Describe the 4.23. 9th, 10th and 11th " " 1.0 Hrs
course, relations, cranial nerves
branches, 4.23.1. 9th cranial nerve
distribution and 4.23.2. 10th cranial nerve
applied anatomy 4.23.3. 11th cranial nerve
th th
of the 9 , 10
and 11th cranial
nerves
77. 1. Describe the 4.24. Dermatomes of head " " 2.5 Hrs
dermatomes of and neck
head and neck
2. Mention the
dividing planes
between
trigeminal nerve
and cervical
nerves
78. 1. Describe the 4.25. Development of the Lecture, Overhead 3.5 Hrs
development of face, nose and palate Discussion projector,
face including 5 4.25.1. Development White board,
prominences 4.25.1.1. Facial LCD
around the swellings projector
stomodeum 4.25.1.2.
2. Know the Intermaxillary
formation of segment
nose, cheek, 4.25.2. Congenital
upper lip, lower anomalies
lip, jaw and
palate with
congenital
anomalies
79. 1. Describe the 4.26. Development of the " " 1.0 Hrs
formation of tongue
tongue and its 4.26.1. Development
anomalies 4.26.1.1. Mucosa
4.26.1.2. Muscles
4.26.1.3. Nerve
supply
4.26.2. Congenital
anomalies
-78-
80. 1. Describe the 4.27. Development of the Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
thyroglossal thyroid gland Discussion projector,
duct, its descent 4.27.1. Development White board,
and congenital 4.27.2. Congenital LCD
anomalies anomalies projector
81. 1. Describe the 4.28. Development of the " " 3.5 Hrs
components of pharyngeal arches,
each pharyngeal pouches and clefts
arch and its 4.28.1. Pharyngeal
derivatives arches
2. Describe the 4.28.1.1.
formation of Development
structures 4.28.1.2. Congenital
derived from the anomalies
pharyngeal 4.28.2. Pharyngeal clefts
pouches and 4.28.2.1.
clefts, and their Development
congenital 4.28.2.2. Congenital
anomalies anomalies
4.28.3. Pharyngeal
pouches
4.28.3.1.
Development
4.28.3.2. Congenital
anomalies
82. 1. Describe the 4.29. Histology of the Lecture,Histol Overhead 2.5 Hrs
characteristic salivary glands ogy practical projector,
features of 4.29.1. Histology of the White board,
histology of the parotid gland LCD
parotid, 4.29.2. Histology of the projector,
submandibular submandibular gland Microscopes,
and sublingual 4.29.3. Histology of the Histological
salivary glands sublingual gland slides
83. 1. Describe the 4.30. Histology of the " " 2.5 Hrs
characteristic Tongue
features of
histology of the
tongue
84. 1. Describe the 4. 31. Histology of the " " 2.5 Hrs
histology of the thyroid and
thyroid and parathyroid glands
parathyroid 4.31.1. Thyroid gland
glands 4.31.2. Parathyroid gland
85. 1. Describe the 4.32. Histology of the " " 1.0 Hrs
histology of the suprarenal gland
suprarenal gland
-79-
points of view in
head and neck
5. Neuroanatomy
87. 1. Describe the 5.1. Gross anatomy of the Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
gross anatomy cerebrum and Discussion, projector,
of the cerebrum meninges Demonstration White board,
2. Mention three 5.1.1. Gross anatomy of LCD
layers of the cerebrum projector,
meninges, both 5.1.1.1. Lobes Dissected
cranial and 5.1.1.2. Sulci and gyri cerebrum
spinal of each lobe
5.1.2. Meninges
5.1.2.1. Cranial
meninges
5.1.2.2. Spinal
meninges
88. 1. Describe the 5.2. Functional areas of " " 2.5 Hrs
functional areas the cerebrum
of the cerebum
and their lesions
89. 1. Describe the 5.3. Blood supply of the " " 2.5 Hrs
formation of the cerebrum
'circle of Willis' 5.3.1. Circle of Willis
and its clinical 5.3.1.1. Formation
importance 5.3.1.2. Functions
2. Describe the 5.3.2. Cortical system
anterior, middle 5.3.2.1. Anterior
and posterior cerebral artery
cerebral arteries 5.3.2.2. Middle
and their cerebral artery
distribution 5.3.2.3. Posterior
cerebral artery
5.3.3. Central system
90. 1. Know the types 5.4. White fibres and " " 3.5 Hrs
of white fibres internal capsule
2. Describe the 5.4.1. Types of the white
structure, fibres of cerebrum
function and 5.4.2. Internal capsule
dysfunction of 5.4.2.1. Site, relations
the internal and parts
capsule 5.4.2.2. Fibres of
different parts
5.4.2.3. Blood supply
5.4.2.4. Lesion
-80-
91. 1. Describe the 5.5. Spinal cord Lecture, Overhead 3.5 Hrs
gross anatomy of 5.5.1. Gross anatomy Discussion, projector,
the spinal cord 5.5.1.1. Shape and Demonstration White board,
2. Distinguish extent LCD
between the 5.5.1.2. Spinal projector,
sections of the segments and Dissected
different regions spinal nerves spinal cord
of the spinal cord 5.5.1.3. External and
3. Enumerate the internal features
functions of the 5.5.1.4. Functions
spinal cord 5.5.2. Blood supply
4. Describe the 5.5.2. Identification of
spinal arteries different levels of the
and veins spinal cord
5. Explain the
lesions of the
spinal cord
92. 1. Know the 5.6. Midbrain " Overhead 1.0 Hrs

external features 5.6.1. External features projector,
of the midbrain 5.6.2. Internal features White board,
2. Describe the 5.6.2.1. Cross section LCD
contents of cross at superior colliculi projector,
sections of level Dissected
midbrain at 5.6.2.2. Cross section brain stem
various levels at inferior colliculi
level
93. 1. Know the 5.7. Pons " " 1.0 Hrs

external features 5.7.1. External features
of the pons 5.7.2. Internal features
2. Describe the 5.7.2.1. Cross section
contents of cross at lower part
sections of pons 5.7.2.1. Cross section
at various levels at upper part
94. Know the external 5.8. Medulla oblongata " " 2.5 Hrs
features of the 5.8.1. External features
medulla 5.8.2. Internal features
oblongata 5.8.1.1. Cross section
Describe the at lower half of
contents of cross closed part
sections of 5.8.1.1. Cross section
medulla at upper half of
oblongata at closed part
various levels 5.8.1.1. Cross section
at open part
-81-
95. 1. Describe the 5.9. Cerebellum Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
lobes, fissures, 5.9.1. Parts Discussion, projector,
functions, blood 5.9.2. Lobes Demonstration White board,
supply, 5.9.3. Connections LCD
connections and 5.9.4. Functions projector,
dysfunction of 5.9.5. Blood supply Dissected
the cerebellum 5.9.6. Lesions cerebellum
96. 1. Enumerate the 5.10. Ventricles of the " Overhead 2.5 Hrs
ventricles cerebrum projector,
2. Describe each 5.10.1. Fourth ventricle White board,
ventricle 5.10.1.1. Floor of the LCD
3. Mention the 4th ventricle projector,
features of the 5.10.2. Third ventricle Dissected
floor of the 4th 5.10.3. Lateral ventricle cerebrum
ventricle 5.10.4. Applied anatomy
4. Correlate the
knowledge of
ventricles in
applied anatomy
97. 1. Describe the 5.11. Basal nuclei " " 2.5 Hrs
nuclei of basal 5.11.1. Formation and
nuclei, their components
connections and 5.11.2. Connections
their dysfunction 5.11.3. Clinical
importance
5.11.3.1. Functions
5.11.3.2. Lesions
98. 1. external features 5.12. Thalamus " " 1.0 Hrs

of the thalamus 5.12.1. Site and extent
2. Classify the 5.12.2. Nuclei
nuclei of 5.12.2.1. Functional
thalamus classification of
3. Describe the nuclei
connections of 5.12.3. Connections
the relay nuclei 5.12.4. Functional
4. State the consideration
functional 5.12.5. Blood supply
consideration 5.12.6. Lesions
and lesions of the
thalamus
-82-
99. 1. Enumerate the 5.13. Hypothalamus Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
hypothalamic 5.13.1. Major areas, Discussion, projector,
nuclei nuclei and groups Demonstration White board,
2. Describe the 5.13.2. Connections LCD
functions of the 5.13.3. Functions projector,
hypothalamus 5.13.4. Lesions Dissected
3. Mention the cerebrum
lesions of the
hypothalamus
100. 1. Enumerate the 5.14. Ascending tracts Lecture, Overhead 3.5 Hrs
ascending tracts 5.14.1. List of the Discussion projector,
according to the ascending tracts White board,
sensations 5.14.2. Spinothalamic LCD
2. Describe the tracts projector
spinothalamic 5.14.2.1. Lateral
tract, spinothalamic tract
spinocerebellar 5.14.2.2. Anterior
tract, conscious spinothalamic tract
proprioceptive 5.14.3. Conscious
pathways and proprioceptive
trigeminothalami pathways
c tracts with their 5.14.4. Spinocerebellar
lesions tracts
101. 1. List the motor 5.15. Descending tracts " " 2.5 Hrs
pathways 5.15.1. List of
2. Describe the descending tracts
pyramidal tract 5.15.2. Pyramidal tract
with its lesions
102. 1. Describe the 5.16. Visual pathway " " 2.5 Hrs
field of vision in 5.16.1. Fields of vision
relation to field and fields of retina
of retina 5.16.2. Conscious visual
2. Describe the pathway
pathways of 5.16.3. Reflexes
vision 5.16.3.1. Pupillary
3. Explain the light reflex
associated 5.16.3.4.
reflexes of the Accommodation
visual pathway reflex
4. Explain the 5.16.4. Lesions
lesions of the
visual pathway at
different levels
-83-
103. 1. Describe the 5.17. Histology of the Lecture,Histol Overhead 5.0 Hrs
histology of the spinal cord, cerebrum ogy practical projector,
spinal cord, and cerebellum White board,
cerebrum and 5.17.1. Histology of LCD
cerebellum spinal cord projector,
5.17.2. Histology of microscopes,
cerebrum histological
5.17.3. Histology of slides
cerebellum
104. 1. Mention the 5.18. Development of the Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
formation of the CNS (spinal cord) Discussion projector,
neural tube 5.18.1. Formation of White board,
2. Describe the neural tube LCD
development of 5.18.2. Development of projector
the spinal cord the spinal cord
and its congenital 5.18.2.1.
anomalies Development
5.18.2.2. Congenital
anomalies
points of view in
neuroanatomy
6. Upper limb
106. 1. Comprehend the 6.1. Pectoral region Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
muscles that 6.1.1. Muscles Discussion, projector,
move the 6.1.2. Clavipectoral Demonstration White board,
pectoral girdle fascia LCD
2. Describe the 6.1.3. Applied anatomy projector,
clavipectoral Cadaver
fascia
-84-
107. 1. Comprehend the 6.2. Scapular region Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
muscles of the 6.2.1. Muscles Discussion, projector,
back 6.2.1.1. Muscles of Demonstration White board,
2. Describe the the back LCD
muscles of the 6.2.1.2. Muscles of projector,
shoulder the shoulder Cadaver
3. Enumerate the 6.2.2. Anastomosis
arteries around the scapula
anastomosing 6.2.3. Movements of
around the scapula
scapula 6.2.4. Others
4. Describe the 6.2.4.1. Triangular
movement of the space
scapula 6.2.4.2. Quadrangular
space
6.2.4.3. Triangle of
auscultation
108. 1. Define the axilla 6.3. Axilla and its contents " " 2.5 Hrs
2. Describe the 6.3.1. Boundaries
boundaries of the 6.3.2. Contents
axilla 6.3.2.1. Axillary vein
3. Enumerate the 6.3.2.2. Axillary
contents of the nerve
axilla 6.3.2.3. Axillary
4. Explain the lymph nodes
axillary lymph
nodes and their
drainage areas
109. 1. Comprehend the 6.4. Brachial plexus " " 5.0 Hrs
formation, types 6.4.1. Formation
and branches of 6.4.1.1. Types
the brachial 6.4.2. Parts
plexus 6.4.3. Branches
2. Mention the 6.4.4. Surface anatomy
Erb's point 6.4.5. Applied anatomy
3. Outline the 6.4.5.1. Erb-
surface marking Duchenne
of the brachial paralysis
plexus in the 6.4.5.2. Klumpke’s
neck paralysis
4. Correlate the
knowledge in
clinical
application
-85-
110. 1. Enumerate the 6.5. Muscles of the arm, Lecture, Overhead 7.5 Hrs
muscles of the forearm and hand Discussion, projector,
arm, forearm and 6.5.1. Arm Demonstration White board,
hand 6.5.1.1. Anatomical LCD
2. Mention the events in middle projector,
anatomical third of the arm Cadaver
events in the 6.5.2. Forearm
middle third of 6.5.3. Hand
the arm
111. 1. Describe the 6.6. Shoulder joint " " 2.5 Hrs
gross anatomy of 6.6.1. Type and
the shoulder joint articulating parts
with its applied 6.6.2. Ligaments
anatomy 6.6.3. Relations
6.6.4. Blood and nerve
supply
6.6.5. Movements
6.6.6. Stability
6.6.6.1. Rotator cuff
112. 1. Describe the 6.7. Elbow joint " " 2.5 Hrs
gross anatomy of 6.7.1. Type and
the elbow joint articulating parts
with its applied 6.7.2. Collateral
anatomy ligaments
6.7.3. Synovial
membrane
6.7.4. Bursae
supply
6.7.6. Movements
113. 1. Describe the 6.8. Radio-ulnar joints " " 2.5 Hrs
gross anatomy of 6.8.1. Superior radio-
the radio-ulnar ulnar joint
joints with their 6.8.2. Middle radio-ulnar
applied anatomy joint
6.8.3. Inferior radio-
ulnar joint
-86-
114. 1. Describe the 6.9. Wrist joint Lecture, Overhead 2.5 Hrs
gross anatomy of 6.9.1. Type and Discussion, projector,
the wrist joint articulating parts Demonstration White board,
with its applied 6.9.2. Surface anatomy LCD
anatomy 6.9.3. Articular disc, projector,
joint capsule, Cadaver
ligaments and
synovial membrane
6.9.4. Relations
6.9.5. Movements
supply
115. 1. Mention the 6.10. Blood supply of the " " 5.0 Hrs
arteries of the upper limb
upper limb 6.10.1. List of the
2. Describe the arteries supplying the
axillary artery upper limb
including parts, 6.10.2. Axillary artery
relations, 6.10.2.1. Extent
branches and 6.10.2.2. Parts
applied anatomy 6.10.2.3. Relations
6.10.2.4. Branches
6.10.2.5. Applied
anatomy
116. 1. Describe the 6.11. Cubital fossa " " 2.5 Hrs
gross anatomy of 6.11.1. Boundaries
the cubital fossa 6.11.2. Contents
2. Correlate the 6.11.3. Applied anatomy
knowledge and
applied anatomy
117. 1. Describe the 6.12. Palmar spaces " " 2.5 Hrs
palmar spaces 6.12.1. Compartments of
2. Correlate the the palm
knowledge of the 6.12.2. Palmar spaces
palmar spaces 6.12.2.1. Thenar
and clinical space
application 6.12.2.2. Midpalmar
space
6.12.2.3. Applied
anatomy
-87-
118. 1. Mention the 6.13. Peripheral nerves of Lecture, Overhead 6.0 Hrs
nerves of the the upper limb Discussion, projector,
upper limb 6.13.1. Axillary nerve Demonstration White board,
2. List the muscles 6.13.2. Musculo- LCD
supplied by each cutaneous nerve projector,
nerve with 6.13.3. Median nerve Cadaver
applied anatomy 6.13.4. Ulnar nerve
6.13.5. Radial nerve
119. 1. Define the 6.14. Dermatomes of the Lecture Overhead 2.5 Hrs
dermatomes upper limb projector,
2. Describe the 6.14.1. Definition White board,
segmental nerve 6.14.2. Axial lines LCD
supply of the 6.14.3. Dermatomes projector
upper limb 6.14.4. Applied anatomy
120. 1. Know the 6.15. Bones of the upper Demonstration White board, 7.5 Hrs
clavicle, scapula, limb bones
humerus, radius, 6.15.1. Clavicle
ulnar and bones 6.15.2. Scapula
of the hand 6.15.3. Humerus
6.15.4. Radius
6.15.5. Ulna
6.15.6. Bones of the
hand
121. 1. Describe the 6.16. Development of the Lecture Overhead 2.5 Hrs
formation of the upper limb projector,
limb buds and 6.16.1. Development White board,
the congenital 6.16.2. Congenital LCD
anomalies anomalies projector
points of view in
upper limb
-88-
Hours
Lecture / Tutorial / Revision 168
Practical / Discussion / Demonstration* 234
Total 402
* In anatomy, demonstrations may be used to teach osteology, dissected cadaver, dissected

organs or practical examination overviews.
-89-
ASSESSMENT
1.1. Tutorial
2.1. Class test (3 hours) - 4 times
30%
2.2. Practical (LCD) test (1 hour) - 4 times

- Theory examination (MCQ, MSE) - 3 hours - 50%
- Practical (LCD) examination - 1 hour - 20%

3.3. Credit mark - 65% (all compartments)
3.5. In supplementary examination - Less than 59%
-90-
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOLOGY
1. Departmental objectives
At the end of the course of instruction, the learner should be able to:
Knowledge
Acquire the knowledge
1. Normal function of the body
2. Principles relating to physiological functions
3. Interactions and interrelations between body systems.
4. Environmental and hereditary influences on the normal functions of the body
Skill
Demonstrate basic skill in:
1. Using instruments that are commonly used by doctors.
2. Performing and interpreting physiology laboratory tests and procedures.
3. Performing life-saving emergency measures.
Attitude
Show the habits of
1. Self-education through critical reading and evaluation of information.
2. Applying scientific methods in approaching or solving problems.
3. Taking responsibilities and maintenance of discipline
4. Participating in team work in the health care of the community.
Show the evidence of developing sound attitudes

1. Regarding the importance of physiology as a basic for understanding clinical disciplines.
2. Toward the importance of imparting health education in the community.
3. Toward the need for continuing self-education.
4. Regarding the person as a whole and not as separate systems and accepting that he is part of
his family and his community.
-91-
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOLOGY
No. (SLO) Topic /Contents Method Media Hours

1. The students should 1. Introduction to Lecture White 4 hrs
be able to:- physiology board
1.define physiology, 1.1 Definition and con- OHP
homesostasis, cepts of homeostasis
internal and 1.2 Internal and external
external environment and
environment and adaptation
adaptation. 1.3 The feedback mecha-
2. explain feedback nisms.
mechanism
3. give examples of
deviation from
normal
2. 1. describe the stru- 2.Cell physiology Lecture White 10 hrs
cture and functions 2.1 The structures and Tutorial board
of the organelles, functions of Practical OHP
transport system organelles, transport Chemical
and effect of system and effect of Instrume-
changes in the cell changes in the cell nt
environment. environment.
2.recall the physic-
ological basis of
replacement
therapy: tonicity
and volume.
3. 1.List the compon- 3. Haematology Lecture White 30 hrs
ents and normal 3.1 The components and Tutorial board
values of blood. composition of Practical OHP
2.describe the form- blood. Chemical
ation and function 3.2 Blood volume, ESR Instrume-
of the cellular co- and PCV nt
mponents of blood. 3.3 RBC, WBC,Platelets
3.recall the impor- 3.4 Haemostasis
tance of physicolo- 3.5 Blood grouping
gical basis in some
common clinical
disorder. Eg. Hae-
moglobinopathies,
coagulopathies,
infections and
infections.
4.explainthe clin-
ical, medicolegal
importance of
blood groups.
-92-
4. 1.describe the phy- 4. Autonomic Nervous Lecture White 12 hrs
siological organiz- System Tutorial board
ation and functions 4.1The organization and OHP
of ANS. functions of ANS
2.state the effects of (sympathetic and
imbalance of ANS parasympathetic
giving some com- system)
mon examples.
3.apply the know-
ledge of receptors
and neurotransm-
itters in the
corrections of ANS
imbalance.
5. 1. describe the func- 5. Excitable tissues Lecture White 9 hrs
tions and prope- 5.1 The functions and Tutorial board
rties of neuronsand properties of neurons OHP
muscles. and muscles
5.2 Muscle contraction
6. 1.state the physic- 6. Cardiovascular system Lecture White 25 hrs
ological organiz- 6.1The physiological Tutorial board
ation of CVS. organization of CVS Practical OHP
2.describe the funct- 6.2 The cardiac cycle Chemical
ions of CVS. 6.3 The cardiac output Instrume-
3.state the normal and its control: nt
values. 6.4 The blood pressure
4.apply the know- and its control.
ledge in CVS phy- 6.5 The blood flow and
siology eg. Chan- its control.
ges in BP, Pulse 6.6 The microcirculation
rate. Blood volume
to clinical
conditions.
7. 1.state the phy- 7.Respiratory system. Lecture White 18 hrs
siological organiz- 7.1 The physiological Tutorial board
ation. organization and Practical OHP
2.describe the funct- functions of respire- Chemical
ions. atory tract. Instrume-
3.state the normal 7.2 The surfactant nt
values. 7.3The mechanics of res-
4.recognize the effe- piration
cts of the environ- 7.4The pulmonary gas
ment on respiration transport and gas
eg. Humidity, dust. transport
5.demonstrate skill in
administering 7.5 The control of res-
cardiopulmonary piration
resuscitation eg. 7.6 Respiratory function
Artificial test.
respiration, cardiac 7.7 The respiratory insu-
massage. fficiency
-93-
8. 1. state the physiolo- 8. Gastrointestinal tract Lecture White 16 hrs
gical organization. 8.1 The physiological Tutorial board
2.describe the func- organization and Practical OHP
tions of GIT. enteric nervous Chemical
system. Instrume-
8.2 The functions of GIT nt
(saliva, stomach) GI
hormones.
9. 1.state the 9. Renal Physiology Lecture White 17 hrs
Physiological 9.1 The physiological Tutorial board
organization. organization, OHP
2.describe the funct- nephron.
ions of kideny. 9.2 The functions of kid-
3. state the normal ney and urine form-
values. ation. (glomerular
4. recall changes in functions and tubular
renal functions and functions)
body fluids in 9.3 The endocrine fun-
some common ction of kidney and
clinical conditions hormonal control of
eg. G.E. kidney (Role of
kidney in maintena-
nce of body fluid and
electrolytes)
10. 1. describe the func- 10.Skin and Lecture White 12 hrs
tions of skin and thermoregulation Tutorial board
mechanisms main- 10.1 The functions of Practical OHP
taining normal skin and mecha- Chemical
body temperature. nisms maintaining Instrume-
2.Measurement of normal body temp- nt
body temperature. erature
3.The problems of 10.2 Measurement of
humidity and heat body temperature
on individual and
community.
11. 1. describe the 11. Endocrinology. Lecture White 20 hrs
functions of 11.1 The general Tutorial board
endocrine organs. mechanisms of OHP
2.theirsecretions. hormonal actions.
actions and control 11.2 The hypothalamus.
11.3 Growth hormone,
11.4 Arginine
vasopressin,
11.5 Oxytocin,
11.6 The adrenal gland
11.7 The endocrine
pancreas
11.8 Calcium
homeostasis.
11.8 The local
hormones.
-94-
12. 1.describe the func- 12. Reproduction Lecture White 3 hrs
tions of male and 12.1 Male reproduction board
female system OHP
reproductive 12.2 Control of
system testicular function
12.3 the male sex
hormones
12.4 The menstrual
cycle
12.5 The female sex
hormones
13. 1. state the phys- 13. Central nervous Lecture White 30 hrs
iological system Tutorial board
organization. 13.1 The physiological Practical OHP
2.describe the funct- organizations and Chemical
ions of CNS. sensory and motor Instrume-
3.recall the physio- pathways. nt
logical basis of 13.2 The reflexes
pain, physiological (mono- and poly-
phenomena synaptic reflex arc)
applicable to the 13.3 The physiology of
clinical setting eg. pain.
Referred pain. 13.4 The functions of
4.Homeostatic funct- medulla
ions of CNS. hypothalamus and
Hypothalamus, spinal cord
spinal cord, and 13.5 Practical teaching
medulla. on sensory, motor,
5.Practical teaching reflex and
on sensory, motor cerebellar functions.
and cerebella
functions.
6.Appetite and sexu-
al behavior.
Hours
Practical / Discussion 66
Total 206
-95-
STUDENT ASSESSMENT
Class test(30%)
The class test consists of Written paper (MCQ & MSQ)
Laboratory work test
Viva Voce
2.1 Class test (3 Hours) - 3 times - 20%
2.2 Practical test (30 Min) - 1 time - 10%
2.3 Final examination
Theory exam (MCQ, MSQ – 3 hours) - 50%
Practical exam (2 Hours) - 20%

3.1 Pass mark 50% (each compartment)
3.2 Distinction mark 80% (each compartment)
3.3 Credit mark 65% (all compartments)
3.4 Moderation mark 46% (each compartment)
3.5 In supplementary examination less than 59%
-96-
DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY
At the end of the course of instruction, the learner should be able to:-
1. acquire the knowledge of-

1.1. the laws and principles relating to the biochemical functions.
1.2. the nutritional problems prevalent in the community.
2. demonstrate basic skills in-

2.1. using instruments that are commonly used by doctors.
2.2. performing and interpreting basic biochemical laboratory tests and
procedures.
3. show the attitude of

3.1. self education through critical reading and evaluation of information.
3.2. applying scientific methods in approaching and solving problems.
3.3. taking responsibilities and maintenance of discipline.
3.4. participation in teamwork.
3.5. awareness of the importance of Biochemistry as a basic for understanding
clinical disciplines.
3.6. the importance of imparting health education in community.
3.7. the need for counting self-education.
-97-
DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY
No SLO Topic / content Method Media Hours
At the end of the session, 1.Molecular Biology

the students should be able
to: 1.1.1Definition of gene Lecture LCD 1hours
1. Functional eukaryotic 1.1.2Components of gene & tutorial projector
gene and their functions
1.2.1 Structure of DNA Lecture& LCD 2hours
2. Structure and functions of 1.2.2 Functions of DNA Tutorial projector
DNA
1.3.1 Types of RNA Lecture& LCD 2hours
3. Structure and functions of 1.3.2 Structure of each Tutorial projector
RNA type of RNA
1.3.3 Functions of each Lecture&
type of RNA Tutorial
1.4.1 Definition of Lecture& LCD 2hours

4. DNA Replication replication Tutorial projector
1.4.2 Three stages
- Initiation
-Elongation
- Termination
Lecture& LCD
5. Transcription 1.5.1 Definition of Tutorial projector 2hours
transcription
1.5.2 Three stages
- Initiation
-Elongation
6. Genetic code - Termination Lecture& LCD
1.6.1 Definition of Tutorial Projector 2hours
genetic code
1.6.2 Codons
1.6.3 Characteristics of
7. Mutation Genetic code Lecture LCD
& projector 2hours
1.7.1Definition of Tutorial
mutation
8. Translation 1.7.2 Classification LCD 2hours
( Protein synthesis ) 1.7.3 Types of gene Lecture projector
mutation &
1.8.1Definition Tutorial
1.8.2 Three phases
1.8.3 Post translational
processing
1.8.4 Control of protein
synthesis
- Effect of antibiotics on
protein synthesis in
-98-
prokaryotes
- Genetic control of
protein synthesis
1.9.1 Definition
1.9.2 Biomedical
9. Recombinant DNA importance Lecture LCD 3hours
technology 1.9.3 Restriction enzymes & projector
( Genetic engineering ) 1.9.4 Polymerase Chain Tutorial
Reaction
1.10.1 Definition
1.10.2 Mechanism of
10. Oncogenes action of oncogenes Lecture LCD 1hour
& projector
Tutorial
2.Enzymology
At the end of the 2.1.1Definition

session, 2.1.2Distribution
the students should be able 2.1.3Chemical nature of Lecture& LCD 1hours
to: enzyme Tutorial projector
1. Enzyme 2.1.4Classification
2.1.5.Specificity of
enzyme
2.2.1. Definition
2.2.2. Classification Lecture& LCD 1hour
2. Coenzyme Tutorial Projector
2.3.1 Definition
2.3.2 Importance
3. Isoenzyme Lecture& LCD 1hour
2.4.1 Enzyme Substrate Tutorial projector
complex theory
4. Mechanism of Enzyme - Lock and Key model Lecture& LCD 2hours
action -Induced fit model Tutorial projector
- Multisubstrate enzyme
kinetic mechanism
2.5.1Factors affecting the

frequency of collision 3hours
5. Factors affecting the (a)Substrate Lecture& LCD
velocity of enzyme concentration Tutorial projector
catalyzed reaction (b)Enzyme concentration
(c)Coenzyme
concentration
2.5.2 Factors affecting
the energy barrier for
reaction
(a) Temperature
(b)pH
(c) Modifiers
-99-
- Positive modifiers
-Negative modifiers
( Inhibitors)
2.6.1 Enzyme as
6. Medical aspect of diagnostic agent 2hours
enzymology 2.6.2Enzyme as lecture& LCD
laboratory agents tutorial projector
2.6.3 Enzyme and drug
metabolism
2.6.4 Enzyme and poison
2.6.5 Enzyme in
chemotherapy
2.6.6 Enzyme as site of
drug action
2.7.1 Allosteric modifiers

7. Regulation of enzyme -Feedback regulation 2hours
activity -Covalent modification lecture& LCD
2.7.2 Regulation of the tutorial projector
rate of synthesis and
degradation of
enzymes
2.7.3 Alteration of the
pool site of other
reactants
2.8.1 Action of salivary α

8. Effect of temperature on amylase at 10 C, 40 C, 3hours
Enzyme catalyzed 60 C Practical Appropriate
reaction 2.8.2 Drawing the graph Instruments
using the result
2.8.3 Interpretation
9.1.Action of salivary α
9. Effect of Inhibitors amylase 3hours
on ECR (in the presence of Practical Appropriate
various concentration of Instruments
inhibitors)
9.2drawing the graph
using the result
9.3Interpretation
3.Biochemistry of blood
At the end of the session, 3.1.1Adult male, female

the student should be able 3.2.1 Structure of heme 15min
to: 3.2.2 Structure of globin Lecture& LCD
1. Normal level of 3.2.3 Functions of Tutorial Projector
hemoglobin hemoglobin
2. Structure and functions Lecture& LCD 1
-100-
of hemoglobin Tutorial projector hour
3.3.1 Synthesis of heme

3. Biosynthesis of 3.3.2 Synthesis of globin
hemoglobin 3.3.3 Control of heme Lecture& LCD 1hour
synthesis Tutorial projector
3.4.1 Normal variants

4. Normal and abnormal -Embryonic life
variants of hemoglobin -Fetal life Lecture& LCD 45min
-Adult life Tutorial projector
3.4.2 Abnormal variants
3.5.1 Life span of

5. Breakdown of hemoglobin hemoglobin
( Bilirubin metabolism) 3.5.2 Steps of breakdown Lecture& LCD 1hour
5.3 Enterohepatic Tutorial projector
circulation
5.4 Excretion of break
down products
3.6.1 Normal level of

6. Normal level of serum serum bilirubin level
bilirubin level and causes 3.6.2 Causes of Lecture& LCD 1
of hyperbilirubinaemia Tutorial Projector hour
hyperbilirubinaemia
3.7.1 Steps of Sahli's

7. Estimation of hemoglobin method
level in given blood 3.7.2 Precaution in Practical Appropriate 2hours
sample performing this method Instruments
3.7.3 Interpretation of
data obtained
3.8.1Normal level of total

8. Normal level of plasma plasma protein,
protein 3.8.2 Factors affecting it Lecture& LCD 1hours
and factors affecting it -Diet Tutorial Projector
-Gastrointestinal tract
-Liver
-Kidney
- Genetic defect
Functions of plasma
9. Function of plasma protein
protein -Maintenance of osmotic Lecture& LCD 2hours
pressure of blood Tutorial Projector
- Maintenance of
blood pH
- Maintenance of
viscosity of blood
- Carrier for
-101-
transportation of
various substances
- Body defense
mechanism
- Serve as reserve
protein
- Blood coagulation
- Fibrinolytic system
3.10.1 Structure of
10. Immunoglobulin immunoglobulin
3.10.2 Synthesis of Lecture& LCD 2hours
immunoglobulin Tutorial Projector
3.10.3 Function of
immunoglobulin
3.11.1 Steps of Biuret
11. Estimation of total method
plasma protein 3 .11.2Interpretation of Practical Appropriate 2hours
data obtained Instruments
3.12.1Coagulation
12. Clotting mechanism cascade
3.12.2Platelets activation Lecture& LCD 3hours
Tutorial Projector
3.13.1 Definition
13. Fibrinolytic mechanism 3.13.2Fibrinolytic
mechanism Lecture& LCD 2hours
3.13.3 Regulation of Tutorial Projector
fibrinolytic system
4. Biochemistry of
At the end of the session, respiration
the students should be
able to: 4.1.1By 2 ways Lecture& LCD 2hours
1. Transport of oxygen from -Dissolve in blood (2%) Tutorial Projector
the lungs to the tissue -Carried by hemoglobin
(98%)
4.1.2 Positive
cooperativity
4.1.3 Negative
cooperativity
4.1.4 T state(deoxygenated
form) Lecture& LCD 2hours
R state (oxygenated Tutorial Projector
form)
4.2.1 Three forms
2. Transport of carbon 4.2.2 Bohr's effect
dioxide from the tissue 4.2.3 Chloride shift Lecture& LCD 2hours
to the lungs Tutorial Projector
4.3.1 Definition
3. Oxyhemoglobin 4.3.2 Sigmoid in nature
dissociation 4.3.3 P50
-102-
curv 4.3.4 Factors affecting Lecture& LCD 1hour
oxyhemoglobin Tutorial Projector
dissociation curve
5.Food and Nutrition
At the end of the session, 5.1.1.Essential nutrients

the students should be -Carbohydrate
able to: -Fat
1. Essential nutrient -Protein
-Vitamins
-Minerals Lecture& LCD 1hour
-Water Tutorial Projector
5.1.2 Their functions,
sources, daily
requirement,
deficiency
5.2.1 Definition
2. Balanced diet 5.2.2 Three food group
plan Lecture& LCD 30min
5.2.3 Principles in Tutorial Projector
planning
balanced diet
-Daily energy
3. Energy balance requirement
-Definition Lecture& LCD 30min
-Positive energy balance Tutorial Projector
-Negative energy balance
5.4.1 Definition
4. Body Mass Index(BMI) 5.4.2 Calculation
5.4.3 Normal value Lecture& LCD 3hours
5.4.4 Uses of BMI in Tutorial Projector
clinical practice
5.5.1 Classification
5. Minerals 5.5.2 Sources, daily
requirement Lecture& LCD 4hours
functions , deficiency of Tutorial Projector
each minerals
5.6.1 Classification
6. Vitamins 5.6.2 Sources, daily
requirement Lecture& LCD 1hours
functions, deficiency Tutorial Projector
of each vitamin
-103-
At the end of the session, 6. Gastroenterology
able to: 6.1.1Digestion in oral
Digestion and absorption cavity
of dietary carbohydrat 6.1.2 Digestion in
stomach
6.1.3 Digestion in small
intestine
1. Digestion and absorption 6.1.4 Absorption Lecture& LCD 1hours
of dietary lipid Tutorial Projector
6.2.1 Digestion in oral
cavity
6.2.2 Digestion in
stomach
2. intestine
Digestion and absorption 6.2.4 Absorption Lecture& LCD 1hours
of dietary protein Tutorial Projector
6.3.1 Digestion in oral
cavity
6..2 Digestion in stomach
intestine
3. Gastric function test 6.4.4 Absorption
Practical Appropriate 3hours
6.4.1Steps in Pentagastrin Instruments
test
6.4.2 Calculation
At the end of the session, data obtain
4. the students should be
able to: 7. Liver and Biliary Lecture& LCD 1hours
Functions of liver system Tutorial Projector
7.1.1.Circulatory function
7.1.2.Haematologic
functions
7.1.3Excretory and Lecture& LCD 1hours
secretory Tutorial Projector
1. functions
7.1.4Protective functions
Liver function test 7.1.5Biotransformation
reaction
7.1.6.Metabolic and
thermal function
7.2.1 Test base on

secretary
2. and excretory function
7.2.2 Excretory function
-104-
test
7.2.3 Test base on
metabolic Lecture& LCD 1hours
function Tutorial Projector
7.2.4Test indicating
hepatic
cellular damage
7.2.5 Tests based on
detoxification function
7.2.6Test indicating
biliary
tract observation
7.2.7.Tests indicating
aetiology
3. Gall bladder 7.3.1.Function of gall

bladder
7.3.2.Component of bile
4. Determination of 7.3.3.function of bile
Bile salt in urine 7.4.1 Steps in Hay's test
7.4.2 Precaution in
performing
this method
7.4.3 Interpretation on
result
5. Determination of bile
pigment 7.5.1 Harrison's Spot test Practical Appropriate 2 hours
7.5.2 Precaution in Instruments
performing this method
7.5.3 Interpretation on
result
At the end of the session,
the students should be 8. Biologic oxidation
able to: Practical Appropriate 2 hours
1. Enzymes and coenzymes 8.1.1Oxidase Instruments
involved in oxidation and 8.1.2 Dehydrogenase
reduction reaction 8.1.3Hydroperoxidase
2. Respiratory chain 8.1.4Oxygenase
8.2.1 Definition
8.2.1 Components of R.C
8.2.3 Biomedical Lecture& LCD 1hour
importance Tutorial Projector
8.2.4 Energy production
3. Oxidative phosphorylation
8.3.1 Definition
8.3.2 Three types Lecture& LCD 2hours
8.3.3 Mechanism of OP Tutorial Projector
8.3.4 Uncouplers
4. ATP 8.4.1 Structure of ATP
-105-
8.4.2 Functions of ATP
9. Energy metabolism Lecture& LCD 2hours

At the end of the session, Tutorial Projector
the students should be 9.1.1Source of energy
able to: 9.1.2Energy unit
1. Energy 9.1.3Internal utilization
ofenergy Lecture& LCD 1hour
Tutorial Projector
2. Bioenergetics 9.2.1 Free energy
9.2.2 Free energy change
9.2.3 Redox Potential Lecture& LCD 1hour
Tutorial Projector
3. Energy rich compounds 9.3.1Definition
9.3.2List of energy rich
compounds
Lecture& LCD 1hour
4. Energy balance 9.4.1Definition Tutorial Projector
9.4.2Regulation of
energy balance
Lecture& LCD 30min
5. Calorimetry 9.5.1Direct calorimetry Tutorial Projector
9.5.2Indirect calorimetry
6. Metabolic Rate 9.6.1Definition Lecture& LCD 30min

9.6.2Calculation of MR Tutorial Projector
9.6.3Factors controlling
MR
Lecture& LCD 1hour
7. Basal Metabolic Rate 9.7.1Definition Tutorial Projector
9.7.2Normal level
9.7.3Factors controlling
BMR
9.7.4Application of BMR Lecture& LCD 1hour
in clinical condition Tutorial Projector
At the end of the session, 10.Body fluid and

the students should be Electrolytes Lecture& LCD 1hour
able to: Tutorial Projector
1. Body fluid compartment 10.1.1 Factors
influencing total body
water(TBW)
10.1.2 Distribution of
TBW
10.1.3 Measurement of
body fluid
2. Electrolytes 10.2.1 Normal plasma
level of electrolytes Lecture& LCD 2hours
10.2.2 Their functions Tutorial Projector
3. Water 10.3.1 Functions of water
-106-
in the body
10.3.2 Water balance
4. Regulation of ECF 10.4.1 Regulation by

ADH Lecture& LCD 1.5hour
10.4.2 Regulation by Tutorial Projector
RAA system
10.4.3 Thirst mechanism Lecture& LCD 1.5hour
10.4.4 Regulation by Tutorial Projector
ANF
5. Estimation of 10.5.1 Using hydrometer Lecture& LCD 1hour

Specific gravity of 10.5.2 Steps of method Tutorial Projector
Urine 10.5.3 Calculation
data obtained
11.Acid base balance

the students should be 11.1.1Products of Practical Appropriate 2hours
able to: metabolism instruments
1. Sources of Hydrogen 11.1.2Sulphate and
ions in the body phosphate groups
of dietary protein
11.1.3strenuous exercises
11.1.4Loss of bicarbonate
11.1.5Ingestion of
acidifying salts Lecture& LCD 1hour
11.1.6 Retention of CO2 Tutorial Projector
2. Sources of alkalis in the -Fruits , vegetables

body -Ingestion of alkalinising
salts
-Lowered pCO2 due to
hyper-
ventilation
-Due to loss of acid
3. Normal blood pH 11.3.1 Normal blood pH Lecture& LCD 1hour

Regulation of normal 11.3.2 regulation by 3 Tutorial Projector
blood pH mechanisms
- Buffer system
-Respiratory adjustment
-Renal adjustment
4. Acid- base imbalance 11.4.1Two types

11.4.2Respiratory acid - Lecture& LCD 3hours
base disturbances Tutorial Projector
11.4.3Metabolic acid-
base disturbances
-107-
At the end of the session, 12.Biochemistry of
1. the students should be Endocrine glands Lecture& LCD 2hours
able to: 12.1.1Chemical nature of Tutorial Projector
General characteristics of hormone
hormones 12.1.2Biosynthesis of
hormone
12.1.3 Transportation
12.1.4Interaction of
hormone
12.1.5Concentration of 2hours
hormone
in body fluid
12.1.6feed back Lecture& LCD 2hours
regulation Tutorial Projector
12.1.7Hormone receptor
2. General mechanisms of 12.2.1 Group I
hormone action mechanism
- by means of gene
expression
12.2.2Group II
mechanism
( through second
messenger)
(a) cAMP
(b) cGMP
(c) phosphoinositide
cascade
12.2.3 By stimulating the
tyrosine
kinase activity of Lecture& LCD 2hours
cytoplas- Tutorial Projector
mid portion of
transmembr-
ane receptors
12.2.4 Open or close
channel in cell membrane
3. Thyroid hormone 12.3.1 biosynthesis

12.3.2 Mechanism of
action
4. Hormone of adrenal 12.4.1 Catecholamine

medulla ( dopamine,
norepinephrine,
epinephrine)
12.4.2 Biosynthesis
12.4.3 Mechanism of
action Lecture& LCD 2hours
Tutorial Projector
5. Insulin 12.5.1 Biosynthesis of
-108-
insulin
12.5.2 Transport and Lecture& LCD 2hours
metabolism Tutorial Projector
12.5.3 Mechanism of
insulin
action
12.5.4 Metabolic effects
of insulin
6. Hormonal control of 12.6.1 Parathyroid Lecture& LCD 2hours

calcium metabolism hormone Tutorial Projector
12.6.2 Calcitriol
12.6.3 Calcitonin
7. Determination of
Calcium in urine 12.7.1Sulkowitch's Test
12.7.2Precaution in this
method
12.7.3Interpretation of
dataobtained
Lecture& LCD 2hours

At the end of the session, 13.Carbohydrate Tutorial Projector
the students should be metabolism
able to:
1. Glycolysis 13.1.1Definition
13.1.2Pathway Practical Appropriate 2hours
13.1.3Biomedical instruments
importance
and metabolic
significance
2. Citric acid cycle 13.2.1 Definition

13.2.2 Pathway
13.2.3 Biomedical
importance
Lecture& LCD 1hours
3. Glycogen metabolism 13.3.1 Glycogenesis Tutorial Projector
- Definition
- Pathway
13.3.2 Glycogenolysis
- Definition
- Pathway
13.3.3 Biomedical Lecture& LCD 1hours
4. Hexose Monophpsphate 13.4.1 Definition

Shunt ( HMS) 13.4.2 Pathway
13.5.1 Definition
5. Gluconeogenesis 13.5.2 Pathway
-109-
13.5.3 Biomedical
importance
13.6.1 Definition
6. Uronic acid pathway 13.6.2 Pathway
13.7.1 derived from

7. Metabolic fate of Pyruvate glucose
by aerobic glycolysis Lecture& LCD 2hours
13.7.2 pyruvate to lactate Tutorial Projector
13.7.3 pyruvate is
oxidized into
acetyl CoA
13.7.4 enter CAC Lecture& LCD 1hour
13.7.5 pyruvate to Tutorial Projector
oxaloacetate
13.7.6 pyruvate to non-
essential amino acid
13.7.7 Ethanol synthesis Lecture& LCD 2hours
Tutorial Projector
13.8.1glucose to G6P
8. Metabolic fate of glucose 13.8.2 G6P to glucose
13.8.3 oxidized by HMS
13.8.4 glucose to
glycogen
(Glycogenesis)
13.8.5 glycogen to
glucose
( Glycogenolysis)
13.8.6 glycolysis (
aerobic and
anaerobic )
13.8.7 uronic acid Lecture& LCD 2hours
pathway Tutorial Projector
13.8.8 converted to
dihydroacetone
phosphate
13.8.9 glucose can be
derived from non-
carbohydrate sources(
gluconeogenesis)
9. Normal fasting blood 13.9.1 Normal fasting

glucose level blood glucose level
Regulation of blood 13.9.2 Metabolic control
glucose 13.9.3 Hormonal control
10. Determination of 13.10.1 Benedict's

sugar in urine qualitative test
-110-
13.10.2 Precaution in this
method
dataobtained
14. Lipid metabolism Lecture& LCD 2hours

At the end of the session, Tutorial Projector
the students should be 14.1.1. Fatty acid
able to: 14.1.2. Cholesterol
1. Plasma lipids 14.1.3 Triacylglycerol
14.1.4. Phospholipid
Practical Appropriate 2hours
2. Lipoprotein 14.2.1 Definition Instruments
14.2.2 Structure
14.2.3 Types
14.2.4 Metabolism of
each type of lipoprotein
14.2.5 Functions of
lipoprotein
3. Metabolism of fatty acid 14.3.1 Types oxidation Lecture& LCD 1hour

14.3.2 β oxidation of Tutorial Projector
fatty acid
- Definition
-Pathway
-Energetics of fatty Lecture& LCD 2hours
acid Tutorial Projector
oxidation
14.3.3 Essential fatty acid
14.3.4Eicosanoids
14.3.5 Lipogenesis
4. Lipid peroxidation 14.4.1 Definition

14.4.3 Pathway
14.4.5 Control of lipid
peroxidation
5. Metabolism of 14.5.1 Sources, structure

cholesterol 14.5.2 Cholesterol
biosynthesis
14.5.3 Regulation of
cholesterol
biosynthesis
- Allosteric effector Lecture& LCD 1hour
- Hormonal control Tutorial Projector
- Sterol-mediated
regulation
of transcription
- Therapeutic
-111-
inhibition
- Diurnal variation Lecture& LCD 2hours
14.5.4 Normal serum Tutorial Projector
total cholesterol
14.5.5 Factors affecting
the serum
total cholesterol
-Hereditary factors
- Dietary factors
-Hormones
- Life style
14.5.6 Functions of
cholesterol
14.5.7 Transport and
excretion
6. Metabolism of Ketone 14.6.1 Ketogenesis

body - Site
- Normal level of ketone
bodies in blood , urine
-Pathway
- Causes of ketogenesis
14.6.2 Utilization of
Ketone bodies
7. Metabolism of 14.7.1 Biosynthesis of

Triacylglycerol triacylglycerol
14.7.2 Catabolism of
Triacylglycerol
Lecture& LCD 2hours
8. Metabolism of adipose 14.8.1 Esterification Tutorial Projector
tissue 14.8.2 Lipolysis
9. Metabolism of -Biomedical importance

Phospholipid and
metabolic significance
Lecture& LCD 1hours

10. Metabolic fate of 14.10.1 Sources of Acetyl Tutorial Projector
Acetyl CoA CoA
14.10. 2. Enters CAC
14.10.3 Acetyl CoA is
precursor Lecture& LCD 1hours
of cholesterol and Tutorial Projector
steroid
hormone
14.10.4 Ketone bodies Lecture& LCD 1hour
are formed from Acetyl Tutorial Projector
CoA
14.10.5 Acetyl CoA
-112-
involves in
fatty acid synthesis Lecture& LCD 1hour
14.10.6 To form acetyl Tutorial Projector
choline
14.10.7 Involves in
acetylation in liver
14.10.8 Non-phosphate
high energy compound
11. Determination of 14.11.1 Rothera's Test

Ketone bodies in urine 14.11.2 Precaution in this
method
data obtained
15. Protein metabolism

able to: 15.1.1Anabolic fate
1. Metabolic fate of amino 15.1.2Catabolic fate
acids 15.1.3Aminonitrogen
removingmechanism
15.1.4Fate of carbon
skeleton of amino acid Practical Appropriate 2hours
instruments
2. Metabolism of ammonia 15.2.1 Sources
15.2.2 Transport of
ammonia in
the circulation
15.2.3Ammonia fixation
mechanism
(a )formation of Lecture& LCD 2hours
glutamate Tutorial Projector
(b) formation of
glutamine
(c) Biosynthesis of urea
3. Urea 15.3.1 Biosynthesis of

urea Lecture& LCD 2hours
15.3.2 Normal level of Tutorial Projector
blood
urea
15.3.3 Factors affecting it
4. Hormonal control of 15.4.1Growth hormone

protein synthesis 15.4.2Insulin
15.4.3Testosterone
15.4.4Thyroid hormone
15.4.511.oxysteroids
5. Common metabolic pool 15.5.1 Definition Lecture& LCD 2hours

15.5.2 Content Tutorial Projector
-113-
6. Determination of protein 15.6.1 Heat coagulation
in urine test
15.6.2 Precaution of this
test
15.6.3 Interpretation of Lecture& LCD 2hours
dataobtained Tutorial Projector
At the end of the session, 16. Nucleoprotein and

the students should be nucleic acid metabolism
able to:
1. Biochemical importance 16.1.1Biomedical Lecture& LCD 1hours
of nucleoprotein importance Tutorial Projector
metabolic significance
2. Purine metabolism Practical Appropriate 2hours
16.2.1 Biosynthesis of instruments
3. Uric acid purine
purine
4. Pyrimidine metabolism
16.3.1 Normal level of
uric acid
16.3.2 Factors affecting it
16.4.1 biosynthesis of Lecture& LCD 1hours

pyrimidine Tutorial Projector
pyrimidine
Lecture& LCD 1hours
Tutorial Projector
Lecture& LCD 1hours

Tutorial Projector
Lecture& LCD 1hours

Tutorial Projector
Hours
Practical / Assessment 19
Total 206
-114-
ASSESSMENT
Class test ( 3 hours ) - 3 times
30 %
Practical test ( 1 hour ) - 1 time
Final examination
-Theory exam ( MCQ, MSQ- 3 hours ) 50 %
-Practical exam ( 1 hour ) 20 %
3. Criteria for pass , Distinction and Credit

3.1. Pass mark 50 % (each compartment)
3.2. Distinction mark 75 % (each compartment)
3.3. Credit mark 65 % (all compartments)
3.4. Moderation mark 46 % (each compartment)
3.5. In supplementary examination less than 59 %
.
-115-
DEPARTMENT OF ORAL BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
(Department of Dental Anatomy and Physiology)
At the end of the course of instruction, the learners should:-
Knowledge
have acquired the knowledge of:-
1. detailed morphological characteristics of the deciduous and permanent teeth.
2. the development of the cranium, face, facial skeleton, oral and paraoral structures.
3. the development, structure, properties and functions of tooth and periodontium.
4. importance of collagen in the development and structures of dental tissues.
5. physiologic tooth movement and tooth eruption.
6. mandibular position, temporomandibular joint movement.
7. development and characteristics of normal occlusion.
8. structures and functions of oral mucous membrane and salivary gland.
9. physiologic changes of teeth, periodontium and oral tissues.
10. facial growth.
11. characteristic features and functions of vertebrate dentition in comparison with human
dentition and importance in determining the antiquity of man.
Skill
be able to;-
1. differentiate the individual tooth forms. (both deciduous and permanentdentition).
2. mould the correct morphological details of individual tooth forms.
3. identify the structure of the tooth and periodontium microscopically and
macroscopically.
Attitude
1. be aware of the importance of applying the knowledge of oral biology in clinical practice.
-116-
DEPARTMENT OF ORAL BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
(Department of Dental Anatomy and Physiology)
Lesson plan for 2nd.B.D.S.
Total
No. SLO Topic / Content Method Media
hours
At the end of the session, Overview of Anatomy
1.
the students should be and Physiology of Oral
Lecture
able to- Cavity OHP
2
1. Overview the White Board
Anatomy and
Physiology of Oral
Cavity
2. At the end of the session, Human Dentition Lecture

OHP
the students should be 2
White Board
able to state –
1. Classification of
Dentition
Teeth
3. Dental Formula
4. Notation Systems
5. Surfaces of a
Tooth
-117-
the student should be Introduction to Tooth
able to state – and Periodontium
1. 1. Parts of a Tooth
2. 2. Structures of a Tooth Lecture 5
3.3. 3. Structures of OHP
4. Periodontium White Board
5. 4. Nomenclature

able to state the -
1. Introduction
2. Chronology of each
Deciduous and Permanent Tooth Morphology
Tooth
3. Dimension of each
Deciduous and Permanent
Tooth
4. General and Detail
Morphology of each
Tooth.
5. Pulp Anatomy of each
4. Tooth
6. Anatomical Relations,
Blood and Nerve supply
of each Permanent Tooth
Lecture
7. Determine and OHP
Tutorial 38
Differentiate the White Board
Practical
Individual Permanent
Tooth.
8. Mould the correct
Morphological Details of
Individual Permanent
Tooth Form
9.Anatomical and
Physiological
considerations of form
and functionsof Human
dentition
-118-
10. Differences between
Dentition
OHP
able to;
1.Review General
Embryology and Neural
Crest Cells,
2. State the Branchial
Arches, Pharyngeal
Pouches
3. State the Early
Orofacial development.
4. State the development
of Calvaria
5. State the Development Craniofacial
Lecture
5. of Cranial Base. Embryology 28
Tutorial
6. State the Development
Practical
of Facial Skeleton
of Palate
of Paranasal Sinuses.
of Mandible & TMJ
of Salivary Gland
11. Development of
Orofacial Muscles
-119-
At the end of the session, White Board
able to state;
1.Cells , Fibres ,
Extracellular Amorphous
Substance , Basement
Membrane , Epithelium , Basic Structure of
Lecture
Keratin , Dental Dental & Periodontal
6. Tutorial 8
Connective Tissue. Tissue
Practical
2. Overview of Hard
Tissue Genesis
3. Characteristics of Bone
Development and Growth

able to state-
1. What is tooth germ
2. Development of Tooth
Germ
3. Determination of
Crown Pattern
4. Amelogenesis Development of Tooth Lecture
7. 28
5. Dentinogenesis and Periodontium, Tutorial
6. Root Development. Practical
7. Cementogenesis
8. Development of
Periodontal Ligament
9. Development of
Alveolar Bone
10. Epithelial
Mesenchymal Relation.

able to state the –
1. Pre-eruptive Tooth
Movement
8. 2. Eruptive Tooth
Movement
2.1 Eruption Definition
2.2 Process of Tooth
Eruption
2.3 Development of
-120-
Epithelial Attachment and Physiologic Tooth
Dentogingival Junction. Movement Lecture 12
2.4 Forces of Tooth & Shedding Tutorial
Eruption Practical
2.5 Sequence of Tooth
Eruption
3. Post-eruptive Tooth
Movement
4. Shedding of Deciduous
Teeth
5. Clinical Consideration
-121-
1. Gross Bone Histology
1.1. Chemical Composition
of Bone
1.2.Bone Cells
1.3 Osteoblasts
1.4 Osteocytes
1.5 Osteoclasts
9. 1.6 Bone Terminology Bone
2. Regulation of Bone Cell Lecture
Formation 7
Tutorial
3. Bone Development
3.1 Endochondral Bone
Formation
3.2 Intramembranous Bone
Formation
3.3 Sutural Growth
3.4 Bone Turnover (Bone
Remodeling)
4. Introduction to
4.1 Osteointegration
4.1 Osseoperception
4.2 Biologic Interaction
between Resident t\Tissue
and Cells and Biomaterial

Structure, Composition and
Clinical Consideration of Lecture
1. Enamel Tutorial
10. Tooth Structure 14
2. Dentine Practical
3. Pulp
4. Cementum
-122-
able to statethe –
Structure, Composition and
Clinical Consideration of
1. Periodontal Ligament Lecture
Periodontium
11. 2.Alveolar Bone Tutorial
12
3. Gingiva Practical
4. Dentogingival Junction

1. Types of Oral
Mucosa, functions
and Clinical Features
of Oral Mucosal.
Histological Oral Mucous
Lecture
Features of Oral Membrane 8
Tutorial
Mucosa
Practical
2. Epithelial
12.
Proliferation
3. Epithelial
Maturation

able to state-
Salivary Gland
2. Anatomy of the
Salivary Gland
3. Structure of Salivary
Gland
13.
4. Innervations of
Lecture
salivary gland Salivary Gland
Tutorial
5. Functions of saliva 7
Practical
6. Clinical
consideration
-123-
able to state;-
Ages Changes of
Lecture
Histological Features and Age changes of Dental
Tutorial
14. Clinical Importance of and Oral Tissues 5
Practical
1. Tooth Structure
2. Periodontium
3. Oral Tissues

able to state-
The repair of Repair and
1. Tooth Structure Regeneration of Lecture
15. 2. Periodontium Dental and Oral Tutorial 5
3. Oral Tissues Tissues

able to state-
1. Anatomy of TMJ &
Masticatory Muscle
2. Mandibular Position
Tempormandibular
3. The Relation of Structure Lecture
Joint
16. and Function in the Mouth Tutorial 8
Cavity
4. The Mandibular
Movement and Muscle
Activity
5. The Mastication,
Swallowing & Suckling

able to state-
1. Occlusion
2. Dental Arch Occlusion
17.
3. Establishment of Primary
Dentition Lecture
4. Establishment of Mixed Tutorial 12
Dentition
5. Establishment of
-124-
Permanent Dentition
6.Characteristics of Ideal
Occlusion
7.Classification of
Malocclusion

able to state-
1. Basis for Human Facial
Form
2. Basic Concept of Facial
Growth
3. General Consideration of
Lecture
Facial Growth Facial Growth
18. Tutorial 10
4. Regional Growth of the
Face
5. Changes in the Proportion
of the Face & Skull During
Adulthood
6. Dental Development at
Different Ages in X-Ray
Examination
-125-
19.

able to state-
Vertebrates and
Vertebrate Dentition Comparative Anatomy
2. Tooth Attachment
14
and Succession
3. Form of Teeth in
Relation to Function
4. Evolution of Jaw
and of Mandibular
Joint
5. Comparative Lecture
Anatomy of Dental Tutorial
Tissues
6. Characteristics of
Human Dentition in
the Light of
Comparative
Anatomy
7. The Dentition of
Fossils of
Importance in
Determining the
Antiquity of Man.
8. Changes of Dental
Interest during
Human Evolution
20. Assessments 12
TOTAL 237
-126-
Hours
Pratical/Discussion 27
Total 264
-127-
ASSESSMENT
1. Formative Assessment (Class Work)

1.1. Practical performance and practical test -5%
1.2. Completion test (3 Hours) - 3 times - 20%
1.3. Practical test (20 Min) - 3 times - 5%
- Theory exam (MSQ, MCQ -3 Hours) - 50%
- Practical exam (20 Min) - 20%
- Viva voce for distinction candidates only.
3. CriteriaPass, Fail and Moderation

3.3. Fail mark - less than 46 % (each compartment)
-128-
DEPARTMENT OF PATHOLOGY
I. Departmental Objectives
At the end of the course of instruction, the students should able to –
1. Acquire the knowledge of
a. Genera pathology and basic pathological processes with more emphasis on
common diseases encountered in Myanmar.
2. Achieve the basic skills
i. In recognizing the basic changes in organ or tissue, both macroscopically
and microscopically.
ii. To establish the scientific way of thinking as the General Pathology serves
as a link between pre-clinical subjects and clinical ones.
iii. To establish a habit of self – education.
3. Show the attitude of –
a. Appreciation that the knowledge of fundamental pathology can be applied
in all branches of Clinical Medicine and Clinical Dentistry.
b. Awareness that the laboratory investigation and correct interpretation of
the data are important for the final diagnosis.
-129-
DEPARTMENT OF PATHOLOGY
No. (SLO) Topic /Contents Method Media Hours

1. After a course of 1. Inflammation Lecture PA 8
lectures; morbid 1.1 Definition of Practical system 6
anatomy classes and inflammation Demons Overhead
histopathology 1.2 Classification of tration projector
classes, the students inflammation based
should be able to- on duration based on Tutorial Morbid 3
1.1 Define location, based on Specimen
inflammation character of exudate, Tissue
1.2 Describe acute 1.3 Acute inflammatory slide
inflammatory process Micro-
process 1.4 Chronic scope
1.3 Mention and inflammation LCD
describe the 1.5 Chemical mediators Projector
various chemical white
mediators of board
inflammatory
response
1.4 Classify and
describe various
types of
inflammation
2. At the end of session, 2. Repair Lecture PA 6

the students should 2.1. Definition and cell Practical system 4
be able to type Demons Overhead
2.1. Define repair 2.2. Wound healing tration projector
2.2. Describe various primary union
of wound healing Secondary union Tutorial Morbid 2
2.3. Describe various 2.3. Healing of fracture Specimen
factors bone Tissue
modifying the 2.4. Factors modifying slide
quality of wound healing Micro-
inflammatory 2.5. Complications of scope
reparative wound healing
response
2.4. Mention the
complications of
wound healing
3. At the end of the 3. Cell injury and Cell Lecture PA 6
session, the students death Practical system 4
should be able to – 3.1 Definition of cell Demons Overhead
3.1. Mention the injury tration projector
cause of cell 3.2 Causes of cell injury Morbid
injury and cell 3.3 Various types of Tutorial Specimen 1
death reversible cell injury Tissue
3.2. Explain the Free radical injury slide
mechanisms of Chemical injury Micro-
causing cell Biologic injury,Fatty scope
-130-
injury and cell change
death 3.4 Definition and
3.3. List the various various types of
types of necrosis
irreversible cell 3.5 Apoptosis
injury and
necrosis,
3.4. Describe gross
and microscopic
or organ in
various types of
reversible cell
injury and
necrosis
4. At the end of session, 4. Cellular adaptation Lecture PA 8

the students should 4.1 Atrophy – Practical system 6
be able to definition Demons Overhead
4.1. Define atrophy, various type tration projector
hypertrophy, causes
hyperplasia 4.2 Hypertrophy – Tutorial Morbid 5
metaplasia and definition Specimen
dysplasis Types
4.2. List cause of Causes Tissue
atrophy, Morphology slide
hypertrophy, 4.3 Hyperplasia –
hyperplasia, definition
metaplasia and Types
dysplasia Causes
4.3. Describe the Clinical
various types Significance
of atrophy, 4.4 Metaplasia -
hypertrophy, definition
hyperplasia, Types
metaplasia and Causes
dysplasia Clinical
4.4. Discuss the Significance
clinical 4.5 Dysplasia –definition
significance of Morphology
hyperplasia, Causesa
metaplasia and Clinical
dysplasia Significant
5. At the end of session, 5. Neoplasia Lecture PA 10
the students should 5.1 Definition Practical system 6
be able to Classification Demons Overhead
5.1 differentiate Nomenclature tration projector
benign from 5.2 differential features
malignant tumour of tumour Tutorial Morbid 4
5.2 understand the 5.3 Spread of tumour Specimen
basis of tumour 5.4 Effects of tumour on
diagnosis host Tissue
-131-
5.3 Recognise the slide
various
carcinogenic 5.5 Carcinogenesis Micros-
agents 5.5.1 Chemical cope
carcinogens
5.5.2 Radiation
5.5.3 carcinogenesis
5.5.4 Viral
carcinogenesis
5.5.5 Hormone
carcinogens
5.5.6 Chronic
irritation
5.6 Diagnosis of tumour
5.6.1 Histologic
diagnosis
5.6.2 Cytologic
diagnosis
5.6.3 Haematologic
diagnosis
5.6.4 Tumour
markers
5.6.5 IHC
5.6.6 Molecular
Diagnosis
5.6.7 Haematological
diagnosis
5.6.8 DNA flow
cytometry
5.7 Grading & staging of
tumour
6. At the end of session, 6. Fluid and Lecture PA 16
the students should haemodynamic Practical system 4
be able to- derangements, shock Demons Overhead
6.1 define hyper- 6.1 Hyperaemia and tration projector
aemia and con- congestion
gestion, oedema, 6.1.1 definition Tutorial Morbid 3
haemorrhage 6.1.2 morphology Specimen
thrombosis, 6.1.3 CPVC lung &
embolism and 6.1.4 CPVC Liver Tissue
infarct, shock 6.2 Haemorrhage slide
6.2 List their causes 6.2.1 definition
6.3 describe the path 6.2.2 causes Micro-
ogensis of these 6.2.3 clinical s-cope
conditions significance
6.4 understand their 6.3 Oedema
clinical 6.3.1 definition
implaications 6.3.2 types
6.3.3 pathogenesis
6.3.4 morphology
6.3.5 clinical
-132-
significance
6.4 Thrombosis
6.4.1 definition
6.4.2 thombogenesis
6.4.3 morphology
6.4.4 clinical
significance
6.5 Embolism
6.5.1 definition
6.5.2 types
6.5.3 causes
6.5.4 clinical
significance
6.6 Infarct
6.6.1 definition
6.6.2 types
6.6.3 causes
6.6.4 morphology
6.6.5 clinical
significance
6.6.7 factors
influencing it
6.7 Shock
6.7.1 definition
6.7.2pathophysiologic
classification
6.7.3 signs and
symptom of
shock in general
6.7.4 pathophysiolo
gy of
Hypovolaemic
shock
Septic shock
Anahylactic
shock
Neurogenic
shock
Cardiogenic
shock
6.7.5 morphology
6.7.6 clinical staging
7. At the end of session, 7. Diabetes melliuts Lecture PA 2
the 7.1 Difinition system
Student should be 7.2 Classification Tutorial Overhead 1
able to 7.3 Pathophysiology projector
7.1recognise diabetes 7.4 Clinical features
mellitus 7.5 Complications
7.2understandi patho- 7.6 Loboratory diagnosis
physilogy
-133-
7.3know the compli-
csations of uncon-
trolled biabetes
8. At the end of session, 8. Infectious Lecture PA 10
the student should be diseasesAetiology Practical system 4
able to understand the Pathogenesis Demons Overhead
pathogenesis, Morphologic changes -tration projector
morphologic changes, Clinical manifestations
clinical and Diagnosis of Tutorial Morbid 2
manifestations and 8.1 Tuberculosis Specimen
diagnosis of common 8.2 Leprosy
infectious diseases in 8.3 Syphilis Tissue
Myanmar 8.4 Enteric fever slide
8.5 Viral hepatitis
8.6 HIV infection Micro-
8.7 Amoebiasis scope
9. At the end of the 9. Immune disorders Lecture PA 4
session, the students 9.1 Cells of the immune system
should understand system Overhead
9.1 Mechanisms of 9.2 Mechanisms of projector
immunologic immunologic tissue Tutorial 1
diseases injury
9.2 transplant 9.3 Types of graft and
rejection graft refection
9.3 Autoimmune 9.4 Autoimmune diseases
diseases 9.5 Immunodeficient
9.4 Immunodeficien- states
cy states 9.5.1 Primary
9.5.2 Acquired
(AIDS)
10. At the end of the 10. Calcification Lecture PA 5
session, the students 10.1 Calcification Practical system 4
should understand 10.1.1 Definition Overhead
10.1 Causes 10.1.2 Types: Tutorial projector 1
10.2 Effects of 10.1.3 Metastatic
accumulation of 10.1.4 Dystrophic Morbid
calcium and 10.1.5 Morpho- Specimen
pigments in logy
tissue 10.1.6 Causes Tissue
10.1.7 Clinical slide
importance
10.2 Pigements Micros-
10.2.1 Endogenous cope
pigments
Haemosiderin
Haematin
Bilirubin – jaundice
Lipofuscin
Melanin
Exogenous pigments
carbon, metal & coal
-134-
dust
Iron (siderosis)
Silicosis
Tattooing
11. At the end of the 11. VITAMINS Lecture PA 2
session, the student Causes, pathogenesis, system
should understand clinical Tutorial Overhead 1
11.1 causes manifestations projector
11.2 pathogenesis and diagnosis of
11.3 clinical manife- deficiency
stions 11.1 Fat soluble
11.4 diagnosis of vitamins
common 11.1.1 vitaminA
Vitamin (Night
deficiency in blindness)
Myanmar 11.1.2 vitamin D
(Ricket)
11.1.3 vitamin E
11.1.4 vitamin K
11.2 Water solube
vitamins
11.2.1 vitamin C
(Scurvy)
11.2.2 vitamin B 1
(Beri beri)
11.2.3 vitamin B 12
11.2.4 Folate
11.2.5 vitamin B 6
11.2.6 niacin
12. At the end of the 12. Haematology (RBC Lecture PA 10
session, the students disorders) Practical system 2
should be able to 12.1 Anaemia Demons Overhead
recognise common 12.1.1 definition tration projector
anaemias 12.1.2 classifi
encountered in dental cation Tutorial Blood 2
practice in Myanmar Definition, films
causes,
pathogenesi Micros-
s, blood cope
and bone
marrow
changes,
clinical
features
and
diagnosis
of
12.2 Iron deficiency
anaemia
12.3 Megaloblastic
anaemias
-135-
12.3.1 vitamin B
12
deficiency
12.3.2 folate
defiviency
12.4 Haemolytic
anaemia
12.4.1 thalassemias
12.5 Aplastic amaemin
13. At the end of the 13. WBC disorder Lecture PA 7
session, the students 13.1 Abnormal white system
should be able to cell value Tutorial Overhead 1
13.1 define and - leucocyptosis projector
describe the (Neutrophil
causes of leucocytosis
abnormal white Eosinophilia
cell values Lympho-cytosis
13.2 recognise Monocytosis)
leukaemias in dental - Leucopenia
practice 13.2 Leukaemia-
definition
classification
Pathogenesis,
blood and bone
marrow changes,
clinical features
and laboratory
diagnosis of
13.3 Acute leukaemias
-
- AML
- ALL
13.4 Chronic
leukaemias
- AML
- CLL
13.5 Leukaemoid
reaction
14. At the end of the 14. Bleeding disorders Lecture PA 12
session, the students 14.1 Bleeding bisorders system
should be able to due to vascular
recognize the defect:
common bleeding - causes Tutorial Overhead 2
disorders encountered - laboratory projector
in dental practice in investigation
Myanmar. 14.2 Bleeding disorders
due to platelet
defect;
Thrombocyto-
penia
- definition
-136-
- causes
14.3 Immune
thrombocytopenic
purpura (ITP )
Aetiology
Pathogenesis
Blood and bone
marrow changes
clinical features
laboratory
diagnosis
14.3 Bleeding disorders
due to
coagulation
defect:
Haemophilia
Von Willebrand
disease
Inheritance
clinical features
Laboratory
diagnosis
14.4 Investigation of
bleeding tendency
15. At the end of the 15. Blood groups and Lecture PA 4

session, the students blood transfusion system
should be able to 15.1 Blood groups Tutorial Overhead 1
recognize the - ABO blood projector
common bleeding groups
disorders encountered - Rh blood groups
in dental practice in 15.2 Haemolytic
Myanmar. disease of
newborn
15.3 Blood transfusion
- indications
- complications
Hours
Total 180
-137-
STUDENT ASSESSMENT
1.1 Tutorial tests (oral)

1.2 Two written class tests
1.3 One Practical test
2.4 Class test (3 Hours) - 2 times - 20%

2.5 Practical test (1 hour) - 1 time - 10%
Theory exam (Essay, MSQ – 3 hours) - 50%
Practical exam (1 Hours) - 20%
3. Criteria for Pass ,Distinction and Credit

3.1 Pass mark 50% (each compartment)
3.2 Distinction mark 80% (each compartment)
3.3 Credit mark 65% (all compartments)
3.4 Moderation mark 46% (each compartment)
3.5 In supplementary examination less than 59%
-138-
DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY
1. Aim
At the end of the course, the student should be acquainted with fundamental aspects of
microbiology with additional references to microbes as a cause of dental infections.
2. Departmental Objectives
At the end of the course of instruction, the student should be able to-
2.1. acquire the knowledge of –
2.1.1 the basic principles of microbiology.
2.1.2 the fundamental aspects of microbiology in the field of dental
practice.
2.1.3 the micro-organisms causing common infectious diseases encountered in
Myanmar.
2.2. achieve the basic skill in-
2.2.1 the use and care of ordinary light microscope
2.2.2 sterilization and disinfections of equipments and instruments used in
dental practice.
2.2.3 collection and forwarding of specimens related to oral microbiology to the
laboratory
2.3 develop the attitude of-

2.3.1 awareness that medical microbiology is mandatory in dental
practice for clinical as well as in community medicine.
2.3.2 appreciating its role in diagnostic, curative, preventive and
promotive aspects of microbial diseases.
2.3.3 continuing interest in the study of medical microbiology with emphasis on
oral microbiology.
-139-
1. Aim
At the end of the course, the student should be acquainted with fundamental aspects of
microbiology with additional references to microbes as a cause of dental infections.
2.1 acquire the knowledge of –
2.1.1 the basic principles of microbiology.
2.1.2 thefundamental aspects of microbiology in the field of dental
practice.
2.1.3 the micro-organisms causing common infectious diseases encountered in
Myanmar.
2.2. achieve the basic skill in-
2.2.1 the use and care of ordinary light microscope
2.2.2 sterilization and disinfections of equipments and instruments used in dental
practice.
2.2.3 collection and forwarding of specimens related to oral microbiology to the
laboratory

2.3.1 awareness that medical microbiology is mandatory in dental
practice for clinical as well as in community medicine.
2.3.2 appreciating its role in diagnostic, curative, preventive and
promotive aspects of microbial diseases.
2.3.3 continuing interest in the study of medical microbiology with emphasis on oral
microbiology.
-140-
No SIO Topic/Content Method Media Hours

1. At the end of the session, 1.1General Microbiology
the student should be able 1.1.1 Introduction to Lecture LCD 22
to comprehend the role of microbiology Projecto
microbiology in clinical & microbiology and r,
community medicine oral medicine. Practical
1.1.2 Classification of Demon- Miscros-
To acquire knowledge of micro-organisms stration cope
the general properties of 1.1.3 Microscopes and
microorganisms; microscopy
sterilization & 1.1.4 Sterilization and
disinfection, the disinfection
emergence of drug 1.1.5 Antimicrobial drugs
resistance & its control 1.1.6 Microbial genetics
1.1.7 Infection, mode of
To acquire skills in the use transmission of
of the compound infection
microscope and 1.1.8 Microbial
performing common pathogenicity
bacteriological staining
techniques.
1.2 General Bacteriology.

1.2.1 Morphology and Lecture LCD 11
structure of bacteria Practical Projecto
1.2.2 Bacterial growth and Demon- r,
nutrition stration Miscros-
1.2.3 Bacteriological cope
culture media
1.2.4 Classification of
bacteria
2. To acquire knowledge of 2.Systematic Bacteriology
the aetiology, 2.1 Pyogenic Cocci 50
pathogenesis, 2.1.1 Staphylococcus Lecture LCD
transmission, laboratory 2.1.2 Streptococcus Projecto
diagnosis & prevention & 2.1.3 Neisseria Practical r,
control of bacterial 2.1.4 Pseudomonas Demon- Miscros-
diseases with emphasis on 2.1.5 Proteus stration cope
infections common in 2.2 Respiratory Pathogens
Myanmar & role of 2.2.1Mycobacterium
Primary Health Care 2.2.2 Nocardia
(PHC) & Disease Control 2.2.3 Corynebacterium
Programmes. 2.2.4 Haemophilus
2.2.5 Bordetella
To be familiar with 2.3 Anaerobes
baterial diseases included 2.3.1 Clostridium
in Priority Health 2.3.2 Actinomyces
Problems in Myanmar 2.3.3 Lactobacillus
-141-
Leptotrichia
To acquire skills in Bifidobacterium
performing appropriate Bacteroides
bacteriological staining Fusobacterium
techniques on smears of 2.4 Enteric Pathogens
pus, & sputum; 2.4.1 Salmonella
examining, reporting & 2.4.2 Shigella
interpertation, To have an 2.4.3 Escherichila
awareness of the benefits 2.4.4 Vibrio
of preventive measure in 2.5 Spirochaetes
certain bacterial diseases. 2.5.1 Treponema
2.5.2 Borrelia
2.5.3 Leptospira
2.6Atypical Bacteria
Mycoplasma
Rickettsia
Chlamydia
2.7 Zoonotic bacteria
2.7.1 Bacillus
2.7.2 Yersinia
3. To acquire knowledge of 3.Immunology 32
the componets & functions 3.1 The immune system
of the immune system; 3.2 Antigens and Lecture LCD
antigens & antibodies & antiboides Projecto
the role of antigen- 3.3Angiten-antibody r,
antibody reactions in reactions
diagnosis; immunity & 3.4 Immune response
hypersensitivity reactions, 3.5 Immunity
the role of the major 3.6 Hypersensitivity
histocompatibility 3.7 Autoimmunity
complex, cytokines & the 3.8 Immunoprophylaxis
complement system and and immunotherapy
the immune cells in the
immune cells reponse,
immunoprophylaxis &
immunotherapy,
To be aware of the hazards
of hypersensitivity
reactions in clinical &
community medicine; the
value of immunization
programmes in preventive
medicine
4. To acquire knowledge of 4. Mycology
the general properties of 4.1 General consideration Lecture LCD 9
fungi, fungi of medical of fungi Projecto
importance & 4.2Candida r,
pathogenesis, laboratory 4.3 Dermatophytes Practical
diagnosis, and control of 4.4 Oppurtunistic Fungi Miscros
the diseases caused. Cryptococcus Demons cope
Histoplasma tration
-142-
Aspergillus
Pneumocystic jiroveci
5. To acquire knowledge of 5. Virology

biological characters of 5.1General consideration Lecture LCD 44
viruses, and prions; The of viruses Projecto
pathogenesis, laboratory 5.2 Pox viruses r,
diagnosis, transmission 5.3 Herpes viruses
and control of viral 5.4 Adenoviruses
infections & role of 5.5 Hepatitis viruses
Disease Control 5.6 Myxoviruses
Programmes 5.7 Influenza virus H1N1,
To be familiar with viral H5N1
diseases includes in 5.8 SARS virus
Priority Health Problems 5.9 Picornaviruses
in Myanmar. 5.10 Arboviruses
To have an awareness of 5.11 Human immuno
the value of preventive deficiency virus
medicine in viral diseases 5.12 Oncogenic viruses
and of antiviral drugs. 5.13 Rhabdoviruses
6. To acquire knowledge of 6. Parasitology
biological character & life 6.1 General consideration Lecture LCD 6
cycles of protozoa & of protozoa Projecto
helminths,pathogenesis, Entamoeba, Giardia, r,
laboratory diagnosis, Trichomonas,Toxopla
transmission, prevention sma
& control of the diseases 6.2 General consideration
caused, to have an of helminthes
awareness of the benefit Ascaris,Hookworm,
of environmental Taenia, Echinococcus
sanitation in the 6.3 Oppurtunistic
prevention of parasitic parasites
diseases. Crytosporidium
Cyclospora
7. To acquire knowledge of 7. Clinical Microbiology
microorganisms in 7.1 Oral microflora and Lecture LCD 6
relation to oral diseases, host Projecto
proper collection & 7.2 Bacteriology of dental r,
forwarding of laboratory caries
specimens, to acquire 7.3 Periodontal diseases
skills in preparation & and periapical
staining of clinical infections
specimens for 7.4 Acute infection of the
examinition, reporting & face neck
interpreting. 7.5 Sore throat and
infective endocarditis
7.6 Bacterial infections of
dental importance
7.7 Viral infections of
dental importance
-143-
Hours
Lecture / Tutorial/ Revision 165
Total 180
ASSESSMENT
1.1. Oral tutorial
2.1. Class test (3 Hours) - 2 times - 20%
2.2. Practical test (1 Hour) - 1 time - 10%
- Theory exam (MCQ, MSQ – 3 Hours) - 50%
- Practical exam (1 Hour) - 20%

4. Text books
Prescribed
Melville, T.H. and Russell, C (Latest Edition)
Microbiology for Dental Students.
Heinemann, Medical books Ltd. London.
-144-
5. References
Burnett, G.W. and Scherp, H.W (Latest Edition)
Oral Microbiology and Infectious Diseases.
Oxford Book Company, Calcutta.
Jawetz. E. Melllnick, J.L., Adelberg, E.a. (Latest Edition)

Jawetz, Melnick & Adelberg's Medical Microbiology
Appleton & Lange, London
Green wood, D.Slack, R.C.B; Peutherer, J.F. (Latest Edition)
Medical Microbiology
Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh.
Nolte, W.A (Latest Edition).

Oral Microbiology.
C.V. Mosby Company, Saint Louis
Farmer E.D., ; and Lawton, F.E. (Latest Edition).

Stones, Oral and Dental Diseases,
E.&S. Livingstone Ltd.
-145-
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY
No. (SLO) Topic/Content Method Media Hours

General Pharmacology
1. Define 1.1 Definition of Lecture PA ½ hr
Pharmacology and Pharmacology System
principle of 1.2 Definition of drug OHP
pharmacology 1.3 Uses of drug
2. Understand 2.1 Definition and principle of Lecture PA 2 hrs
Principles of drug drug action System
oction and 2.2 Pharmacokinetics OHP
importance of (LADME
pharmacokinetics system)
3. Determine the 3.1 Routes of administration of Lecture PA 2 hrs
advantages and drugs System
disadvantages of 3.2 Advantages and OHP
different Routes of disadvantages of each
Administration ROA
4. Understand the 4.1 Drugs act on the cell Lecture PA 2 hrs
importance of membrane System
pharmacodynamic 4.2 Drugs act on the metabolic OHP
and different MOA processes within the cell
of drugs 4.3 Drugs act on outside the
cell
4.4 Drugs act on receptors
5. Mechanisms of drug 5.1 Dose-effect relationship Lecture PA 1 hr
actions and 5.2 DR-Curve (Uses) System
quantitative aspects OHP
of drug action
6. Determine different 6.1 Different types of drug Lecture PA 1 hr
types of drug effect effect System
6.2 Types of adverse reaction OHP
6.3 Drug toxicity
7. State the varability 7.1 Drug Factors Lecture PA 2 hrs

in drug responses 7.2 Patient related factors System
7.3 Disease Factors OHP
Pharmacology of CNS
1. Define hypnotic and 1.1 Definition of hypnotic and Lecture PA 2 hrs
sedative, state sedative System
pharmacology of 1.2 Classification of sedatives OHP
commonly used hypnotics
hypnotic and 1.3 Pharmacology of
sedative drugs individual agents
-146-
2. State Purpose of 2.1 Definition and component Lecture PA 3 hrs
General anaesthesia, of GA System
practice of modern 2.2 Stages of anaesthesia OHP
anaesthesia 2.3 Classification
2.4 Premedication
2.5 Induction of surgical
anesthesia
2.6 Maintenance of surgical
anaesthesia
2.7 Neurolep analgesia
2.8 Neurolep anaesthesic
3. Define Local 3.1 Definition of LA Lecture PA 2 hrs
anaesthesia State 3.2 Classification System
Pharmacology of 3.3 Pharmacology of individual OHP
individual agents agents
3.4 Technique of LA
4. Acquire knowledge 4.1 Classification of Narcotics Lecture PA 3 hrs
of the & NSAIDs System
pharmacological 4.2 Pharmacology of Narcotic OHP
properties and analgesics(Morphine)
adverse effect of 4.3 Pharmacology of NSAIDs
analgesics for safety
and effective use for
rational choosing of
appropriate agents
for various setting
Pharmacology of ANS
1. Understand the 1.1 Physiology of ANS Lecture PA 1 hr
basic concept of 1.2 Different types of System
how drugs act on adrenergic receptors OHP
Sympathetic 1.3 Order of agonist potency
Nervous system
2. Understand the 2.1 Sympathetic drugs Lecture PA 2 hrs
basic concept of 2.2 Classification System
how drugs act on 2.3 Pharmacology of individual OHP
Sympathetic drugs(Adrenaline)
Nervous system
3. Understand the 3.1 Classification of Lecture PA 3 hrs
Commonly used Sympatholytic drugs System
sympathetic drugs 3.2 Pharmacology of individual OHP
agents
basic concept of Parasympathetic drugs System
how drugs act on 4.2 Pharmacology of individual OHP
parasympathetic drugs
Nervous System
-147-
Pharmacology of parasympatholytic drugs System
Parasympatholytic 5.2 Pharmacology of individual OHP
drugs agents
6. Understand the 6.1 Classification & MOA of Lecture PA 3 hrs

pharmacology of NMBAs System
Neuromuscular 6.2 Pharmacology of individual OHP
blocking agents agents
6.3 Drug interaction
Pharmacology of Respiratory
System
1. Understand the 1.1 Definition of bronchial Lecture PA 2 hrs
pathophysiology of asthma System
bronchial asthma, 1.2 Pathophysiology and OHP
different types and different types
principle of 1.3 Principle of treatment
treatment 1.4 Classification
1.5 Pharmacology of individual
agent & choice of drugs
2. Understand the 2.1 Definition of Cough Lecture PA 1 hr
mechanism of 2.2 Classification System
cough. Choice the 2.3 Pharmacology of individual OHP
appropriate drugs agents & choice of drugs
Pharmacology of CVS
1. Understand the 1.1 Define hypertension Lecture PA 3 hrs

pharmacological 1.2 Aims of treatment System
basis for national 1.3 Classification OHP
use of 1.4 Pharmacology of individual
antihypertensives agents
2. Understand the 2.1 Definition of angina pectoris Lecture PA 3 hrs
pharmacological 2.2 Pathogenesis System
basis for rational 2.3 Clinical types OHP
use of antianginal 2.4 Principle of treatment
agent 2.5 Pharmacology of individual
agents
3. Understand the 3.1 Definition Lecture PA 2 hrs
pharmacological 3.2 Causes System
basis for rational 3.3 Clinical types OHP
use of anaphylactic 3.4 Management of Shock
shock
4. Understand the 4.1 Definition of Lecture PA 2 hrs
pharmacology of hyperlipoprotenaemia System
individual agents 4.2 Classification of drugs used OHP
for hyperlipoproteinaemia
-148-
5. State the 5.1 Classification of Lecture PA 3 hrs
pharmacology of antiplatelets, System
each type of these Antithrombotics OHP
drugs fibrinolytics
5.2 Pharmacology of each drugs
Renal Pharmacology
1. Understand the 1.1 Definition Lecture PA 3 hrs
pharmacology and 1.2 Formation & excretion of System
therapeutics of urine OHP
different diuretics to 1.3 Classification
be able to use them 1.4 Pharmacology of individual
safely and drugs
effectively
2. Understand 2.1 Pathophysiology of fluids Lecture PA 2 hrs
pathophysiology and electrolytes imbalance System
and pharmacology 2.2 Pharmacology of oral and OHP
of disturbance of intravenous nutritions
volume &
osmolality
Pharmacology of GIT
1. Understand the 1.1 Pathophysiology of PU Lecture PA 2 hrs
pathophysiology of 1.2 Drugs for PU System
PU,drugs for PU 1.3 Pharmacology of individual OHP
and should be used drugs
them safely and
effectively
2. Choose the 2.1 Definition Lecture PA 1 hr
appropriate laxative 2.2 Classification System
for individual 2.3 Pharmacology of individual OHP
patient drugs
3. Used antidiarrhoeal 3.1 Classification Lecture PA 1 hr
agents safely and 3.2 Pharmacology of System
rationally nonspecific antidiarrhoeal OHP
agents
4. Understand the 4.1 Definition of emetics and Lecture PA 2 hrs
importance of antiemetics System
emetics and 4.2 Agents used as emetics OHP
antiemetics 4.3 Classification of antiemetics
4.4 Pharmacology of individual
drugs
Histamine and antihistamines
1. Understand basic 1.Autacoids, Ecosanoids, Lecture PA 3 hrs

knowledge of vasoacive polypeptides System
pharmacology to be 1.1 Classification and OHP
able to use the drug pharmacology of
safely and rationally individual agents
-149-
Endocrine pharmacology
1. Understand 1.ACTH and corticosteroids Lecture PA 3 hrs

pharmacology basis 1.1 General effects on System
of the use of the metabolism, water & OHP
hormores and their electrolyte and organ
antagonists in the system
treatment of 1.2 anti-inflammatory action
endocrine and 1.3 Therapeutic uses
nonendocrine 1.4 Danger of corticosteroid
diseases, and therapy
hazards of 1.5 Principly for using
inappropriate use corticosteroid therapy
2. Thyroid and axtithyroid Lecture PA 2 hrs
drugs System
2.1 Synthesis and release of OHP
thyroid hormones
2.2 Metabolism
2.3 Physiological effect,
preparations, therapeutic
uses and untoward
effects of thyroid
hormones
2.4 Classification of
antithyroid agents
2.5 Choice of treatment for
hyperthyroidism
2.6 Treatment of thyroid
crisis
3. Insulin and oral Lecture PA 3 hrs
hypoglycemic agents System
3.1 Definition and different OHP
types of DM
3.2 Agents for DM
3.3 Mechanism of how
insulin corrects DM
3.4 Choice of preparation
3.5 Adverse effects of
insulin
3.6 Oral hypoglycemic
agents and
pharmacology of
individual agents
-150-
4. Sex hormones and their
antagonists Lecture PA 1:30hr
4.1 Male sex hormones System
4.1.1 Action, uses and OHP
adverse effects of
androgen
4.1.2 Preparation, uses
and adverse effects
of anabolic
steroids
4.1.3 Different types and
uses of anti-
androgens Lecture 1:30hr
4.2 Female Sex Hormones PA
4.2.1 Function, System
preparations uses OHP
and adverse effect of
oestrogen
4.2.2 Anti-oestrogens
4.2.3 Progestins
4.2.4 Anti- Progestins Lecture 1:30hr
4.3 Contraceptives
4.3.1 Different types PA
4.3.2 MOA System
4.3.3 Adverse reaction OHP
4.3.4 Contraindication
and Failure of
contraceptives
-151-
Pharmacology of
1. antimicrobial agents
Understand the 1.Classification of Lecture PA 1 hr
principles of antimicrobial agents System
antimicrobial 2. Penicillin Lecture OHP 2 hrs
therapy and 2.1 Classification of PA
pharmacology of penicillin System
commonly used 2.2 Pharmacology OHP
agents to be able to 2.3 Prevention and treatment
use them safely and of penicillin allergy Lecture 1 hr
rationally 3. Cephalosporins
3.1 Classification PA
3.2 Pharmacology of System
cephalosporins Lecture OHP 1 hr
4. Other beta lactam antibiotics
4.1 Pharmacology Lecture 1 hr
5. Beta lactamase inhibitors PA
5.1 Pharmacology Lecture System 1 hr
6. Macrolides, Polypeptides & OHP
aminoglycosides- PA
Pharmacology Lecture System 1 hr
7. Quinolones OHP
7.1 Different types PA
System
7.2 Antibacterial spectrum Lecture OHP 1 hr
7.3 Pharmacology
8. Chloramphenicol and PA
tetracyclines- Lecture System 1 hr
pharmacology OHP
9. Sulphonamides
9.1 Classification
9.2 Antibacterial spectrum Lecture PA 1 hr
9.3 Pharmacology System
10. Antifungal agents OHP
10.1 Classification
10.2 Pharmacology of PA
individual agents Lecture System 2 hrs
11. Antiviral agents OHP
11.1 Classification
11.2 Pharmacology of
Commonly used
antiviral agents
Chemotherapy of Infections
Understand the 1. chemotherapy of malaria Lecture PA 3 hrs
Pharmacology and 1.1 Life cycle of malaria System
therapecitics of 1.2 Classification OHP
there groups of 1.3 Pharmacology of
drugs and their individual agents
dosage regimen to 1.4 New antimalarial drugs
be able to choose 2. Chemotherapy of TB Lecture 3 hrs
and use them in 2.1 Drugs used for treatment PA
-152-
prevention & of TB System
treatment of 2.2 Pharmacology of OHP
common infectious individual agents
diseases 3. Chemotherapy of amoebiasis Lecture 2 hrs
3.1 Classification PA
3.2 Pharmacology of System
individual agents OHP
To have acquire Antianaemic agents Lecture PA 1 hr
knowledge and 1.1 Definition System
awareness of 1.2 Physiology of OHP
benefits and erythropoiesis
limitation of these 1.3 Causes and types of
agents for treatment anaemia
1.4 Drugs used in iron
deficiency anaemia
1.5 Drugs used in
megalablastic anaemia
1. Use these agents Miscellaneous Lecture PA 1 hr

safely and Chelating agents, antidote and System
effectively antagonists OHP
2. Use these agents Antiseptic and disinfectants Lecture PA 1 hr

rationally System
OHP
3. Have acquire basis Use of drugs during pregnancy Lecture PA 1 hr
knowledge and and lactation System
awareness of OHP
unusual
pharmacodynamic
and
pharmacokinetic
responses in
individual patient
with different
clinical condition
4. Have acquire basic Essential drugs concepts and Lecture PA 2 hrs
knowledge, skill rational prescribing practice System
and awareness of OHP
rational prescribing
practice
5. Understand what Drugs interaction Lecture PA 3 hrs
happen when the System
drugs are given OHP
together or one just
after another
Cancer chemotherapy Lecture PA 2 hrs
Have acquire 1.1 Definition System
knowledge and 1.2 Cancer chemotherapy OHP
awareness of 1.3 Objectives and clinical
benefits and outcomes
-153-
limitation of these 1.4 General adverse effects
agents for diagnosis 1.5 Classification of
and treatment antineoplastic agents
1.6 Pharmacology of
individual agents
1.7 Immunophermacology

Hours
Lecture/ Revision 109
Discussion 6
Total 115
ASSESSMENT
1.13 written class tests
2.1 Class test (2 hours) – 3 times 30%
2.2 final examination 65%
Theory exam (MCQ + MSQ)2 hours 70%
3. Marking allotment
Pharmacology 65%
(Dental therapeutics 35%)
4. Criteria for pass, distinction and Credit

4.5 In supplementary exam: - less than 59%
-154-
DEPARTMENT OF ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY
THIRD YEAR (DENTAL THERAPEUTICS)
On successful completion of the undergraduate course of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery,
the learners will have acquired:
Knowledge and understanding of the-
(1) Scientific information which forms the basic principles of Oral & Maxillofacial
Surgery
(2) Safe and effective care of patients
(3) Legal and ethical requirements for the practice of oral surgery
Skills to
(1) Utilize their knowledge to solve problems and engage in independent thoughts
(2) Undertake the care of patients in a safe and effective manner.
(3) Recognize their clinical limitation and make appropriate referrals.
(4) Work as part of the Health Care delivery team
Attitude
Beware of the profession’s wider responsibilities towards the community as a whole.
-155-
THIRD YEAR (DENTAL THERAPEUTICS)
No Objectives (SLO) Topic / Contents Method Media Hours
1. 1.To recognize the terminology of 1. Pharmacological

drugs, pharmacology, terminology and Drug
pharmacokinetics, pharmaco- disposition
dynamics, therapeutics, proprietary Lecture LCD 2
names, generic names 1.1. Pharmacology White- hours
1.2. Drug board
2. To acquire the knowledge of 1.3. Pharmacokinetic
physiochemical properties of 1.4. Pharmacodyna
physiochemical action, drug, and -mic
definitions of drug action, drug 1.5. Therapeutic
absorption, bioavailability,
biotransformation,
pharmacokinetic principles, and
drug excretion. Pharmacological
response, dynamics drug
interactions
2. 1. To recognize the different routes 2. Routes of

of administration administration and
Types of medication
2. To distinguish the different types Lecture LCD 2
of medication 2.1. Method of White- hours
administration board
3. To describe their advantage and 2.2. Advantages
disadvantages 2.3. Disadvantages
2.4. Types of
medication
3. To recognize prescription writing 3. Prescribing and

and meaning of Latin abbreviations abbreviation
3.1. Prescriptions Lecture LCD 1 hour

writing White-
3.2. Abbreviations board
-156-
4. To be able to calculate pediatric 4. Pediatric dosage
dosage by using different formula formula
4.1. Various Lecture LCD 1 hour

Categories of White-
patients board
4.2. Calculation of
child dose
5. To recognize the different types of 5. Adverse reactions

drug adverse reactions and their
prevention and treatment. 5.1. Drugs used in Lecture LCD 1 hour
pregnancy White-
5.2. Drugs used board
during lactation
5.3. Drugs used in
Geriatric patients
6. To identify and recognize the 6. Agents used to

pathophysiology of pain, methods control pain
of pain control, local anesthetic
agents, vasoconstrictors, other 6.1. Analgesic Lecture LCD 1 hour
constituents of LA solution, 6.2. L.A White-
analgesics, anti-inflammatory 6.3. Anti-inflamma board
agents -tory agents
7. 1. To identify and classify the 7. Agents used to

antiseptics and antimicrobial control infections
agents, selection of the preparation
and combination 7.1. Categories of Lecture LCD 4
antibiotic White- hours
2. To recognize their uses and 7.2. General principle board
adverse effects for usage of antibiotic
7.3. Review of
antimicrobial therapy
8. To recognize clotting mechanism, 8. Agents used control

conditions which alter normal bleeding
hemostasis, haemostatic agents
-157-
8.1. Mechanism of Lecture LCD 3
haemostasis White- hours
8.2. Conditions which board
alter normal
haemostasis
8.3. Local haemostatic

agent
8.4. Systemic
haemostatic agent
9. 1.To define the premedication 9. Agents used for

premedication
2. To list the reasons
9.1. Premedication Lecture LCD 1 hour
3. To recognize the drugs used for 9.2. Reasons for White-
Premedication premedication board
9.3. Drugs used for
premedication
10. 1. To describe the etiological 10. Agents used to

factors for caries prevent dental caries
2. To recognize the preventive 10.1. Aetiological Lecture LCD 1 hour

modalities and use of fluoride factors for caries White-
10.2. Agent affecting board
the resistance of
dental tissues
10.3. Fluoride in
dentistry
11. To distinguish the etiology of 11. Agents used in

different types of oral ulcerations, management of oral
clinical features and management ulcerations
11.1. Classification of Lecture LCD 2

oral ulceration White- hours
11.2. Agents used for board
local treatment
12. 1. To define the dentifrices 12. Dentifrices
2. To describe the various 12.1. Definition of Lecture LCD 1 hour

preparations and methods of dentifrices
application 12.2. Function and White-
composition board
12.3. Various
-158-
preparations
12.4. Methods of
application
13. 1. To recognize the causes of 13. Agents used in the

hypersensitivity, treatment of
hypersensitive dentine
2. To describe the various
preparations and methods of 13.1. Causes of Lecture LCD 1 hour
application hypersensitivity White-
13.2. Rational of board
treatment
14. 1. To recognize categories of 14. Antimicrobial

antibiotics and ways of action of agents
these agents
14.1. Categories of Lecture LCD 3
2. To identify mechanism, routes of antibiotics White- hours
board
administration and dosage, side 14.2. General
effects of each agents principles for usage of
antibiotics
3. To distinguish definitive
diagnosis of infective endocarditis 14.3. Infective
endocarditis
4. To recognize the SBE
prophylaxis regiments for a dental 14.4. SBE prophylaxis
procedure regime for dental
procedure
5. To explain the formation of
sterile vegetation on heart valve
and endocardium
6. To know the goals of antibiotic

prophylaxis for bacterial
endocarditis
7. To distinguish the dental

procedures for which endocarditis
prophylaxis is recommended or not
recommended
8. To recognize cardiac conditions

associated with endocarditis and
-159-
endocarditis prophylaxis is
recommended
15. 1. To define AAO 15. Dry socket (AAO)
2. To identify aetiology, clinical 15.1.Definition

features and management of AAO
15.2. Etiology Lecture LCD 2 hour
White-
15.3. Clinical features board
15.4. Management
16. 1. To define trigeminal neuralgia 16. Trigeminal

neuralgia
2. To identify aetiology, clinical
features and management of TN 16.1.Definition
16.2. Etiology Lecture LCD 1 hour

White-
16.3. Clinical features board
16.4. Management
17. 1. To definition of the local 17. Local anaesthesia

anaesthesia
17.1. Definition of LA
2. To describe the mechanism of
action of LA 17.2. Mechanism of Lecture LCD 8
action of LA White- hours
3. To classify LA based on board
structural form, physiochemical 17.3. Classification of
properties, duration, potency and LA
site of action
17.4. Structure,
4. To classify different types of LA mechanism of action,
agent in relation to structural MSD, metabolism,
modification preparation of each
and every LA agent
5. To describe each and every LA etc.
agents
17.5.Topical agents
6. To recognize the topical LA 17.5.1. Indication of
agents and indications for their topical agents
uses
-160-
17.6. Factors
7. To recognize the factors influencing
influencing in LA toxicity
8. To access the sign and 17.7. LA toxicity

17.7.1.Sign and
symptoms of LA
symptoms of LA toxicity toxicity
17.8. Classification of
vasoconstrictors
17.9. Describing their

action, dosage adverse
effect and
concentration
17.10. List of other

constituents of LA
agents.
Hours
Lecture/ Tutorial/ Revision 35
Practical/ Discussion
Total 35
ASSESSMENT
1.1 Class test (1Hour) - 2 times - 20%
1.2 Mid-term test (1Hour) -1 time - 20%
Theory exam (MSQ – 1 hour) - 60%
2. Criteria for pass, Distinction and Credit

2.1 Pass mark -50% (each compartment)
2.3 Credit mark -65% (all compartments)
2.4 Moderation mark -46% (each compartment)
-161-
University of Dental Medicine (Yangon/Mandalay)

Department of Conservative Dentistry
CORE CURRICULUM FOR THIRD B.D.S (Junior Operative Course)

Upon the completion of Junior Operative Course, the student must fulfill the following
departmental objectives.
1. To acquire the knowledge of:
 dental caries and its treatment
 principles of cavity preparation
 materials used in direct restorations
 essential dental instruments and equipments
 dental pain
 diseases of the pulp and periapical tissues
2. To acquire the skill of:

 utilization and care of the essential dental instruments and equipments
 operative procedure according to principles and standar d techniques
 utilization of restorative materials to restore of the function and integrity of the
teeth
 patient assessment, examination, diagnosis, and treatment planning for restorative
treatment
3. To develop the attitude:

 To be aware of that dental operative treatment is correcting existing dental hard
tissue defects, by which preventing future disease, restoring function, and
improving appearance.
 To be aware of that dental operative treatment maintains the physiological
integrity of the teeth in harmonious relationship with the adjacent hard and soft
tissues, and enhances the general health and welfare of the patient.
-162-
 To be aware of that early restoration of dental hard tissue defects prevent further
loss of dentition.
STUDY PLAN AND REQUIREMENTS for 3rd B.D.S
1. Lecture Class
Class topics will be announced at the first session.
Class sessions will be approximately one-hour in duration.
2. Laboratory
During junior operative course, the students are assigned to a small group. After a determined
number of sessions, each group of students will interact throughout the course of sessions. The
students within a group will receive evaluations from the faculty member assigned to that group.
The schedule of the groups will be distributed at the first class session.
3. Clinic
After completion of laboratory competency examination and written tests and transitional course,
the students are trained in clinical operative dentistry.
ATTENDANCE IS REQUIRED AT ALL OPERATIVE LABORATORY

AND CLASS SESSIONS AND CLINICAL TRAINING.
Summary of Requirements.
1. Complete of all laboratory projects as outlined in the manual.
2. Attend all class sessions and all laboratory sessions.
3. Complete laboratory competency examinations, all class tests and midterm and final
examination.
4. This course is considered a prerequisite for clinical operative dentistry.
5. Students must follow the sequence listed in the preclinical manual while doing the
laboratory projects and taking the written examination.
-163-
3rd B.D.S
3. Lesson plan
Total
No. SLO Topics & Contents Method Media
Hours
Pre-clinical Lecture
1.
At the end of the Introduction to Operative Lecture LCD 1
course students should Dentistry: projector
be able to –
recognize with operative Definition of Operative
dentistry and scope Dentistry
Scope of Operative
Dentistry
Objectives of Operative
Dentistry
2. - define dental caries

- describe basics of Dental Caries: Lecture LCD 4
cariology- etiology, projector
diagnosis and WHO Definition of
- identify clinical, Dental Caries
histological features and Modern Concept of
detection of dental Caries Etiology
caries,
- list classification of Clinical Features of
dental caries Dental Caries
-describe classification Detection of Dental
of dental caries Caries
Histological Features of
Dental caries
Classification of Dental
Caries.
3. . list and describe basic

principles and sequential Basic Principles of Lecture LCD 4
steps of cavity Cavity Preparation: Steps projector
preparation in Cavity Preparation
. name and identify
classification of the
cavities Classification &
. identify the features of Nomenclature of Cavities
-164-
cavities Features of Cavities-
class I, II, III, IV, V, VI
4. identify and recognize Cutting Instruments Used Lecture LCD 3

the instruments used in in Operative projector
Operative Dentistry and Dentistry:
- describe the
formulation of Hand Cutting Instruments
instruments Instrument Names and
Formula
Hand-pieces and Rotary
Instruments
5. . describe the the ways in Biological Consideration Lecture LCD 2
which enamel and of Cutting Instruments: projector
dentine are destroyed
and the effects on the
pulp Pulp Reaction to Rotary
Cutting
. describe the minimizing Instruments
the hazards of cutting
procedures Mechanical Injury to Soft
Tissue during Operative
procedure
Preventive measures to
pulp and soft tissue injury
during operative
procedure
6. . recognize the pulp Dental Cements and Lecture LCD 4
protection regimes Lining Materials: projector
Cements used in
. list the lining Operative Dentistry and
agents their Properties
. describe the
reasons for using Basic Compositions of
them, desirable Dental Cements
properties, the Uses of Dental Cements
setting reaction,
handling them Purposes of Using Lining
properly Cements beneath Dental
Restorations
Handling of Dental
Cements
7. - define Dental Dental Filling Materials – Lecture LCD 3

Amalgam Dental projector
- recognize its
-165-
composition, the setting Amalgam:
chemistry, properties and Definition
manipulation
- describe advantages Composition of Amalgam
and disadvantages of Alloy
dental amalgam Manipulation
Setting Reaction and
Properties
Advantages and
Disadvantages
8. . recognize the Importance of contact Lecture LCD 3
importance of contact and contour in restorative projector
and contour in dentistry
restoration Matrices, Retainers, and
- define matrix and Wedges:
wedges
. list and explain the Definition of Matrix and
types and functions of Wedge
the matrices, retainers Types of Matrix, Wedge,
and wedges and Retainer
Functions of Matrix and
Wedges
9. . recognize the Dental Adhesive Lecture LCD 3

principle of Systems: projector
adhesion Principles of Adhesion
. list and describe the
types of Categorization of Dental
adhesion Adhesion
. list and describe the Basic Components and
agents used in dentine Compositions of Dental
bonding system Adhesive Systems
- identify bonding
mechanism Use of Dentin Bonding
Systems
Bonding Mechanism of
Dentin Bonding Agent
10. - recognize the Dental Filling Materials- Lecture LCD 3

evolution of tooth projector
Historical review on
colour filling tooth color filling
materials, materials
- identify the
composition and setting Glass-ionomer Cements
reaction of G.I.C (Glass Polyalkenoates):
. describe the clinical
uses, advantages and Classification of Glass-
-166-
disadvantages of GIC ionomer Cements Basic
Compositions and Setting
Reactions
Advantages and
Disadvantages
Clinical Indications
11. . list the composition of Dental Filling Materials- Lecture LCD 3
resin composite, projector
Resin Composites:
- state classification of
resin composite Basic Compositions of
- describe clinical uses, resin Composites
the advantages and Classification
disadvantagesof them
Advantages and
Disadvantages
Clinical Uses
Transitional Course
12. - recognize carious Management lecture LCD 3
lesions and its projector
- Prevention of
management Dental caries:
Oral Hygiene Instruction
- describe management Clinical
Tooth Brush Technique
of dental caries demonstration with
Use of Fluoride in Caries patients
- recognize prevention of Prevention
dental caries
Chemotherapeutic Agent
-describe restorative Used in
treatment
Caries Control
Caries Risk Assessment
- Restorative
treatment
13. . recognize the clinical -Clinical significance of Lecture LCD 2

significance of tooth tooth structure projector
structure - biological, mechanical,
esthetic consideration of
restorations related with
tooth structure
14. . describe how to select Selection of direct filling Lecture LCD 2
the direct filling materials projector
materials
- Conditions of tooth
-167-
structure
- Properties of
restorative materials
15. . identify usage of the Local Anesthesia and Lecture LCD 1
L.A in restorative Administration projector
dentistry Technique:
Local Anesthetics
Available for Dental
Demonstration
Use with
Selection of Local patients
Anesthetic Agent
Administration and
Handling Technique
Clinical Lecture
18. . practice thorough Patient Assessment, Lecture LCD 2
examination and Examination, projector
proper diagnosis Diagnosis, and Treatment
procedure Planning:
- manipulate a
relevant Patient History Taking
treatment plan Extra-oral Examination
Intra-oral Examination
Dental Charting
Diagnosis and Treatment
Planning
19. . recognize the Isolation of Moisture: Lecture LCD 2

importance of projector
Sources of Moisture in
moisture isolation Oral Cavity
. describe the various
sources of moisture, The Purposes of Moisture
controlling the Isolation
moisture Methods Applicable for
with various methods Moisture isolation
Rubber Dam Technique
20. - identify dental pain Dental Pain and Diseases Lecture LCD 5
. describe the causes of of the Pulp: projector
pulpal and periapical Odontogenic and Non-
-168-
pain, diagnosis of the odontogenic Pain
pain and management History of Pain
(Description of Pain)
Causes of Pulpal and
Periapical Tissue
Injuries
Differential Diagnosis of
Pulpal and
Periapical Diseases
Differential Diagnosis of
Periapical and
Periodontal Pain
Dentin Hypersensitivity
21. - define vital pulp Definition of Vital Pulp Lecture LCD 3
therapy Therapy projector
. describe
management of deep
carious lesion management of Deep
Carious Lesion:
Assessment of Carious
Lesion and the
Status of the Pulp
Pulp Dressing and
Bacteria Tight Seal
Pulp Capping
22. - identify minimum Conservative Cavity Lecture LCD 3
intervention Preparation and projector
techniques ART Technique:
- define and describe
A.R.T as a The Concept of Minimal
caries management Intervention Dentistry
Adhesive Restorative
LCD
Materials
projector
Types of Restoration
Using Minimal
Intervention Technique
ART Technique in Field
Dentistry
23. - identify the selection Selection Criteria for 3
of most suitable lining Lining Materials
agent for individual case Protective and
Therapeutic Function of
-169-
Lining Materials
The Benefits of Using
Glass-ionomer Cement as
Lining Material
The Role of Calcium
Hydroxide in Pulp
Capping
24. - recognize the Fundamental of Resin Lecture LCD 2
polymerization of resin Polymerization: projector
- describe resin Activators and Initiators
components related with of Resin
polymerization, factors
affecting the Polymerization
polymerization Factors Affecting the
Polymerization
of Light Curable
Restorative Materials
Ocular Hazards of Light
Curing Units
25. - describe the causes and Failure of Directly Filled Lecture LCD 2
precautions of restorations: projector
restorative failures Failure of Amalgam
Restorations –
Types and Causes of
Failure
Failure of Composite
Restorations –
Types and Causes of
Failure
26. LCD 3
Revision Lecture
projector
Total Lecture Hours 66
-170-
Total
No. SIO Topics & Contents Methods Media
Hours
Hands on Course (Practical &
Demonstration)
1. Description and Nomenclatures of Demonstration & Plaster Teeth, 21
Cavities: Practical
Amalgam Plaster Knife,
Class I
Class I Buccal Extension Carving Knife
Class II – 2 surface cavity
Class V
Composite Practical Lab
Class III
Class IV
2. Cavity Preparation: Demonstration & Teeth 24
Amalgam Practical Mounted on
Class I Phantom Head
Class I – Buccal Extension
Class I – Lingual Extension Practical Lab
Class II- MO & DO
Class III- (D)
Class IV- (M)
3. Placement of Lining Agents: Demonstration & Teeth 9
Manipulation and Placement Practical Mounted on
Phantom Head
4. Placement of Amalgam Filling: Demonstration & Teeth 12
Placement of Matrix & Retainer Practical Mounted on
Amalgam Manipulation Placement Phantom Head
Finishing, Carving, and Polishing
Disposal of Mercury and Amalgam Practical Lab
Waste
5. Tooth Colored Restorations: Demonst & Teeth 6
-171-
Placement of GIC in C1 III Cavity Practical Mounted on
Placement of Composite in C1 IV Phantom Head
Cavity
Clinical Demonstration
1. Patient Assessment: Chair-side Clinic 3
History Taking Demonst
Examination
Dental Charting
Diagnosis and Treatment Planning
2. Moisture Isolation Chair-side Clinic 3
Rubber Dam Technique Demost
Cotton Roll Technique
3. Technique of Local Anesthetic Chair-side Clinic 3
Administration: Demonst:
Mandibular & Lingual Nerve Block
Superior Alveolar Nerve Block
Palatal Nerve Bock
Palatal Nerve Block
Infiltration
4. Medical Emergencies in Dental Office 3
-172-
Operative Technique Coursefor 3 rd B.D.S (Practical Training)
Programme Structure for 3 rd B.D.S
Sr.
Topic Objectives Lab Clinic
No
1. Cavity preparation on To improve manual dexterity Lab
plaster teeth and skill the students must 21hours
prepare :
1. Class I - #14 O,#36, ClI
buccal extension
2. Class II - #25 MO
3. Class II - #16 MOD
4. Class III - #11-M
5. Class IV - #11-DI
6. Class V - #14 – B
2. Cavity preparation on 1. Class I - #36-O,buccal Lab
plastic teeth mounted extension 44 hours
on phantom head #26-O, two separate
cavities, #27-ClI lingual
extension
2. Class II - #16 MO,
#34, #25 MO,DO
3. Class II - #24 MOD
4. Class III - #11 M,#12D
5. Class IV - #11 DI,#12MI
6. Class V - #14 B
3. Placement of lining Using an appropriate lining & Lab
agents and filling filling material 30 hours
materials 1. Class I - #36-O& buccal
extension,#27 lingual extension,
#26-O, two separate cavities
2. Class II -#34, #16- OM, #25
OM
3. Class III - #11- M, #12 D

4. Class IV - #11-DI,#12 MI
5. Class V - #14-B
Clinical training after clinical demonstration

4. Treatment of the The student must perform Clinic
patients according to clinical works on:
SOP 1. Patient assessment,
Including completion examination, charting, and
tests diagnosis and treatment plan. 66
-173-
2. Class I amalgam restoration
3. Class II amalgam restoration
4. Class III Glass-ionomer
restorations
5. Class IV Composite
restorations
6. Class V GI or Composite
restoration
Total 95 86
Time-frame breakdown for teaching/practical hours (3rd B.D.S.)
Total
Numbers of one hour session/week(weeks/year)
hours
Lecture 2x33 66
Practical including 11/2 (Cons+Prosth Dept)x33
completion practical = (5.5x33) 181
test
Total 247
Test week (Theory) 3tests x 3hours 9
238
Summary of Evaluation for Third B.D.S
1. Summative assessment 30%

Class work performance including
Laboratory / preclinical project,

Clinical project,
Three tests including Mid-term,
Final examination (Theory) -
Practical examination - 50%
20%
Total 100%
-174-
Resources
Required textbooks
3rd B.D.S
1. Fundamentals of Operative Dentistry.
A contemporary Approach.
James B. Summit ,DDS, MS.
2. Pickard’s Manual of Operative Dentistry
E.A.M.KIDD and B.G.N. SMITH in collaboration with H.M. PICKARD.
3. Hampson’s textbook of Operative Dentistry.
EL Hampson.
4. Operative Dentistry
Modern theory and practice
M.A. Marzouk ,D.D.S, M.S.D., A.L. Simonton, D.D.S., R.D. Gross, D.D.S
5. Tooth-colored Restoratives
Albers HF (2002)
6. Sturdevant’s Arts and Science of Operative Dentistry
Heymann HO; Swift Jr EJ; Ritter JV:
-175-
DEPARTMENT OF PROSTHODONTICS
Third Year B.D.S.
At the end of the course, the student should have–

1.1 acquired the knowledge of –
1.1.1 dental mechanics, physical and mechanical laws related to denture
construction.
1.1.2 the structure, composition, properties and uses of dental materials.
1.1.3 applied anatomy and the principles of construction for complete
dentures, partial dentures and oral surgical appliances.
1.2 developed sufficient manual skill –

1.2.1 in prosthodontics techniques using appropriate methods and
available technology.
1.2.2 in providing complete dentures, partial dentures and oral surgical
appliances for restoring lost oral tissues.
1.3 acquired the attitude of –

1.3.1 the importance of dental prosthesis and surgical appliances not
only for restoring function and recovering a socially acceptable
appearance, but also to preserve the remaining oral tissues.
1.3.2 the importance of the effect of dental materials on the biological tissues.
-176-
2. Lesson plan
Total
No. SLO Topic/Content Methods Media
hours
1. to enable the students: to Biological, Mechanical Lecture Over 4

evaluatethe biological, and Rheological Head
mechanical and rheological properties of dental Projector,
properties of materials, materials
method of testing _ _ _and - criteria for selection of
criteria for selection of appropriate
materials
appropriate materials
2. to determine the nature of Structure of solids Lecture Over 2

metallic bonding that bind - interatomic bondings Head
atoms together to form - structure of solids Projector
crystalline solids.
3. to evaluate the sources, types, Waxes & Base-plate Lecture Over 3

physical properties & materials Head
- sources, types, Projector,
manipulations and uses of properties,
waxes and base plate manipulation and uses
materials. of various
dental waxes & base-
plate
materials
4. to recognize the history of Model and Die materials Lecture Over 3

gypsum and its products to - introduction, Head
describe the manufacturing manufacturing process Projector,
processes of Gypsum- of
products and differences Gypsum products.
between Plaster of Paris & differences between
P.O.P and dental stone
dental stone.
- setting reaction and
to analyse the setting reaction setting process of P.O.P.
and setting process of P.O.P. effect of temperature
to describe the effect of and other
temperature, the control of controlling factors of
setting-time and the storage setting time and
storage problems of
problems.
gypsum products.
ableto evaluate the - manipulation of P.O.P
manipulative procedures, - dimensional changes,
dimensional changes, its compressive
compressive strength and strength and hardness
values
-177-
hardness values.
18
5. to Identify Impression Plster Impression Materials
as a rigid type of impression - ideal properties
material - classification
state its advantages & - selection of
appropriate impression
disadvantages
material
to describe the nature of - impression Plaster
impression Plaster advantages &
proceed with steps of disadvantages
manipulation manipulation
give accounts on its dimensional changes
dimensional changes by water storage problems
- significnces of water
take precautions on its storage
incorporation
problems
to determine (low & high

fusing compound)
its essential properties
to list its composition & - Impression
describe their effects Compound
to describe its dimensional types
changes & accuracy essential properties
softening & flow of the & effects of
compound Constituents
- manipulation
to describe properties, - dimensional changes
- Zinc Oxide Eugenol
composition and
impression paste
mechanism of setting of properties
ZnOEugenol composition
describe its dimensional mechanism of setting
stability and setting time dimensional stability
manipulate correctly, & setting time
manipulation
including model casting
to determineAgar Agar as a
reversible hydrocolloid - Hydrocolloid
impression material Impression materials
to describe its properties, and Definitionof Agar
composition Agarcomposition &
properties
to recognize manipulative setting mechanism &
procedure, mechanism of
-178-
setting and dimensional setting time
changes manipulation
dimensional changes
to describe the composition, &effect of
properties, manipulative material on the cast
procedure, setting time and
dimensional stability
- Alginate
composition &
properties
to evaluate the strength setting mechanism &
characteristics and shelf-life setting time
on storage manipulation,
dimensional stability
storage problems
to identify the chemistry of
- Significances of
mercaptanpolysulphideRubber
water incorportion.
Based Impression Material
to describe manipulative
procedures, between heavy
bodied & free flowing syringe - Elastomeric
types Light Bodied impression materials
to evaluate its setting - polysulphides types
chemistry of
characteristics & dimensional
polysulphides
stability
manipulation
setting characteristics
and
dimensional changes
- silicone elastomers
types
chemistry of
elastomers
manipulation
setting behaviors &
dimensional
changes
6. to describe Polymers Lecture Overhead 2

- structure & general Projector
the general properties of
properties
polymers. - polymerization
reactions of dental
interest
-179-
7. to recognize the denture base Polymeric denture base Lecture Overhead 5
materials and to describe the materials Projector
properties, manipulation and - properties,
uses of different types of manipulation & uses of
polymeric denture base different types of
materials. polymeric denture
base materials
toidentify the namesand uses

8. of various types of abrasive & Abrasive & Polishing Lecture Overhead 4
polishing agents. Agents Projector
- types and uses
To describe the nature of - nature of abrasive &
abrasives and influencing abrasive action
factors for abrasive action. - nature of polishing
agents & their
actions
to determine the occurrence,

9. Metals Lecture Overhead 4
general methods of extraction - introduction Projector
and the properties of metal. - occurance, general
methods of
extraction & properties
of metals
10. the properties of dental alloy Alloys Lecture Overhead 9

& their uses. - introduction Projector
- properties of dental
the general properties of alloys & their
dental alloy, their uses and uses in dentistry
principle of manipulation.
- gold alloys
general properties
principle of
manipulation
to evaluate the phenomena of

corrosion and method of - Corrrosion
electroplating and electrolytic- - Galvanic Corrosion
polishing. And causes
- Electroplating
the properties and uses of the - Electrolytic
material. polishing
-180-
11. to identify the requirements, Investment materials Lecture Overhead 2
type, and uses of the - requirements Projector
investment material. - types & uses
to determine the general

12. method of casting. Principle of casting Lecture Overhead 2
- Fault in casting Projector
13. to determine the basic - Soldering & Welding Lecture Overhead 1

principle of soldering and - Solder and fluxes Projector
welding. - Soldering failure
14. to perform mixing of POP Model casting Lecture Overhead 9

and water in the correct ratio, - preparation of correct Demonst Projector
and cast and trim the models. mix of P.O.P & Practical
dental stones
- casting methods
- trimming of cast
15. to perform in construction of Individual trays Lecture Overhead 9

individual trays on edentulous - types Demonst Projector,
and partially - construction Practical White
edentulous casts. techniques for both Board
edentulous & partial
casts
-181-
16. to perform in construction of Record blocks Lecture 9
the record block according to - characteristics of Demonst Overhead
principles. record blocks Practical Projector,
- construction White
techniques for both Board
edentulous & partial
casts
17. to manage simple hinge Mounting the casts Lecture 9

articulator, prepare the models - mounting the casts on Demonst Overhead
for mounting with correct the simple Practical Projector
centering and position on the hinge articulator White
articulator. Board
18. to perform the set upof Arrangement of teeth Demonst White 18

artificial teeth, in the correct - orientation of occlusal Practical Board
position, and inclination at the plane
adjusted occlusal plane level. - setting up of artificial
teeth
19. to perform the waxing-up the Waxing up of the Demonst White 8

waxed denture in the correct denture Practical Board
design principles
20. to perform flasking in Waxed Flasking Demonst 8

Denture in the flaskat correct - correct methods Practical White
level and position. Board
-182-
21. to perform dewaxing Dewaxing Demonst White 8
procedure in proper way - correct methods Practical Board
22. Packing
to determine the correct - preparation of acrylic Demonst White 8
powder-Liquid ratio for dough Practical Board
require amount of dough - correct packing
procedures
To identify the stages of
doughing and packing to last
wax areas.
23 to determine the stages and - Curing and Demonst White 8

temperature of curing methods - Gradually cool down Practical Board
the flask
24. to perform deflaskingof Deflasking Demonst White 7

acrylic dentures in correct way - correct methods Practical Board
- piece by piece removal
25. to perform the trim and finish Trimming & Polishing Demonst White 8
the acrylic denture by using - appropriate Practical Board
the appropriate instruments, instruments, materials
materials and technique for and technique for
each stage trimming &
polishing of procedure
-183-
26. to identify the parts and make Surveying Demonst White 8
use of the surveyor - parts of surveyor practical Board
- preparation before
surveying
- technique of surveying
27. to identify the parts of Preparing the clasps Demonst White 8

properly designed clasps & - component parts of Practical Board
various forms of clasp & rests various types/
forms of clasps
to perform a clsp bending with - preparation of
Adam plier wroughtwire clasps
28. to select the cases suitable for Palatal & Lingual bars Demonst White 8
the palatal and lingual bars - indications Practical Board
and bend the bars with the bar- - preparation of palatal
bender & lingual bars
-bending bars
29. to identify the causes of Denture repair Demonst White 8

fracture and repair Denture in - causes Practical Board
accurate alignment - denture repair
technique
30. to add additional teeth to the Teeth addition Demonst White 8

existing partial denture in - procedures of teeth Practical Board
replacement for lost tooth addition
/teeth
-184-
31. to cast denture with overcast Rebasing Demonst White 8
in preparation for rebasing to - preparation of over Practical Board
loose and unstble denture cast & rebasing
methods
32. to identify the factors Successful denture Lecture 4

requiring for the construction prosthesis Over
of a successful denture - influencing factors Head
denture success Projector
To identify the definition of - denture retention
retention, stability, cohesion, definition
adhesion, viscosity, and factors & forces for
wettability retention
- denture stability
definition
factors & forces for
stability
33. to determine reasons for Applied anatomy Lecture 3

studying the applied anatomy, - reasons for studying Over
applied anatomy Head
To evlutethe anatomy of oral - anatomy of the oral Projector,
cavity,and anatomy and cavityand the oral
histology of oral mucosa, and mucosa,, causes &
causes & prevention of prevention of
abnormal mucosa abnormal mucosa
- anatomy & of hard 7
To evaluate the anatomy of soft palate in relation to
hard and soft palate in relation denture construction
to denture construction
to describe the principles of
34. post-dam - principle of post-dam – Lecture Over 9
post-damprepration Demonst Head
To perform the preparation of Practical Projector,
post-dam White
Board
-185-
to identify the causes of
35. retching and its prevention - causes & prevention of Lecture 1
retching Over
Head
Projector
to determine the different

36. types of alveolar processes - different types of Lecture Over 9
and their importance in alveolar processes Head
denture retention & stability & their importance in Projector,
denture retention
to evlute the anatomy of & stability
frena&tissue reflection point - anatomy of
frena&tissue reflection
in-relation to denture border
point in-relation to
denture border
to evluate anatomy of fornix
- anatomy of fornix
vestibule & its importance in
vestibule & its
the peripheral seal importance in the
peripheral seal
- anatomy of incisive
to evaluate the anatomy of papilla, maxillary
Anatomical landmarks and tuberosity, zygomatico
their relation to denture alveolar crest,
construction retromolar pad, external
oblique ridge,
know anatomy of muscle of internal oblique ridge,
mastication and their influence mental foramen,
genial tubercles,
on the denture design &
palatine & mandibular
stability tori and their relation
to denture
know anatomy of the tongue
construction
& its relation to denture - anatomy of muscle of
construction mastication and
their influence on the
know anatomy of temporo- denture design &
mandibular joint and its stability
influence on mandibular - anatomy of the tongue
movements & its relation to
denture construction
- anatomy of
temperomandibular joint
and
its influence on
mandibular movements
-186-
37. to understand the positions & Movements of mandible Lecture 6
movements of mandible Over
relating to denture -positions & movements Head
construction of mandible Projector,
relation to denture
construction
38. to identify the various Occlusion Lecture 3

nomenclature of occlusion and Over
explain the various types of - positions of occlusion Head
occlusal forms & types of Projector,
occlusal forms
TOTAL TEACHING HOUR

Total 251
3. Assessment
3.1. Formative Assessment
3.1.1. Completion test (Practical) 3times
3.1.2. Completion test (Viva) 4 times
3.2. Summative Assessment

3.2.1. Class tests & Mid-term test 3 times (Class work) = 30%
3.2.2. One Final examination at the end of the academic year
3.2.2.1 Three hour theory paper (MSQ) = 50%
3.2.2.2Two hour practical exam = 20%
3.3. Criteria for Pass, Distinction and Credit

3.3.1. Pass mark 50% of each compartment
3.3.2. Distinction mark 75% of each compartment
3.3.3. Moderation 46% of each compartment
3.3.4. Credit 65% in all compartment
-187-
N.B. In supplementary exam, scoring should be < 59%
4. Prescribed text books
Anderson, JN (Latest ed.).

Applied Dental Materials, Blackwell, Oxford.
Combe,EC(Latest ed.).
Notes onDental Materials, Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh and London.
Osborne, J. (Latest ed.)

Dental Mechanics for Students, Staples Press Ltd, London.
Osborne, J and Lammie CA. (Latest Ed.).

Partial Dentures.Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford.
Neil, DJ and Nairn, RI (Latest Ed.).

Complete Denture Prosthetics. John Wright and Sons Ltd, Bristol.
5. Reference books
Skinner, EW and Phillips RW. (Latest Ed.).

The Science of Dental Materials,
W.B.Saunders&Co.,PhiladelphiaandLondon.
Applegate, OC (Latest Ed.).

Essentials of Removable Partial Denture Prosthesis.
W.B. Saunders Company, London.
Fish, W. (Latest Ed.).

Principles of full Denture Prosthesis
Staples Press, London.
-188-
DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SURGERY
Fourth Year B.D.S
1. Departmental objectives:
At the end of the course, the student be able to -

1.1 acquire the knowledge of -
1.1.1 Basic principles and practice of General Surgery
1.1.2 Some related surgical anatomy, physiology, some important
aetiology, pathology, pathology, clinical features, diagnosis and treatment of
common surgical disorders related to Dentistry.
1.2 demonstrate skill in -

1.2.1 History taking and physical examination for the diagnosis of
common surgical disorders and injuries with emphasis on the
conditions encountered in dental practice.
1.2.2 Documenting & interpreting the clinical information and signs
obtained from the history taking & clinical examination.
1.3 develop the right attitude in

1.3.1 Patient care at all levels
1.3.2 Observing the moral and legal codes of medical ethics.
1.3.3 Utilizing available resources in treating common surgical disorders
related to dentistry.
1.3.4 Proper referral of common surgical disorders likely to be met in dental practice.
-189-
2. Lesson plan
Total
N0 SLO Topic/Contents Method Media
hours
1. Student should be able to Surgical case taking Lecture Multimedia 12
take proper history and - proper history taking Bedside White board
conduct thorough physical and thorough physical
examination of surgical examination.
patients
2. Surgical case taking Lecture Multimedia 6
- proper history taking White board
and
- the importance of
aseptic surgery
- various methods of
sterilization and
disinfection.
3. Student should be able to Surgical Infections Lecture Multimedia 18

get the knowledge about Acute infections White board
common surgical abscess, boils, cellulitis,
infections erysipelas, carbuncle
Ludwig’s angina, Bedside
Tetanus, Gas gangrene teaching
Chronic infections
Tuberculosis, Ulcers,
Sinus, Fistula
4. Student should be able to Haemorrhage and arrest Lecture Multimedia 3

know about various types of haemorrhage - White board
of haemorrhage and how various types of
to control haemorrhage,
- Clinical features and
various methods of
arresting haemorrhage.
5. Student should be able to Shock Lecture Multimedia 9
know and manage various - various types of White board
types of shock shock, Video
encountered in surgical - causes, Bedside
practice pathophysiology, and
clinical demonst:
features, and
management of
hypovolaemic and septic
shock
6. Student should be able to Cardio- pulmonary Lecture Multimedia 7

perform CPR for a case of resuscitations White board
sudden cardiac arrest - emergency demonst: Video
which can be encountered resuscitation and further and Dummy
in dental practice management of Cardiac practice
arrest
-190-
7. Student should know and Fluid and electrolyte Lecture Multimedia 3
can apply the basic therapy White board
principles of fluid and - the importance and
electrolytes therapy basic principles of
fluid and electrolytes
therapy
- clinical features and
management ofcommon
fluid and electrolytes
derangements
8. Student should know the Blood transfusion Lecture Multimedia 3

indications of blood - indications and hazards White board
transfusion and also be of blood
aware of its dangers transfusion
- role of blood
component therapy and
blood substitutes
9. Student should acquire the Wounds and wound Lecture Multimedia 15

sound knowledge of healing White board
healing of various wound - various types of Video
and can also manage these wounds,
wounds in proper ways -types of wound healing. Bedside
-factors influencing demonst
wound healing and
principles of
management of wounds
- wound sepsis and its
prevention
10. Student should know Gangrene Lecture Multimedia 6

clinical features and - various types of White board
principle of treatment of gangrene,
various types of gangrene -clinical features and Bedside
principle of treatment
11. Student should know Fracture Lecture Multimedia 6

various types of fractures - various types of White board
fractures,
- clinical features and Bedside
principle of treatment
12. Student should know Osteomyelitis Lecture Multimedia 6

acute and chronic - acute and chronic White board
osteomyelitis. osteomyelitis. Bedside
13. Student should acquire the Neoplasia Lecture Multimedia 18

knowledge of - characteristics of Bedside White board
characteristics of benign benign and malignant Video/ Video/Visual
and malignant tumours tumours- Photo presenter
-191-
Carcinogenesis,oncogen demonst
es, and general
principles of
management of benign
and malignant tumours.
14. Student should know the Principles and practice Lecture Multimedia 6
uses and dangers of local of anaesthesia White board
and general anaesthesia - uses, various methods
and risks of local and
general anaesthesia
15. Student should manage Pain Lecture Multimedia 2
the dental pain -mechanism and control White board
of pain related to
dentistry
16. Student should know Cleft lips and palate Lecture Multimedia 7
facial development and -facial development Bedside White board
various types, clinical - various types, clinical Video/ Video/
features and features and photo visual
management of cleft lips management of cleft demonst: presenter
and palate lips and palate
17. Student should be familiar Cervical Lecture Multimedia 9
with various common lymphadenopathy Bedside White board
causes of cervical - common causes of Video/ Video/
lymphadenopathy and cervical photo visual
their clinical importance lymphadenopathy, their demonst: presenter
presentations and
outline of management.
18. Student should know the Cervical swellings Lecture Multimedia 18
various types of cervical -Cystic hygroma, Bedside White board
swellings. Thyroglossal cyst, Video/ Video/visual
Ranula, Branchial cysts, photo presenter
goiters demonst
19. Student should know and Salivary gland Lecture Multimedia 9

manage the various swellings Bedside White board
salivary swellings - various cases of Video/ Video/
salivary gland swellings photo visual
- clinical features and demons presenter
management of
sialothiasis, sialadenitis,
and salivary gland
tumours.
20. Student should know & Tracheostomy and Lecture Multimedia 6

manage various common respiratory obstruction White board
causes of respiratory - causes of respiratory Bedside
obstruction obstruction
- indications and
complications of
tracheostomy
-192-
21. Student should know the Skin graft Lecture Multimedia 7
basic principles of doing - uses and various types Bedside White board
skin graft of skin grafts and flaps Video/ Video/
photo visual
demonst: presenter
22. Student should be able to Burn and scald Lecture Multimedia 6
assess, resuscitate and - pathology of burn Bedside White board
manage the bum wound wound
and victim. - complications of burn
- principle of
management of burn
patient and burn wound.
23. Student should know the Intra-oral cysts and Lecture Multimedia 16
various types of tumours Bedside
intra-oral cysts and Video/ White board
tumours photo Video/
demonst: visual
presenter
2.1 Duration of the course - Every Monday (6 hours per week) for 10 months period
in General Surgical Units of Mandalay General Hospital.
2.2 Total Teaching Hours

Hours
Lectures & discussions 95 hours
Bed side teachings & demonstrations 103 hours
Total 198 hours
3. Student assessment
3.1 Formative assessment
Class work
Three tests will be held.
Test 1 will be one hour MSQ paper.
Test 2 will be three hours MSQ paper.
Test 3 will be three hours MSQ paper and Clinical Examination (Bedside examination &
Viva voce)
The score obtained is recorded as class work for final examination.
3.2 Summative assessment
Final examination at the end of the academic year
In the final examination, the student must answer
A theory paper of 3 hours duration (MSQ)
-193-
Clinical Examination (one or two cases)
Viva voce (Principles & practice of General surgery)
3.3 Total scores of marking "100" marks
3.3 Criteria for passing
Total score of 100 marks are divided into
Class work (three class tests) - 30 marks
Final examination (a) Theory paper -40 marks
(b) Clinical case and Viva voce - 30 marks
-----------------
100 marks
Candidate must obtainat least 50 marks for passing the Final examination.
Moderated marks ------------------ 46 marks
4 Learning & Teaching methods
Lectures and discussions
Bed-side teaching
Ward round teaching
Out-patient clinics
5. Prescribed Text Books

 An introduction to the Symptoms and Signs of Surgical diseases, by Norman L, Browse
 Clinical methods in Surgery, by K. Das, edited by S. Das
 Bailey and Love's Short practice of Surgery, edited by RCG Russell.
Tests
First Test  5% all theory question
Second Test  5 % all theory question
Third Test20 % Theory + Clinical + Viva
Class Work
Test I (5%) Test II (5%) Test III (20%)
Final Examination
Theory Bedside Viva
40% 20% 10%
-194-
DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL MEDICINE
AIM
To provide undergraduate medical training to become competent basic doctor dental surgeon
I. Departmental Objectives
At the end of the course:
Knowledge
The learner should be able to:
1. acquire the knowledge of history taking and physical examination in General Medicine
2. find out the significance of the patient’s symptoms and signs by correlating with the
knowledge of pathophysiology.
3. diagnose common diseases in the community.
4. recognize the common infectious diseases such as hepatitis B, C and HIV.
5. obtain the knowledge of the importance of universal precaution
6. recognize the impact of disease on the patient , his family and the community.
7. develop an epidemiological approach to the diagnosis of prevalent disease, taking into
consideration life-style changes, sociocultural, geographical and environmental factors.
Skill
The learner should be able to demonstrate skill in:
1. clinical practice of history taking and general examination
2. documentation information obtained from physical findings
3. summarizing and analyzing the symptoms and clinical signs to arrive at a provisional
diagnosis
4. planning relevant investigations and interpreting the results
5. practicing universal precaution
6. communicating with the patient and imparting health education.
Attitude
The learner should be able to
1. observing and upholding medical ethics in dealing with community.
2. making self-reliance and continued learning a habitual way of life.
-195-
*
II . Lesson plan ( Must Know Topics)
NO SLO Topic/ Content Method Media Hours
1. Introduction Lecture 1
2. Students should be History taking. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to take proper - Principles of history Practical Bedside 2
history taking.
3. Students should be General examination. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to do general - General condition, how to Practical Bedside 2
examination of a look for anaemia, jaundice,
patient oral cavity, neck,
extremeties.
4. Should be able to Cardiovascular System. Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
know Cardinal Symptomatology of CVS Bedside 1
symptoms and diseases
General examination . Examination of CVS. Practical 1
of C.V.S - General examination,
pulse,
Jugular venous pressure
Should be able to do Hypertension* Lecture OHP,LCDP 1

Students should be - Definition, causes, Bedside 1
able to know complications, diagnosis, Practical 1
Definition of management in general,
hypertinsion dentalapplications.
Rheumatic fever 1
- Aetiology, clinical Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
Should be aware of features, Bedside
Dental application diagnosis,
(awareness, general management.
precautions) Rheumatic heart diseases.
- M.S, M.R, A.S, A.R Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
Clinical features, Practical Bedside 1
complications, diagnosis, Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
generalmanagement, dental Bedside 1
application
Ischaemic heart diseases.
- Angina pectoris, acute
myocardial infarction, Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
differential diagnosis of Bedside 1
chest pain.
Infective endocarditis *
- Aetiology, clinical
features,
prevention, Lecture 2
management in general
-196-
Students should be Shock* Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to know causes, -Definition, causes, Bedside 1
clinical features & management.
diagnosis of shock
Students should be Cardiac arrest and CPR* Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
able to know causes, -Definition, clinical Practical Bedside 1
clinical features & features,
diagnosis of causes,
cardiac arrest management, C.P.R
Students should be Cardiac failure* Lecture OHP,LCDP 1

able to know -Definition, causes, clinical Practical Bedside 1
definition, causes, features, diagnosis, general
C/F and management management. OHP,LCDP 1
of heart failure Bedside 1
Students should be Relationship between CVS
aware of diseases and Dental
precautions , procedures.
prevention -Complications, Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
precautions, Bedside 1
prevention.
5. Students should be Respiratory system. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2

able to know Symptomatology of Bedside
symptoms of respiratory diseases.
Respiratory system
diseases Physical examination of Practical Bedside 2
Students should be respiratory diseases.
able to know -General examination,
general examination inspection, palpation,
with relevance to percussion, bedside tests. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
respiratory system Bedside 1
Students should be Tuberculosis* Lecture OHP,LCDP 2

able to know Causal - Aetiology, predisposing Practical Bedside 1
organisms of TB factors.
clinical features, diagnosis,
generalmanagement,
prevention.
Students should be Pleural effusion. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2

able to know Pleural -Definition, causes, clinical Practical Bedside 1
effusion features. diagnosis,
management, prevention.
Students should be Bronchial asthma* Lecture 2
able to know -Diagnosis, general
bronchial asthma management, dental
applications.
-197-
Students should be Chronic obstructive Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to define COAD airway diseases. Practical Bedside 1
-Chronic bronchitis,
Emphysema.
-Etiology, clinical features,
diagnosis, general
management.
Students should be Carcinoma of lung. Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
able to know Etiology, clinical features, Practical Bedside 1
Incidence of Ca diagnosis, general
Lung management.
Students should be Cor Pulmonale. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to define Cor Definition, causes, clinical Practical Bedside 1
pulmonale features, general
management, dental
application.
Students should be Suppurative lung diseases. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2

able to know Lung abscess, Practical Bedside 1
Contents of S.L.D bronchiectasis,
causes, clinicalfeatures,
prevention, management,
dentalapplication. Tutorial/ White board 1
Students should be Relationship between demonst
able to recognize respiratory diseases and
dental problems.
Students should be SARS and Avian flu Lecture OHP,LCDP 1

able to recognize
6. Students should be Gastrointestinal and Liver Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to know diseases. Bedside 2
cardinal symptoms -Symptomatology of GI
and physical and Liver diseases.
examination of GI -Physical examination of Practical Bedside 1
and Liver abdomen.
-General examination,
inspection, palpation,
percussion.
-Viral hepatitis* Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
-Causal agents, clinical Bedside 2
features, course,
prevention, diagnosis.
Other acute liver diseases. Lecture 1
-Drug induced
cholangiohepatitis. Weil's
disease.
Chronic liver diseases.
-198-
-Cirrhosis of liver, Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
Carcinoma of liver.
-Causes, clinical features,
dental application,
diagnosis, Management.
Practical Bedside 1
Students should be Jaundice. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to define -Definition, causes, Practical Bedside 1
jaundice differentiating points,
dental applications.
Abdominal pain. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2

Students should be -Causes, differentiating Practical Bedside 1
able to list causes of points.
abdominal pain Peptic ulcer. Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
-Definition, aetiology, Bedside 1
clinical features,
diagnosis, general
management, dental
applications.
Students should be Chronic diarrhea. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2

able to describe -Definition, causes Bedside 1
diseases of to the
mouth which result
from systemic
diseases Oral manifestations of Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
Students should be systemic diseases*
able to be aware of Relationship between dental
Impact of GI problems and GI and liver
diseases on oral diseases
health
7. Students should be Renal System. Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
able to take proper Symptomatology of renal Bedside
history about renal diseases.
diseases Physical examination of Practical 1
Students should be renal system.
able to do diagnosis, -General inspection,
general palpation, percussion, urine
management testing.
Acute glomerulonephritis* Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
Students should be -Etiology, clinical features, Bedside 1
able to Definition, diagnosis, general
causes, management, dental
applications.
Nephrotic syndrome.
-Definition, causes, clinical Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
features, diagnosis, general
management, dental
application.
-199-
Students should be Acute renal failure* Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able -Definition, causes, clinical Bedside 1
Definition, causes features,
diagnosis, management,
prevention.
Students should be Chronic renal failure* Lecture OHP,LCDP 2

able to list causes of -Definition, causes, clinical Bedside 1
chonic renal failure features, diagnosis.
Students should be Edema-*Causes, Tutorial/ White board 2

able differentiating points, dental demonst Bedside 1
to define edema applications. Practical
8. Students should be Haemopoietic System. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to list clinical -Symptomatology of Bedside 1
features of haemopoietic system
haemopoietic system diseases.
diseases
Should to able to do Examination of Practical Bedside 2
Physical haemopoietic system.
examination of -General, systemic, Hess's
haemopoietic test, bleeding time, clotting
system time.
Students should be Anaemia. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2

able to define -Causes, clinical features, Bedside 1
anaemia diagnosis.
Students should be Iron deficiency anaemia * Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to list t sources -Sources of iron, daily Bedside
of iron requirement, causes of IDA,
clinical features, diagnosis,
management in general
Students should be Haemolytic anaemias.
able to list the causes -Causes, general features, Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
of heamolysis diagnosis. Bedside 1
Students should be Thalassemia. Lecture OHP,LCDP 1

able to define -Types, clinical features, Bedside 1
thalassaemia diagnosis, Practical Bedside 1
management, dental
applications.
Students should be Blood transfusion* Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to list the -Indications, complications,
indications for blood precautions.
transfusion Anemia.
Hypo plastic -Types, Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
Students should be causes, clinical features,
able to define diagnosis, management, Practical Bedside 1
hypoplastic anaemia dental applications.
Students should be Idiopathic Lecture OHP,LCDP 2

-200-
able to list the thrombocytopenicpurpur
causes of a. Practical Bedside 1
thrombocytopenia -Clinical features,
diagnosis, management,
dental applications, causes Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
of secondary
thrombocytopenia.
Students should be Lecukaemias. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2

able to define Etiology, types, clinical
leukemia features, diagnosis, Practical Bedside 1
general management.
Bleeding diathesis
Students should be
able to define
*Causes, differentiating Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
bleeding diathesis points, dental
applications.
Students should be Lymphomas, Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
able to list the -Types, clinical features,
causes of differentialdiagnosis, Practical Bedside 1
generalized management, dental Tutorial/ White board
applications. Demons
Students should be Relationship between

aware of haemopoietic system Lecture 1
Haematological diseases and dental
diseases mimicking problems*
dental diseases
9. Students should be Infectious Diseases.
able to list the Malaria* Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
etiological agent Causal organisms, clinical
and vector features, Practical Bedside 1
prevention, treatment.
Students should be Enteric fever. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to list the causal Causal agents, clinical
agent features,diagnosis,
treatment
Students should be Dysentry. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to define Definition, causal agents,
dysentery differences, prevention. Practical Bedside 2
Students should be AIDS *-Causal organism, Lecture OHP,LCDP 4

able to define AIDS mode of transmission,
clinical features, diagnosis, Practical Bedside 2
management,
prevention, universal
precautions, drugs.
-201-
10. Students should be Endocrine Diseases.
able to define Diabetes mellitus * Lecture OHP,LCDP 3
diabetes mellitus Definition, diagnosis,
general management, Practical Bedside 3
especially life-style, dental
applications..
Hypoglycaemias.
Students should be Disorders of thyroid Lecture OHP,LCDP 2

able to list the gland.
causes of -Hyperthyroidism and Practical Bedside 2
hyperthyroidism hypothyroidism
-causes, clinical features,
management in
general, dental application.
Students should be Disorders of Adrenal

able to List the glands. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
causes -Hyperadrenalism
( Cushing’syndrome) and
hypoadrenalism.(Addison’
$)
-Causes, clinical features,
management in general,
11. Students should be Central Nervous System.
able to list the -Symptomatology of CNS Lecture OHP,LCDP 3
symptoms diseases.
General Examination of Practical Bedside 2
Should be able to CNS, higher functions,
Physical Complications following
examination of CNS tooth extraction and dental
Students should be sepsis.
able to list possible -Brain abscess, Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
complications after Meningitis * carvenous
tooth sinus thrombosis.
Students should be -Clinical features,
able to diagnosis.
Cerebrovascular C.V.A. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
accidents -Types, causes, clinical Practical Bedside 2
features, diagnosis,
management.
Students should be Headache and Facial pain Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to list the causes *Causes, types clinical
of headache features diagnosis,
Fits and Faints * Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
Causes, differences,
precautions,
Students should be Increased intra-cranial Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to list different pressure, Brain tumors.
-202-
types of brain tumors -Causes, types, clinical Practical Bedside 2
features, diagnosis, dental
applications.
12. Students should be Locomotor System. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2

able to list the causes -Polyarthritis.
of polyarthritis Causes, differential Practical Bedside 2
diagnosis,
dentalapplications.
Students should be Systemic Lupus Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to briefly Erythematosus.
describe the etiology Etiology, clinical features, Practical Bedside 2
of S.L.E diagnosis treatment, dental
applications.
Students should be Rheumatoid arthritis. Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to briefly Clinical features, diagnosis,
describe the dentalapplications.
aetiology
13. Students should be Nutritional disorder
able to know the Obesity, Weight loss, Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
definition, causes, Vitamin deficiency
clinical features and
complications
14. Students should be Use and abuse of Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to know corticosteriods
15. Students should be General. Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
able to define Alcoholism.
alcoholism -Aetiology, clinical
features, management,
dental application.
Students should be Smoking Lecture OHP,LCDP 1
able to list the toxic -Effects of smoking,
substances in the management.
cigarettes
16. Students should be Communication Skill, Lecture OHP,LCDP 2
able to describe Behavioral science. Tutorial/
medical ethics -Medical ethics. Demon:
17. Revision Lecture 2
Total teaching hours 198
Hours
Practical/Discussion 70
Total 198
-203-
ASSESSMENT
2. Summative assessment- (class work 30%)

2.1. Class tests – Test 1- MSQ (4 questions) – 1 hour
Test 2 – MSQ (10 questions) – 3 hours
Test 3 – MSQ (10 questions) – 3 hours
2.2. Practical test (30 minutes) – 1 time at test 3 (completion test)
Theory exam (10 MSQ – 3 hours) 100 marks (40 %)
Clinical exam (one long case discussion and 2 viva questions) –
(30 mins) (75 marks + 25 marks) 30%

3.1. Pass mark (Theory) - 50 marks (50%) and above
Long case - 37.5 marks and above
Total clinical - 50 marks (50%) and above
3.2. Distinction (Theory) - 75% and above
Long case - 75% (56.25 marks) and above
Viva voce - 75% (18.75 marks) and above
Total clinical - 75% and above
3.3. Moderation (Theory) - 46%
Long case -34.5 marks
Total clinical -46%
3.4 In supplementary examination – same as final examination
-204-
DEPARTMENT OF ORAL & MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY
On successful completion of the undergraduate course of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery,

the learners will have acquired:
Knowledge and understanding of the-
(1) Scientific information which forms the basic principles of Oral & Maxillofacial
Surgery
(2)Safe and effective care of patients
(3)Legal and ethical requirements for the practice of oral surgery
Skills to
(1)Utilize their knowledge to solve problems and engage in independent thoughts
(2)Undertake the care of patients in a safe and effective manner.
(3)Recognize their clinical limitation and make appropriate referrals.
(4)Work as part of the Health Care delivery team
Attitude
Beware of the profession’s wider responsibilities towards the community as a whole.
-205-
Level Objectives for Fourth Year Course
At the end of the course of instruction, the student should;
Knowledge
Have acquired the knowledge of;
1. Indications and contraindications for dental extraction to select the proper timing of
the procedure and its mode of treatment.
2. Recognition, diagnosis and treatment of common and uncommon oral infections,

fractures involving the mandible.
3. Recognition of medically compromised patients and the management of these

patients.
4. Special investigation and common adjunctory tests used in surgery.
5. Common medical emergencies.
Skill
Be able to;
1. Take an accurate history and perform the sequence of oral examination.
2. Perform dental extractions in accordance with surgical principles and techniques.
3. To recognize and prevent medical problems associated with dental management.
4. Diagnose congenital and acquired diseases of oral and paraoral,hard and soft tissues.
5. Perform necessary emergency treatment and refer for further specific management.
Attitude
1. Beware of importance of basic principles of oral surgery.
2. Be willing to apply the theories and principles of asepsis in clinical practice.
3. Beware of possibilities of transfer of contagious diseases endangering himself as well

as his patients.
4. Beware of the need for timely referral and importance of follow-up.
5. Be creative and innovative in promoting the advancement in the field of oral and
maxillofacial surgery.
-206-
FOURTH YEAR
No. Objectives (SLO) Topic / Content Method Media Hours
1. At the end of the 1. History Taking

session the student
should be able to 1.1. Case taking: Lecture PA system, 2
LCD hours
(1) Ascertain the 1.1. Personal Data Chair-side & projector
principal reason Bed-side
the patient is 1.2. Complaints Teaching Patient,
seeking dental and Dental
medical attention 1.3. History of Present Chair &
Illness Bed
(2) Record all the
information data 1.1.4. Past Medical History
for comprehensive
evaluation of a 1.5. Past Dental History
patient's dental
status and medical 1.6. Family & Social history
status
(3) Display a
personal and
professional
attitude for the
proper rapport to
develop
(4) List
components of
standard history
chair-side taking.
2. (1) Describe the 2. Physical Examination

basic methods of
examination 2.1. Inspection Lecture PA system, 2
LCD hours
(2) Observe the 2.2. Palpation Chair-side & projector
total patient and Bed-side
then visualizing 2.3. Percussion Teaching Patient,
various areas of Dental
the body and the 2.4. Probing Chair &
specific areas Bed
2.5. Auscultation
-207-
focusing the oral
cavity and to a
lesser degree in 2.6. American Society of
the certain head Anaesthesiologists (ASA )
and neck regions status
(3) Obtain
information from
the history and
examination to be
analyzed to
develop working
hypothesis
(4) To describe
components of
standard history
and physical
examination
3. (1) To define 3. Principle of Surgery

terminology of
aseptic surgery 3.1. Asepsis Lecture PA system, 8
- Antiseptic LCD hours
(2) To describe - Sterilization projector
methods of - Disinfection
sterilization and - Disinfectant
disinfection
3.1.1. Preparation of operator
(3) To perform
scrubbing and 3.1.2. Preparation of patient
donning of glove
& gown 3.1.3. Preparation of
instruments & equipments
(4) To disinfect
the operative field 3.1.4. Anxiety free - protocol
and to describe the
method of 3.1.5. Adequate anaesthesia –
drapping for pre intra & post
various operative
field
(5) to accept the

concepts of
asepsis
-208-
(1) List the 3.2. Basic principles of
various methods incision
of handgrasp for
scalpel 3.2.1. Types of
mucoperiosteal flaps
(2) Describe the Demonstration Simulation 2
different types of Patient, hours
mucoperiosteal Instruments
flap 3.2.2 Principles of flap Equipments
design, development and
(3) Describe the management complications Demonstration Simulation
technique for Patient, 2
developing a 3.2.3. Atraumatic surgery – Instruments hours
mucoperiosteal tissue handling Equipments
flap
(4) Describe the

principles of
atraumatic
technique
(5) List the

consequences of
traumatic surgery
(1) Define the

term drainage 3.3. Principles of Drainage
(2) List the types 3.3.1Definition of drainage,

of drainage abscess, cyst, effusion
Demonstration Simulation 1 hour
(3) List the 3.3.2. Types of drainage Patient,
indications for - open & closed Instruments
drainage - dependent drainage Equipments
- postural drainage
(4) Describe the - through drainage
technique of - stab drainage
incision & - capillary drain
drainage of - Mickulicz drain
abscess of - Penrose drain
maxillofacial - corrugated drain
region
-209-
(1) Name the
suturing 3.4. Principles of suturing
armamentarium
3.4.1. Definition of suture &
(2) List the suture suturing
materials Demonstration Simulation 5
3.4.2. Different needle holder Patient, hours
(3) List the factors & needles Instruments
determining for Equipments
the choice of 3.4.3. Types of suture
suture methods materials & suturing
technique
(4) Describe the
suturing technique 3.4.4. Types of knots-surgeon
knot & square knot
(5) List the
different 3.4.5. Types of suturing
techniques of techniques-
suturing interrupted, continuous,
mattress subcuticular, figure
(6) Name the of eight
types of knots
used in suture
(1) List the stages

of wound healing 3.5. Principle of wound care
(2) Describe the 3.5.1. Stages of wound

factors influencing healing
the wound healing - Primary intention Lecture PA system, 4
- Secondary intention LCD hours
(3) List the types - Tertiary intention projector
of wound dressing
3.5.2. Factors influencing the
wound healing
(4) Describe the
healing by primary 3.5.3. Types of wound
& secondary dressing
3.5.4. Nerve response to

injury
-210-
4. (1) Find out the
important clues for 4. Surgical Crescendo
history & physical
examination, 4.1. Onset
laboratory
examination and 4.2. Pathology Lecture PA System, 1 hour
specific LCD
anatomical & 4.3. Tissue origin Demonstration projector
physiological
examination Patient,
Instruments
(2) Correlate the Equipments
pathogenic basis
& tissue origin for
making a clinical
diagnosis
(3) Formulate the

hypothesis by
branching &
matching method
for making a
diagnosis
5. (1 ) To take the
history , inquire 5. Examination of Pain
carefully for the
attributes of pain 5.1. Provocative & palliative
factors
(2) To Lecture PA System, 2
differentiate the 5.2. Quality LCD hours
quality of pain Bed-side projector
5.3. Region teaching
(3) To list the Patient,
provocative & 5.4. Severity Bed
palliative factors
5.5. Timing
(4) to diagnose the
facial pain
according to
aetiology or to
perform proper
examination
-211-
6. (1) To define ulcer 6. Examination of Ulcer
(2) To describe the 6.1. Definition – ulcer

characteristic Primary , secondary ,
features of ulcer specific Lecture PA System, 2
LCD hours
(3) To list the 6.2. Local examination Chair-side & projector
classification of -site Bed-side
ulcer -size teaching Patient,
-shape Bed
(4) To -edge
differentiate -floor
variety of ulcers -base
and its cause
6.3. General examination
(5) To perform -neck examination , neck
proper level
examination
6.4. Different types of ulcer
- characteristics,
management, investigation
7. Examination of Lump
7. (1) To describe the 7.1. Local examination

exact anatomical -site
situation of the -size Lecture PA System, 2
mass -shape LCD hours
-surface Bed-side projector
(2) To describe the -surrounding teaching
characteristic -color Patient,
features of lump -consistency Bed
-pulsation
(3) To perform the -pressure effect
fluctuation test
7.2. General examination
(4) To elicit the
types of pulsation
occurred in lump
(5) To list the

various pressure
effects produced
by the lump
-212-
8. Adjunctory Test
8. (1) To describe the 8.1. Listening

use of diagnostic
aids 8.2. Inspection
(2) To apply the 8.3. Palpation - bimanual

different
8.4. Others ; percussion , Lecture PA System, 4
types of probing , prophylaxis , LCD hours
adjunctory tests flossing , transillumination , Demonstration projector
and special vitality test , diagnostic
investigation anesthesia , aspiration ,
fluctuation , emptying sign , Patient,
(3) To interpret blanching , Nikolsky’s sign , Instruments
the results of Double ring test , nose
investigation in blowing test etc.
diagnostic process
9. Special Investigation
9. (1) To list the 9.1. Radiographs and other

various imaging in imaging – normal , essential
oral & views for mandible , maxilla
maxillofacial and teeth
surgery
9.2. Culture & sensitivity
(2) To recognize indications , steps , result Lecture PA System, 4
& interpret the reading LCD hours
common imaging Demonstration projector
findings 9.3. Biopsies – different types
, indication and Patient, X
(3) To list the contraindication , surgical ray,
indications of C & pathology , Bx form laboratory
S test
9.4. Biochemical analysis
(4) To describe the
various diagnostic
method and its
indications
(5) To interpret
the biochemical
results
-213-
10. (1) Name the 10. Local Anaesthetic
different types of Injection Techniques
local anaesthesia
used in dentistry 10.1.Ttypes of anaesthesia
(2) Describe and 10.2. Aanaesthesia for

perform local maxillary teeth
anaesthetic
10.3. Anaesthesia for
mandibular teeth
technique for pain Lecture, PA System, 13
control 10.4. Indications and Demonstrate LCD hours
contra-indications tion projector
of maxillary teeth
10.5. Armamentarium Practical Patient
(3) Describe and Simulation
perform local
anaesthetic 10.6. Complications
technique for pain
control of
mandibular teeth
(4) Describe the
indications for
local anaesthesia
(5) List the

contraindication
for local
anaesthesia
(6) Name the

instruments
required for local
anaesthesia
(7) Justify the

choice of
appropriate local
anaesthetic for
individual patient
(8) Describe the

local and systemic
complications of
local anaesthesis
-214-
11. (1 ) Describe
indications & 11. Exodontia
contra-indications
for exodontias 11.1. Definition ; Exodontia
(2) Perform simple 11.2. Indications &

exodontia of teeth contraindications
by using forceps
11.3. Principles of forceps Lecture
(3) Perform the extraction
transalveolar Demonstration PA System, 8
extraction 11.4. Principles of elevation Practical LCD hours
- Supervised projector
(4) Describe the 11.5.Simple exodontias performance
method of -Independence Simulation 30
complicated 11.6. Complications Performance Patient hours
exodontia
11.7. Complicated
(5) Describe the exodontias
local & systemic
complication of 11.7.1. Indications
exodontias 11.7.2. Technique
(6) Instruct the 11.8. Multiple extraction

patient what to do
and what not to do
after exodontia 11.9. Policy fro leaving root
fragment
11.10. Post extraction

management
12. (1 ) Describe the 12. Infection

clinical
manifestation of 12.1. Microbiology of
odontogenic odontogenic infection
infection of
various location 12.2. Bacterial infections
(2) Differentiate 12.3. Fungal infections

between cellulitis Lecture
& abscess 12.4. Viral infections
Chair-side & PA System, 6
(3) List the 12.5. Principles of treatment Bed-side LCD hours
common fatal of odontogenic infection teaching projector
odontogenic
infection 12.6. Cellulites & abscess Patient, X
ray,
(4) Describe the 12.7. Criteria for referral laboratory
-215-
spread of Test
12.8. Indication for C & S
odontogenic
infection
12.9. Reasons for treatment
(5) Diagnose the failure
Ludwig's angina,
cavernous sinus 12.10. Principles of
thrombosis, prevention of infection -
cancrum oris, wound , metastatic
osteomyelitis
12.11. Indication for
(6) Describe the parenteral regimen
principle of
management of 12.12. Fascial spaces -
odontogenic primary & secondary
infection
12.13. Ludwig's angina
12.14. Cavernous sinus

thrombosis
12.15. Cervical fascial

spaces
12.16. Cancrum oris
12.17. Osteomyelitis
13. (1 ) List the 13. Fracture of Mandible

common
aetiologies of 13.1. Surgical anatomy of
mandibular mandible and muscles
fracture attached to it
(2) Describe the 13.2. Bone healing –

different types of primary, secondary
fracture Lecture
13.3. Aetiology of fracture
(3) Diagnose the Chair-side & PA System, 8
mandibular 13.4. Classification -types Bed-side LCD hours
fracture ,site, side , causes, number teaching projector
(4) List the 13.5. Favourable & Patient, X

different methods unfavourable ray
of management
13.6. General & local
(5) List the examination
indications for
-216-
open reduction 13.7. Radiological
assessment – essential,
special view, interpretation
(6) Perform the 13.8. Principles of

simple non-rigid treatment-
fixation reduction – open & closed ,
fixation – different types
(7) Describe the immobilization – different
complications types, period
13.9. Complications
14. (1 ) Differentiate 14. Medical Emergencies

the causes of
sudden 14.1. Loss of consciousness
unconsciousness
encountered in 14.2. Severe chest pain
dental practice
14.3. Difficulty in
(2) Differentiate
the causes of breathing Lecture
severe chest pain
14.4. Seizures Demonstration PA System, 4
(3) Differentiate LCD hours
the causes of 14.5. Anaphylaxis projector
respiratory
difficulty 14.6. Basic life support Patient
Simulation
(4) Recognize the 14.7. Air-way management
attack of seizures
(5) List the

possible causes of
anaphylaxis in
dental patient
(6) Describe the

management of
anaphylaxis
(7) Perform closed

chest cardiac
massage and
expired air
resuscitation
-217-
15. (1) Evaluate the 15. Management of
patient's general Medically Compromised
condition Patient
according to
history, physical - Interrelationship of
findings & medicine & dentistry
investigation
result - History, physical and
laboratory evaluation
(2) Accept the
concept of treating - Holistic care
the patient as a
whole Lecture PA System, 1 hour
LCD
(1) Recognize the 15.1. Evaluation & manage- Demonstration projector
patient who has ment of patient at risk for
infective infective endocarditis Patient, X
endocarditis 15.1.1. SBE ray,
15.1.2. The patient laboratory
(2) Categorise & undergoing cardiac surgery test
identify the patient 15.1.3. The patient who has
according to the undergone cardiac surgery
severity of
infective
endocarditis
(3) Take the Lecture PA System, 1 hour

necessary LCD
precaution for the Bed-side projector
patient having teaching Patient,
endocarditis who bed, dental
is to undergo chair
dental extraction
(4) Describe the

possible drug
interaction, drug
side effect, usually
encounter in the
case who is taking
treatment for
infective
endocarditis
(5) Identify the

choice of drug
used in dentistry
for the patient who
has infective
endocarditis
-218-
(1) Recognize the 15.2. Evaluation &
patient who has management of patient with
cardiovascular cardiovascular diseases
diseases: 15.2.1. Artherosclerosis
artherosclerosis, 15.2.2. Coronary arterial
coronary arterial diseases
diseases, 15.2.3. Arrhythmia
arrhythmia, 15.2.4. Bradycardia
bradycardia
(2) Categories &

identify the patient
according to the
severity of
cardiovascular
diseases
Lecture PA System, 2
(3) Take the LCD hours
necessary Chair-side & projector
precaution for the Bed-side
patient having teaching Patient,
cardiovascular bed, dental
diseases who is to chair
undergo dental
extraction
(4) Describe the

possible drug
interaction, drug
encounter in the
case who is taking
treatment for
cardiovascular
diseases
(5) Identify the

choice of drug
used in dentistry
for the patient who
has cardiovascular
diseases

patient who has management of the patients
endocrine with endocrine disorders
disorders; diabetes 15.3.1. Diabetes Mellitus
mellitus, adrenal
gland disorder & 15.3.2. Adrenal gland
steroid therapy, disorders & steroid
thyroid disorders, therapy
-219-
15.3.3. Thyroid disorders
pregnancy 15.3.4. Pregnancy
(2) Categorize &

according to the
severity of
endocrine
disorders Lecture PA System, 1 hour
LCD
(3) Take the Chair-side & projector
necessary
precaution for the Bed-side
patient having
endocrine teaching Patient,
disorders who is to bed, dental
undergo dental chair
extraction
(4) Describe the

possible drug
interaction, drug
encounter in the
case who is taking
treatment for
endocrine
disorders
(5) Identify the

choice of drug
used in dentistry
for the patient who
has endocrine
disorders
15.4. Evaluation &
(1) Recognize the management of the patients
patient who has with pulmonary diseases
pulmonary 15.4.1. Asthma
diseases: asthma, 15.4.2. COAD
COAD, TB 15.4.3. TB
(2) Categorize &

according to the
severity of
pulmonary
diseases
(3) Take the

necessary
-220-
precaution for the Lecture
patient having
pulmonary Bed-side
diseases who is to teaching
undergo dental PA System, 1 hour
extraction LCD
projector
(4) Describe the
possible drug Patient, bed
interaction, drug
encounter in the
case who is taking
treatment for
pulmonary
diseases
(5) Identify the

choice of drug
used in dentistry
for the patient who
has pulmonary
diseases

patient who has management of patients
gastrointestinal with gastrointestinal
diseases : peptic diseases
ulcer, hepatitis, 15.5.1. Peptic ulcer
cirrhosis 15.5.2. Hepatitis
15.5.3. Cirrhosis
(2) Categorize
&identify the
patient according
to the severity of
gastrointestinal
diseases
(3) Take the

necessary
precaution for the
patient having GI
diseases who is to Lecture
Bed-side PA System,
undergo dental teaching LCD
extraction projector 1 hour
(4) Describe the Patient, bed

possible drug
-221-
interaction, drug
encounter in the
case who is taking
treatment for GI
diseases
(5) Identify the

choice of drug
used in dentistry
for the patient who
has GI diseases

blood dyscrasia & with blood dyscrasia &
bleeding diathesis: bleeding diathesis
anemia, bleeding 15.6.1. Anemia
disorders, 15.6.2. Bleeding disorder
hematologic 15.6.3. Hematologic
malignancies malignancies
(2) Categorize &

according to the
severity of blood
dyscrasia &
bleeding diathesis
(3) Take the

necessary
precaution for the
patient having Lecture
blood dyscrasia &
bleeding diathesis Bed-side PA System,
who is to undergo teaching LCD
dental extraction projector 1 hour
(4) Describe the Patient, bed

possible drug
interaction, drug
encounter in the
case who is taking
treatment for
blood dyscrasia &
bleeding diathesis
(5) Identify the

choice of drug
used in dentistry
-222-
for the patient who
has blood
dyscrasia &
bleeding
diathesis

genitourinary with genitourinary diseases
diseases: chronic 15.7.1. Chronic renal
renal failure, failure, dialysis &
dialysis & transplantation
transplantation, 15.7.2. Sexually
sexually transmitted diseases
transmitted
diseases
(2) Categorize &

according to the
severity of
genitourinary
diseases
(3) Take the

necessary
precaution for the
patient having Lecture PA System,
genitourinary LCD
diseases who is to Bed-side projector 1 hour
undergo dental teaching
extraction Patient, bed
(4) Describe the

possible drug
interaction, drug
encounter in the
case who is taking
treatment for
genitourinary
diseases
(5) Identify the

choice of drug
used in dentistry
for the patient who
has genitourinary
diseases

-223-
neurologic with neurologic disorders
disorders; 15.8.1. Seizures
seizures, 15.8.2. Cerebrovascular
cerebrovascular diseases
diseases
(2) Categorize &

according to the
severity of
neurologic
disorders
(3) Take the

necessary
precaution for the
patient having
neurologic
disorders who is
to undergo dental Lecture PA System,
extraction LCD
Bed-side projector 1 hour
(4) Describe the teaching
possible drug Patient, bed
interaction, drug
encounter in the
case who
is taking treatment
for neurologic
disorders
(5) Identify the

choice of drug
used in dentistry
for the patient who
has neurologic
disorders
(1)Common 16. Pharmacological Agents

pharmacological in Oral and Maxillofacial
16. agents in oral and Surgery
maxillofacial
surgery 16.1. Local Anaesthetic
agents
(2)Name the 16.1.1. Different types
Different types 16.1.2. Constituents
(3)Describe the
-224-
dosage 16.1.3. Metabolism
16.1.4. Mode of action
(4)Describe the 16.1.5. Maximum safe
Indications and dose
contraindications 16.1.6. Choice
(5) Justify the 16.2. Antibiotics
appropriate 16.2.1. Different types
pharmacological 16.2.2. Dosage
agents for 16.2.3. Indication &
individual patient contraindication
(6) List the 16.2.4. Side effect
various side 16.3. Antifungal
effects 16.4. Analgesics
16.4.1. Different types
16.4.2. Dosage
16.4.3. Indication & Lecture PA System, 12
contraindication LCD hours
16.4.4. Side effect projector
16.5. Mouth wash
16.5.1. Different types
16.5.2. Indications
16.6. Anti inflammatory
16.7. Haemostatic agents

Hours
Lecture/ Tutorial/ Revision 92 hours
Practical/ Discussion 73 hours
Total 165 hours
ASSESSMENT
1.1 Practical test
2.1 Class test (1/2Hour) - 2 times - 10%
2.2 Mid-term test (11/2Hour) -1 time - 10%
2.3 Practical - 10%
Theory exam (MSQ – 11/2 hour) - 50%
Practical Exam (1 hour) - 20%
2.3 Credit mark -65% (all compartments)
-225-
DEPARTMENT OF ORAL MEDICINE
Fourth Year B.D.S.
At the end of the course of instruction, the student should be able to -

1.1 acquire the knowledge of:
1.1.1 common diseases involving oral and paraoral structures.
1.1.2 oral manifestations of systemic diseases
1.1.3 steps involved in diagnosis and treatment planning
1.1.4 rational use of essential drugs.
1.2. develop skill in-

1.2.1 diagnosis of the diseases involving oral and paraoral structures by using
appropriate and available methods.
1.2.2 dental management of common oral diseases
1.2.3 early recognition and timely referral of oral lesions secondary to systemic
diseases.
1.3. acquire the attitude of -

1.3.1 awareness of the importance of early diagnosis
1.3.2 awareness of the importance of timely referral.
1.3.3 awareness of the importance of the need for follow up.
-226-
2. Lesson plan
Sr Total
Objectives ( SLO ) Topic/ Contents Methods Media
No. hours
1. - to perform proper Oral Diagnosis Lecture LCD 9
history taking of History taking, projector
the patients. examination, Practical
- to examine the investigation Demonstration Chair side
patients. and treatment planning
- to construct the
provisional
diagnosis
- to identify different
investigation
methods for
establishing the
definitive diagnosis
2. - to identify the Dental Caries Lecture LCD 14

definition, etiology Definition, etiology, projector
and pathogenesis pathogenesis and
- to recognize the Histopathology Demonstration Chair side
theories and
contributing factors Tutorial White-
- to identify the board
clinical aspects and
histopathology of
dental caries.
3. - to describe the Diseases of Pulp and Lecture LCD 14

diseases of pulp Periapical tissue projector
and periapical Classification, Practical Chair side
tissues etiology, pathogenesis, Demonstration
- to identify the clinical and
etiology , histological features Tutorial White-
pathogenesis, Interrelationships of board
clinical, radiological periapicalinfection and
and histological its management.
features.
- to recognize the
interrelationships of
periapical infection
and its management.
4. - to list the Developmental Lecture LCD 19
developmental Disturbances of Oral projector
anomalies of soft and Paraoral Practical Chair side
and hard tissue of structures Demonstration
oral cavity. Developmental
- to recognize the anomalies of hard and Tutorial White-
etiology, soft tissue board
-227-
pathogenesis, Etiology,
clinical features pathogenesis, clinical
and management. features
and management.
5. - to identify the Spread of Infection Lecture LCD 13

etiology, Etiology, projector
pathogenesis, pathogenesis, Practical
clinical features microbiology, clinical Demonstration Chair side
and management of features and
cellulitis and management of
maxillary sinusitis. cellulitis, Ludwig's
- to recognize the angina, Cavernous Tutorial White-
anatomic location of sinus thrombosis and board
specific tissue chronic maxillary
spaces; etiology, sinusitis
clinical features
and management of
Ludwig's Angina. Focus of infection
- to identify the Focal infection
intracranial Oral Foci of infection
complications of and its significance
dental infection
(antomy,
etiology,clinical
features and
management of
Cavernous Sinus
Thrombosis)
- to differentiate focal
infection and focus
of infection.
- to recognize the
mechanism of focal
infection, oral foci
of infection and its
significance.
6. - to recognize the Regressive Alteration Lecture LCD 12
definitions, etiology of the Teeth projector
and clinical features of -Definition, etiology, Practical Chair side
attrition, abrasion and clinical features of Demonstration
erosion. attrition, abrasion and
- to identify dentinal erosion
sclerosis, dead tracts -Definition, etiology,
,secondary and tertiary clinical and Tutorial White-
dentine along with its histological features of board
mechanism . dentinal sclerosis,
- to identify the dead tract, secondary
different forms of pulp and tertiary dentine
-228-
calcifications, etiology -Clinical features,
and its clinical etiology, pathogenesis
significance. and histology of pulp
- to recognize the calcification and
etiology and clinical resorption of teeth
features of resorption -Definition, etiology,
of teeth, clinical features,
hypercementosis and pathogenesis and
cementicles. histological features of
hypercementosis and
cementicles
7. - to identify different Physical and Lecture LCD 14
forms of physical Chemical Injuries of projector
and chemical agents Oral Cavity Practical
which can injure the -Repair of teeth to Demonstration Chair side
pulp injuries and dental
- to recognize the caries
responses of -The effect of cavity
dentine, pulp, preparation, filling Tutorial White-
cementum and materials, cement, board
alveolar bone to the cavity liners etc.
physical and -The effect of cavity
chemical agents. sterilizing agents.
- to identify the - Physical injuries to
reaction of oral the teeth; tooth
mucosa to drugs and ankylosis
chemicals. - Physical injuries to
- to identify injuries the bone and soft
resulting from tissue.
patient’s occupation
to the oral cavity -Chemical injuries
including drugsto the
oral cavity
-Occupational injuries
to the oral cavity
8. - to identify the local Healing of Oral Lecture LCD 9
and general factors Wounds projector
which affect the -Local and general Practical
healing of the oral factors which affect Demonstration Chair side
wounds. the healing of oral
- to recognize the wound Tutorial White-
steps involved in -Healing of the board
healing of extracted extraction wound
socket and its -Complications in the
complications healing of extraction
wound
-Healing of fracture
9. - to identify the Basic Radiology Lecture LCD 14
common Terminology used in projector
terminology used in dental radiology Practical
dental radiology. Hazards of radiation Demonstration Chair side
-229-
- to recognize the Effects of diagnostic
biologic effects of andtherapeutic Tutorial White-
radiations. radiation to mouth and board
- to recognize the the jaws
different methods Dosimetry in dental
of taking dental X- radiology
rays and its uses. Radiation protection in
- to identify the dental radiology
hazards of
diagnostic and
therapeutic radiation
and its prevention.
10. - to identify the Dental Management Lecture LCD 14

common medical of Medically projector
conditions which Compromised Practical
can be hazardous Patients Demonstration Chair side
to dental treatment. Dental evaluation and
- - to construct the management of Tutorial White-
safe and effective cardiovascular board
line of treatment in diseases,thyroid
relation to medical disorders, pulmonary
conditions diseases, endocrine
diseases, bleeding
disorders and liver
diseases
Hours
Lecture 33
Tutorial/ Revision Practical/Discussion 99
Total 132
ASSESSMENT
1.1. Tutorial test
1.2. Practical performance and practical test
-230-
- Theory exam (MSQ -3 Hours) - 50%

3.3. Credit mark - 65 % (all compartments)
3.4. Moderation mark - 46%% (each compartment)
4. Prescribed Text Book
SHAFER, W.6., HINE, M.K. and LBVY, B.M. (7th edn). A text book of Oral Pathology,
W.B. Saunders Company London.
BURKETT, L.W. (12nd edn). Oral Medicine (Diagnosis and treatment). J.B. Lippincott
Company New York.
5. Reference Books
1. Shafer, W.B., Hine, M.K. and Levy, B.M. (7th edn). A Textbook of Oral Pathology,
2. Burkett, L. W. (12nd edn). Oral Medicine Diagnosis and Treatment. J.B. Lippincott
Co., New York.
3. Cawson, R.A. and Odell, E.W. (8thedn). Essential of Oral Pathology and Oral
Medicine, Churchill Living Stone, London.
4. Cawson, R.A. and Eveson, J. W. (1st edn). Oral Pathology and Diagnosis Color atlas
with integrated text. William Heinemann Medical book. London.
5. Sapp, J.P., Eversole, E.R. and Wysocki, G.P. (2nd edn). Comtemporary Oral and
Maxillofacial Pathology, Mosby, A Harcourt Health Science Co., London.
6. Regizi, J.A. and Sciubba, J. (6th edn). Oral Pathology, Clinical-pathologic correlation.
W. B., Saunders Company. U.S.A.
7. Shear, M. (4th edn). Cysts of the Oral Regions. Wright. PSG. Ltd. U.S.A.
-231-
8. Neville, B.W., Damm, D.D., Allen, C. M. and Bouquot, J.E. (4th edn). Oral and
Maxillofacial Pathology, W .B. Saunders Company. London.
9. Soames, J.V., and Southam, J.C. (4th edn). Oral Pathology. Oxford University Press.
New York.
10. Lucas, R.B. (5th edn). Pathology of Tumours of Oral Tissue. Churchill Living Stone.
London.
11. Scully, C. and Flint, S. (5th edn). An atlas of Stomatology Oral disease and
manisfestation of systemic diseases. Martin Dunitz Ltd. London.
-232-
DEPARTMENT OF PERIODONTOLOGY
Fourth Year B.D.S.
At the end of the course of instruction, the learner should have –
1.1 acquired the knowledge of –

1.1.1 the clinical, histological and radiologic characteristics of normal
and/or healthy periodontium and their relation to age and differentiate
them from the diseased state.
1.1.2 initiation, progression and recurrence of various periodontal diseases and
their clinical, histological and radiological characteristics.
1.1.3 the causative factors of periodontal diseases.
1.2 the skill to –

1.2.1 perform a comprehensive periodontal examination and draw a
proper treatment plan.
1.2.2 treat gingivitis, initial and uncomplicated periodontitis.
1.2.3 demonstrate and instruct oral hygiene practice to individual patient as well
as to the community.
1.3 developed the attitude for –

1.3.1 awareness of the importance of Periodontology in total Oral
Health Care
1.3.2 developing sound attitude on self-education and research on
periodontology.
1.3.3 developing an attitude that periodontal care should start with the individual
level by appropriate methods and available resources.
2. Lesson Plan
-233-
No SLO Topic/Content Method Media Hours
1. To have knowledge of the 1. Introduction of Lecture White 3

nature of periodontal periodontology Demonst: board
diseases, their extent and - The nature of Practical Overhead
importance. periodontal diseases. Tutorial projector
- Their extent and Slide
importance. projector
Multimedia
Model
Patient
2. Should be able to describe the 1. The tissues of the Lecture White 6

histologic characteristics of periodontium Demonst: board
the periodontium, the 1.1 - the gross and Practical Overhead
physiology of the histologic Tutorial projector
periodontium. characteristics Slide
of the periodontium. projector
Should be able to - Physiology of Multimedia
differentiate physiologic periodontium. Model
changes of periodontium in - Age changes in the Patient
aging and cumulative effect periodontium
of diseases.
3. Should be able to know the 1. The periodontal Lecture White 12
characteristics of various instrumentation Demonst: board
instruments & materials used - The characteristics of Practical Overhead
in periodontics the instruments used Tutorial projector
Should be able to handle the in periodontal Slide
instruments treatment. projector
Should be able to understand - Use of the instruments Multimedia
various methods of - Care of the Model
sterilization & maintenance instruments Patient
of instruments
4. To have the knowledge of the 1. Gingival diseases Lecture White 14

pathogenesis & clinical - The initiation, Demonst: board
features of various gingival progression and Practical Overhead
diseases recurrence of the Tutorial projector
To draw treatment plan for various gingival Slide
patient with gingival diseases diseases. projector
- Histological features. Multimedia
Treatment plan. Model
Patient
5. To describe the pathogenesis 1. Periodontal Lecture White 12
of periodontal diseases diseases Demonst: board
To describe clinical, - progression and Practical Overhead
histological & radiological recurrence of Tutorial projector
features of periodontal periodontal diseases. Slide
diseases - the clinical, projector
-234-
To describe the goals for histological and Multimedia
periodontal treatment radiological features. Model
planning & the phases of - Treatment plan. Patient
periodontal treatment
6. To recognize the causes of 1. Aetiology of Lecture White 15
various periodontal diseases periodontal diseases. Demonst: board
- The causative factors Practical Overhead
To acquire the knowledge of of gingival and Tutorial projector
plaque microorganisms in periodontal diseases. Slide
relation to health & disease - The microbiology of projector
conditions of the periodontal diseases. Multimedia
periodontium Model
Patient
Total teaching hours 62
Hours
Lecture/Revision/Tests 31
Tutorial/Practical/Discussion 35
Total 66
3. Student Assessment

3.1.1 Completion test
3.1.2 Practical test
(N.B. Results should not be summated to final examination.)
Summative assessment
3.1.2 Mid term test (3 hours) - 10%
3.1.3 Class test (1 hour) - 2 times - 10%
3.1.4 Clinical performances/Practical test (30 min)- 2 times -10%
3.1.5 Final examination
- Theory exam (MCQ,MSQ- 3 hours) - 50%
3.2 Criteria for, Distinction, Credit, Pass and moderation

3.2.1 Pass mark - 50% (each compartment)
3.2.2 Distinction mark - 80% (each compartment)
3.2.3 Credit mark - 65% (all compartments)
3.2.4 Moderation mark - 46% (each compartment)
3.2.5 In supplementary examination - less than 59%

Carranza Jr. F.A (Latest Edition) Glickman's Clinical Periodontology, W.B.
Sounders, London.
-235-
5. Reference Book
Manson J.D. (Latest Edition) Periodontics, BAS Printer Ltd. London.
Macphee, T and Cowley G., (Latest Edition) Essential of Periodontology &

Periodontics, Balckwell Scientific Publication, Oxford.
Goldman H.M. & Cohen D.W. (Latest Edition) Periodontal Therapy, C.V. Mosby
Co. U.S.A
Robert J. Genco, Heny M Goldman, D. Walter Cohen (Latest Edition). Contermporary

Periodontic. The C.V. Mosby Company.
Jan Lindhe (Latest Edition) Clinical Periodontology and Implant Dentistry, Munksgaard.
-236-
PREVENTIVE AND COMMUNITY DENTISTRY
Fourth Year B.D.S.
1.1 acquire the knowledge of –

1.1.1 the development of dental profession
1.1.2 the concept of health and disease, oral health and dental public health
1.1.3 the introduction of basic oral health survey method including uses of various oral
health assessment forms and commonly used dental indices
1.1.4 the definition, contents and principles health education
1.1.5 the importance of diet and nutrition, and various preventive measures
against oral and dental diseases
1.2 achieve skill in

1.2.1 educating the public so as to stimulate community self-reliance
and to maintain health
1.2.2 communicating with other members of health teams in general preventive
program
1.2.3 conducting basic oral health survey in a community and performing urgent
oral treatment including atraumatic restorative treatment
1.3 develop the attitude of –

1.2.1 awareness that periodontal disease and dental caries are
preventable
1.2.2 maintaining a preventive practice to his / her own oral health
1.2.3 awareness that importance of oral health survey and its implication in oral
health care services for the community
-237-
2. Lesson plan
Total
No. SLO Topic/Contents Method Media
hours
1. To understand the Introduction to Preventive Lecture PA system 4

importance of oral health & Community Dentistry
and dental public health - Definition of health, Tutorial LCD
disease and oral health projector
- Components of dental
public health
- Impact and special
characteristics of oral
health
2. To understand the data Pre- survey course Lecture PA system 11
collection method and - Index ages and age
how to conduct basic oral groups Practical LCD
health survey method - Manipulation of WHO projector
proposed by WHO oral health assessment
form (2013)
- Methodologies of data
collection
3. To comprehend the Health education Lecture PA system 6
principles of health - Definition
education - Objectives Practical LCD
- Contents projector
To impart oral health
- Principles
education to individual
and community
4. To understand and Atraumatic restorative Lecture PA system 3
perform atraumatic treatment
restorative treatment - Definition Practical LCD
- Rationale projector
- Approach
- Indications, contra-
indicationm
5. To recognize Indices of oral diseases Lecture PA system 3
usefulness of various - Definition
oral health indices - Ideal characteristics Tutorial LCD
- Indices for dental caries projector
- Indices for periodontal
diseases
- Indices for other oral
diseases
6. To understand the Diet and nutrition Lecture PA system 3
relationship between - Diet and nutrition
diet, nutrition and oral - Effect on oral health Tutorial LCD
health projector
-238-
7. To describe various Oral hygiene measures Lecture PA system 3
methods of oral - Tooth brush
hygiene measures - Toothpaste Tutorial LCD
- Tooth brushing methods projector
- Mouth rinses
- Dental floss
8. To perform analyzing Post-survey course Lecture PA system 4
collected data and - Sorting Tutorial
report writing - Analyzing Practical LCD
- Computing projector
- Report writing.
Total 37
Total teaching hours

Hours
Total 37
3. Assessment
3.1.1 Tutorial and completion test
3.1.2 Practical test (HE and survey performance)
3.1.3 Field trips

3.1.2 Mid-term test (3 hours) - 10%
3.1.4 Practical test/Field trip - 10%
- Theory exam (MSQ- 3 hours) - 50%
- Practical exam and Trip report (1 hours) - 20%

-239-
4. Prescribed book
CM Marya, 2011, A Textbook of Public Health Dentistry, first edition
Joseph John (2003), Text book of Preventive and Community Dentistry, 1st edition
WHO (2013), Oral Health Surveys, Basic Methods, 5th edition.
5. Reference books
Harris, Garcia-Godoy & Nath, 2014, Primary preventive dentistry, 8th edition
-240-
Final Year B.D.S.
1. Departmental Objectives.
At the end of the course of instruction, the student should be able to –
1.1.1 the principle, concept, methods, strategies and uses of epidemiology
1.1.2 the various preventive measures against oral and dental disease
1.1.3 fluorides in dentistry
1.1.3 the concept and principle of primary health care
1.1.4 the definition, practice and communication of health education
1.1.5 the principles of dental ethics & jurisprudence
1.1.6 the forensic dentistry for identification and determination of age by means of teeth
jaws
1.1.7 the definitions, function and principles of management
1.1.8 the basic principles of biostatistics used in dentistry

1.2.1 educating the public so as to stimulate community self-reliance and to maintain
oral health
programme.
1.2.3 conducting various epidemiological studies in a community
1.2.4 identifying human remains by means of teeth and jaw.

1.3.1 awareness that periodonal disease and dental caries are preventable
1.3.2 maintaining a preventive practice to his / her own oral health
1.3.3 awareness and abide by the ethical principles of the dental profession for its
members
1.3.4 awareness and understanding the principles of dental jurisprudence
-241-
2. Lesson plan
No. SLO Topic / Content Method Media Total

hours
1. to understand the General epidemiology Lecture PA
epidemiology and - Definition system 4
application of - Basic principles Tutorial
epidemiological methods - Epidemiological methods LCD
in dentistry projector
2. to understand the disease Epidemiology of dental caries Lecture PA
distribution of dental - Agents system 10
caries according to - Host Tutorial LCD
epidemiological triad - Environment projector
Field
study
3. to understand the disease Epidemiology of periodontal Lecture PA
distribution of periodontal disease system 10
diseases according to - Agent LCD
Tutorial
epidemiological triad - Host projector
- Environment Field
study
4. to understand the disease Epidemiology of oral cancer Lecture PA
distribution of oral cancer - Agent system
10
according to - Host LCD
Tutorial
epidemiological triad. - Environment projector
Field
study
5. to understand the Prevention Lecture PA

principles and levels of - Levels of prevention system 4
prevention - Principles of prevention LCD
Tutorial
- Iceberg phenomenon projector
6. to understand the Prevention of dental caries - -- Lecture PA
procedures and method of - Diet and dental caries system 12
dental cancer prevention. - Fluorides LCD
Tutorial
- Oral hygiene methods projector
Field
Practical
study
7. to understand the Prevention of periodontal Lecture PA

procedures and method of disease system 12
periodontal disease - Oral hygiene measures LCD
Tutorial
prevention. - Principles of prevention projector
Field
Practical
study
-242-
8 to understand the Prevention of oral cancer Lecture PA
procedures and method of - Strategies for oral cancer system 12
oral cancer prevention prevention LCD
Tutorial
projector
Field
Practical
study
9. to understand the Fluorides in dentistry Lecture PA
principles and methods of - History system 5
role of fluoride in caries - Action LCD
Tutorial
prevention and dental - Various methods of projector
fluorosis as well fluoridation
- Fluorosis
11. to understand the Oral health care delivery Lecture PA
organizational structure of system system 4
oral health services and - Primary health care LCD
Tutorial
to aware the primary oral - Primary oral health care projector
health care approach project
12. to understand the practice Health education Lecture PA
and communication of - Definition system 12
health education and to - Practices LCD
Tutorial
impart oral health - Principles projector
education to individual & - Communication Field
Practical
community study
13. to aware the dental ethics Ethics and jurisprudence Lecture PA
and jurisprudence in - Professional ethics system 6
professional practice - Consent, contract, LCD
Tutorial
malpractice & negligence projector
Field
study
14. to identify and determine Forensic odontology Lecture PA
unknown bodies and - Dento - legal aspects system 4
criminals by means of bite - Bite-marks identification LCD
Tutorial
mark - Identification of unknown projector
bodies
15. Management Lecture PA
to understand the - Definition system 4
definition and principles - Planning LCD
Tutorial
of management. - Implementation projector
- Evaluation
16. Introduction to bio-statistics Lecture PA
- Central tendencies (mean, system
to understand the basic 4
medium, mode) LCD
knowledge of biostatics. Tutorial
- Standard deviation, projector
Standard error of Means,
95% Confidence interval
- t test, Chi square,
Correlation
Total 113
-243-
Total teaching hours
Hours
Total 113
3. Assessment
3.1.1 Tutorial and completion test
3.1.3 School trips

3.2.3 Practical test/Field trips - 10%
- Theory exam (MSQ- 3 hours) - 50%

4. Prescribed book
CM Marya (2011), A Textbook of Public Health Dentistry, 1st edition
Joseph John (2003), Text book of Preventive and Community Dentistry, 1st edition
WHO (2013), Oral Health Surveys, Basic Methods, 5th edition
5. Reference books
Harris, Garcia-Godoy & Nath, 2014, Primary Preventive Dentistry, 8th edition
Elizabeth T.Treasure, 2013, Essential Dental Public Health, 2nd edition
Pine.C, 1997, Community Oral Health, 1st edition
Murray JJ, 1996, The Prevention of Dental Diseases, 3rd edition
-244-
DEPARTMENT OF ORTHODONTICS
Definition and scope.

Orthodontics is one of the clinical dentistry, which studies the normal craniofacial growth and
development, the function of craniofacial complex and the biomechanical tissue response. Based
on these knowledge, orthodontic intervention and prevention of malocclusion, diagnosis and
treatment of morphologic disharmony derived from the abnormality of the craniofacial complex
are main area of study.
Departmental objectives.
Knowledge.
The student should acquire the knowledge of
-normal craniofacial growth and development, development of occlusion and
concepts of ideal occlusion, normal occlusion and malocclusion.
-biomechanical tissue response to functional and orthodontic / orthopedic forces.
-the development of malocclusion and dentofacial deformity.
-the analysis of malocclusion and set-up proper diagnosis and treatment plan.
Skill.
-The student should be able to fabricate Hawley type removable orthodontic appliance,
removable type expansion appliance, and space maintainers.
Attitude.
-The student should aware of the role of orthodontics in maintaining and
improving the function, esthetic and psychosocial conditions of and individual.
Orthodontics
Fourth Year B.D.S.
1. Programme Objectives
At the end of the course of instruction, the student should –
1.1 be able to acquire the knowledge of -

1.1.1 the concepts of ideal occlusion, normal occlusion, and malocclusion.
1.1.2 craniofacial growth and development and the functions of craniofacial
complex.
1.1.3 the development of occlusion and transition from primary to permanent
occlusion.
1.1.4 the design, construction and uses of removable orthodontic appliances.
1.2 be able to develop skill in -
1.2.1 wire bending and removable appliance construction.
1.3 have acquired the attitude of -
1.3.1 the importance of orthodontics in maintaining and improving the function,
esthetic and psychosocial condition of an individual.
1.3.2 the importance of basic orthodontics for the understanding of diagnosis and
treatment planning of orthodontic patient.
-245-
Lesson Plan for Fourth Year B.D.S. Course.
Title 1. Introduction to Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopaedics.
Sr.No Objectives. (S.L.O) Content Method Media Time
1. At the end of the Definition and scope of Lecture White 2 hr
session the student orthodontics and dentofacial board
should- orthopaedics.
-be able to define Slide
orthodontics and Terminology. projector
dentofacial Occlusion- line of
orthopaedics. occlusion, centric occlusion, OHP.
centric relation, overbite,
-understand the scope overjet, open bite, deep bite,
of orthodontics and cross bite.
dentofacial
orthopaedics. Alignment- angulation,
inclination, procline,
-understand the retrocline, protrusion,
technical terms retrusion.
frequently used in
orthodontics. Dentitional- rotation,
ectopic eruption, ankylosis,
-be aware of the peg shaped teeth,
prevalence of supernumerary teeth,
malocclusion and delayed eruption,
dentofacial deformity macrodontia, microdontia.
within the
community and Spaced anomaly- crowding,
realize its impact spacing, tooth size jaw size
upon the physical discrepancy.
and psychosocial Definition of malocclusion
health of and and dentofacial deformity.
individual. Prevalence of malocclusion
and dentofacial deformity in
the community.
Need and demand for
orthodontic treatment.
Effects of malocclusion and
dentofacial deformity on the
physical and psychosocial
health of an individual.
-246-
Title 2. Classification of Occlusion, Malocclusion and Craniofacial Skeletal Structures.
2. At the end of the Lecture White 2 hr
session the student board
should- Tutorial 2hr
-be able to write the Definition and concept of Slide
definition of ideal ideal occlusion. projector
occlusion, normal Definition and concept of
occlusion, normal occlusion. OHP
malocclusion.
Models
-understand the Definition and concept of
concepts of ideal malocclusion.
occlusion, normal
occlusion and
malocclusion.
-be able to classify Angle's classification of

the occlusion occlusion.
according to Angle's
classification.
-be able to classify Classification of
the craniofacial craniofacial skeletal
skeletal structures. structures into skeletal
pattern I, II and III.
Title 3. Etiology of Malocclusion and Dentofacial Deformity.

3. At the end of the Factors contributing to the Lecture White 4 hr
lesson the student development of board
should- malocclusion and
-be able to list the dentofacial deformity. OHP
three main causes of -hereditary causes
malocclusion and -environmental causes Slide
dentofacial -specific causes. projector
deformity.
-understand how the Hereditary causes.

hereditary factor -positional malrelation of
could contribute to maxilla, mandible and
the development of cranial base.
malocclusion and -size disharmony between
dentofacial maxilla and mandible.
deformity. -teeth size jaw size
discrepancy.
Environmental causes.
-be able to list the -Equilibrium effects on the
environmental causes dentition and jaw size and
-247-
affecting the position shape.
of teeth. -Masticatory function.
-Sucking and other habits.
-Tongue position/thrusting.
-be able to explain -Mouth breathing.
the effects of thumb Specific causes.
sucking and tongue -Disturbances in
position on the embryologic development.
dentoalveolar -Skeletal growth
structure. disturbances.
-fetal moulding and birth

injury.
-be able to list the -childhood fracture of the
specific causes of jaw.
malocclusion and
dentofacial -Muscle dysfunction.
deformity.
-Disturbances in the
dental development.
-be able to explain -congenital missing
the effects of teeth.
supernumerary teeth -malformed and
on eruption and supernumerary teeth.
position of teeth. -interference with
eruption.
-be able to -ectopic eruption.
understand the
sequeale of early loss -Improper guidance of
of deciduous teeth on eruption.
permanent dentition. -early loss of primary
teeth.
-be able to -functional shift of
understand the mandible.
consequences of
missing permanent
teeth, ectopically
erupting teeth,
ankylosed
primary/permanent
teeth, malformed
teeth on the
developing -Trauma to teeth.
permanent dentition.
-be able to explain
the effects of dental
trauma to the
development of
malocclusion.
-248-
Title 4. Growth and Development of Craniofacial Complex.
4. At the end of the Functional components of Lecture White 4 hrs
lesson the student craniofacial skeletal board
should- structures.
- be able to explain OHP
bone remodeling, Sites and types of growth
sutural growth, in the cranial vault, Slide
synchondrosis, cranial base, projector
cartilaginous bone nasomaxillary complex,
growth. and mandible.
-know the sites and Growth of the

types of growth in the nasomaxillary maxillary
cranial vault, cranial complex and mandible.
base, nasomaxillary
complex and
mandible.
-be able to explain the
growth of the
nasomaxillary
complex and
mandible according to
functional matrix
theory.
-know the various Pubertal growth spurt and

methods used to its relationship to jaw
predict the pubertal growth.
growth spurt.
-be aware of the -Prediction of pubertal

importance of growth spurt.
predicting growth -Clinical application.
spurt in the growth
modification
orthodontic treatment.
Title 5. Development of Occlusion.

5. At the end of the The eruption of Lecture White 3 hrs
session the student permanent teeth. board
should- -preemergent eruption.
-be able to understand -postemergent eruption. OHP
different stages of -postemergent spurt.
permanent tooth -juvenile occlusal Slide
eruption. equilibrium. projector.
-249-
-adult occlusal
-know the eruption equilibrium.
sequence of
permanent teeth The eruption sequence
and timing.
-know the timing of
eruption of teeth at Features of primary
various dental ages. dentition before
transition.
-be able to list the
characteristic features Space relationships in the
of primary dentition. replacement of incisors.
Space relationships in
-be able to explain the replacement of canines
space relationships and primary molars.
during transition from
primary to permanent
incisors.
-be able to explain the

space relationships
during transition and
the development of
Angle's class I, II and
III molar relation.
Title 6. Removable Orthodontic Appliances.
6. At the end of the Definition of orthodontic Lecture White 1 hr
session the student appliance. board.
should-
-be able to define Definition of removable OHP
orthodontic orthodontic appliance.
appliance.
Components of
-be able to list the removable orthodontic
various removable appliance.
orthodontic -base plate.
appliances -action unit.
-anchorage and
-be able to define retention unit.
various components
of Hawley type Functions of each
removable component.
orthodontic appliance
and the function of
each component.
-be able to apply this
knowledge in the
construction of
removable
-250-
orthodontic
appliances.
Title 7. Orthodontic Technique Course.
7. At the end of the Wire bending Practical Stainless steel 45 hr
course the student techniques. wire.
should- -adam clasp
-have developed skills -labial bow Wire bending
in bending wires. -finger spring, "z" pliers,cutters.
spring, buccal canine
spring Models.
Title 8. Introduction to Clinic.

8. At the end of the Clinical observation. Chairside Patient 3 hr
session the student History taking. teaching
should-
-have developed the
communication and
interpersonal skills
for taking proper
history.
2.1 Total Teaching hours
Hours
Total 66
3. Assessment
3.1.1 Class tests
3.1.2 Mid-term test
3.1.3 Practical
Product assessment on wire bending and appliance construction.

3.2.1 Theory
One three hour theory paper (Combined with Children's Dentistry)
3.2.2 Practical
One hour practical assessment.
3.2.3 Viva Voce is not compulsory
3.3 Marks allocation

Formative assessment 30%
Summative assessment 70%
Theory 50%
Practical 20%
-251-
2. Reference Book
Proffit, W.R. and Fields, H.W. (Jr.) . Latest edition.

Contemporary orthodontics 2nd ed.
Mosby-Year-Book, Inc.
Graber, T.M.,
Principles and practice of orthodontics. Latest edition.
Moyers, R.E,
Handbook of orthodontics. Latest edition.
Year-Book Medical Publishers, Chicago.
Houston, W.J.B. 1982.

Orthodontic diagnosis Latest edition.
John Wright and Sons Ltd. Bristol, London and Boston.
Donald D. Enlow,
Hand book of facial growth Latest edition.
Tulley, W.J. and Campbell, AC (1976)

A manual of practical orthodontics Latest edition.
John Wright and sons Ltd. Bristol.
Gordon c. Diokson. Albert. E. Whealthy 19788.

An atlas of removable orthodontic appliances Latest edition.
Joan L. Blazucki, RG, BS, 1990.

Bench – Top orthodontics, Latest edition.
Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.
Foster, T.D. (1982).

A textbook of orthodontics Latest edition.
Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford.
Mills, J.R.E (1982)

Churchill Livingston Edinburgh, London, Melborne and New York.
C.D. Stephens, K.G Isaacson 1990.

Prqctical orthodontic assessment, Latest edition.
Heinemann Medical Book.
K.G. Isaason J.K williams 1984.

An introduction to fixed appliances. Latest edition.
Wright Bristol.
-252-
DEPARTMENT OF PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY
Fourth Year B.D.S.
At the end of course of instruction, the student should be able to -

1.1.1 Physical growth and sequence of development for normal behaviour of children.
1.1.2 common childhood disease and their relation to oral diseases.
1.1.3 general dentistry with special interest, in the management of the normal child
patients and handicapped children.
1.1.4 the possible preventive measures necessary to reduce oral diseases in children.
1.2 acquire skill in -

1.2.1 delivering an effective oral health educative programme to children and parents.
1.2.2 demonstrating the possible preventive procedures.
1.2.3 diagnosing oral diseases in children and planning and giving appropriate
treatment.
1.3 develop the attitude of -

1.3.1 importance of presenting clearly, and precisely the proposed dental care plan to
parent and child.
1.3.2 the importance of efficient and effective dental treatment and preventive
procedures for the oral health of the children.
1.3.3 the importance of non-fearful approach in dental treatment by encouraging child /
parent.
-253-
2.Lesson plan
Total
NO. SLO TOPIC/CONTENT METHOD MEDIA
HRS.
1. At the end of the session,
Child development
the student should be able
The sequence of the Lecture
to understand the White board
development for Tutorial 6
sequence of the OHP
normal behavior of Practical
development for normal
children
behaviour of children.
2. Students should be able to Different types of Demonst:
list and describe the children's behavior in
different types of the dental surgery
children's behaviour in
the dental surgery.
3. Students should be able to Factors influencing
list and describe the children's behaviour
factors influencing
children's behaviour.
Morphology of the
primary teeth
1. Students should be able to Chronological Lecture Whiteboard 10
list and describe the sequence of dental Tutorial OHP
chronological sequence of Development Practical
dental development.
2. Students should be able to Difference between Practical Extracted
list and describe the deciduous + permanent Demonst: teeth
difference between Slides
deciduous + permanent.
3. Students should be able to Anatomical differences
list and describe the + Clinical significances
anatomical differences.
4. Students should be able to Development of normal
describe the development occlusion
of normal occlusion.
5. Students should be able to Importance of intact
describe the importance primary dentition
of intact primary
dentition.
Bechaviour Lecture White board 6
management
1. Students should be able to Management of Tutorial Overhead
outlines the step involve children on their first Practical projector
inmanagement of visit to the dental Demonst: Slides
childrenon their first visit surgery Patients
to the dentalsurgery.
2. Students should be able to Bechaviour shaping +
understand the behaviour normal behaviour
shaping shaping and management
normal behaviour
management techniques.
-254-
Dental caries Lecture White board 8
1. Students must be able to Rampant caries in Tutorial OHP Slides
understand the children (aetiology, Practical Patients
etiology,clinical features clinical features + Demonst:
and management of management)
rampant caries in
children.
2. Students should be able to Nursing bottle caries Patients
briefly describe the
nursing bottle caries.
3. Students should be able to (Early childhood
briefly describe the caries) Caries in
situation of caries in preschool children
preschool children.
Pulp treatment of
primary teeth
1. Students should be able to Indication + Lecture Whiteboard 6
list the indications and contraindication for Tutorial Overhead
contraindications for pulp pulp treatment
treatment.
2. Students should be able to Vital pulp treatment Practical projector
describe the different Slide
types of vital pulp
treatment.
3. Students should be able to Non vital pulp Demonst: Patient
describe the non-vital treatment
pulp treatment.
Periodontal diseases
in children
1. Students should be able to The characteristics of Lecture White board 6
describe the the healthy Tutorial OHP
characteristics of healthy periodontium of the
periodontium of the primary teeth
primary teeth.
2. Students should be able to Acute and chronic Practical Slide
briefly describe the acute gingival diseases in Demonst:
and chronic gingival children and its
diseases in children and treatment (ANUG)
its treatment.
3. Students should be able to Viral infection of the

describe the viral mouth
infection of the mouth
Prevention of oral
diseases in children
1. Students must understand Prenatal dental Lecture Whiteboard 6
the importance of counselling OHP
prenatal dental
counselling and dental
health for infants.
-255-
2 Students must be able to Oral evaluation of Tutorial Slides
do proper oral infants + young Patients
examination of infants children Guardians
and young children
3. Students must be able to Dental health care Practical Parents
describe the dental programme for children Guardians
healthcare programme for
children
4. Students must be able to Oral health education Demonst: Models Oral
give proper oral health - Tooth brushing hygiene aids
education to child and - Tooth pastes
parents. - Mouth rinsing
- Diet counseling
Management of
abnormalities of the
primary and mixed
dentition.
1. Students must be able to Abnormalities of tooth Lecture White board 12
describe the abnormalities eruption Overhead
of tooth eruption
2. Students must be able to Abnormalities of tooth Tutorial projector

classify abnormalities of structure Practical Slides
tooth structure
3. Students must be able to Abnormalities of tooth Demonst: Extracted

differentiate common form
abnormalities of tooth
form
4. Students must be able to Abnormalities of tooth Teeth

describe common number
abnormalities of tooth
number and clinical
importance
5. Students must be able to Intrinsic staining of the Models
classify the types of teeth
intrinsic staining of the
teeth
6. Students must be able to Premature loss of
discuss the effects of primary teeth
premature loss of primary
teeth
Oral Surgery of
children
1. Students must be able to Local anesthesia Lecture White board 6
perform infiltration and technique for children Overhead
nerve block anaesthesia
for child patient
competently
-256-
2. Students must be able to Indication + Practical Slides
decide needs of extraction contraindication for Demonst:
for a child patients extraction of deciduous
teeth
3. Students should be able to Radiographic methods Patients
describe types of intraoral for children X-rays
and extraoral radiographs
and their usage
66
Total Teaching hours
Hours
Total 66
3.Student Assessment

Class work
- assessment of clinical records
- assessment of test paper (Class tests + Mid-term)
Final examination
- One three hour theory paper in combination with Orthodontics
- Practical examination
3.3 Criteria for promotion
- Satisfactory performance in class work
- Satisfactory Performance in final examination.
- Class work = 30%
- Final examination = 70%
Theory 50%
Practical 20%
-257-
4.Prescribed Books.
WELBURY.R.R. ( Editor )
Paediatric Dentistry ( Latest edition )
OXFORD UNIVERSITY.
5.Reference Books.
Stephen H.Y., Wei.
Pediatric dentistry, Total patient care.
LEA and Febiger, Philadeopha.
Andlaw, R.J, and Rock, W,P.
A manual of paedodontics (Latest editon)
Churchill Livingstone, Ine, Edinburgh, London, Melbourne and New
York.
White, G.E, (Latest edition)
Clinical Oral Pediatrics.
Quintessence publishing Co. Inc. Chicago, Illinois.
Mathewson, R,J. Primosch, R,E, Snager, R,G and Robertson, D.
(LatesEdition)
Fundamentals of Dentistry for Children.
Quintessence publishing Co, Chicago, Illinois.
-258-
DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY
CORE CURRICULUM FOR SENIOR OPERATIVE COURSE
(Fixed Prosthodontics) for Fourth and Final B.D.S.
Departmental objectives
After the completion of Senior Operative Course, the students must fulfill the following
 Treatment planning and preparation for fixed prosthetic procedures
 Principles of tooth preparation
 Indications of fixed prosthesis
 Crown preparation techniques
 Dental esthetic and color science
 Various designs of fixed prosthesis
 Laboratory procedures (working cast and die, wax pattern, investing and casting)
communicating with dental clinic

 Treatment planning and bridge designing
 Tooth preparation according the principles and standard procedures
 Impression making
 Laboratory procedures for fabrication of dental prosthesis
 Cementation of the fabricated prostheses

 To be aware of that dental fixed prosthesis replaces the missing dentition, by
which preventing future deterioration of dental occlusion, restoring function, and
improving appearance;
 To be aware of that dental fixed prosthesis maintains the physiological integrity of
the teeth in harmonious relationship with the adjacent hard and soft tissues, and
enhances the general health and welfare of the patient;
 To be aware of that early replacement of missing dentition prevents the
consequences of tooth loss;
 To be aware of that dental fixed prosthetic work is irreversible tooth destructive
procedures so that the patient’s benefit must be always considered.
 To be aware of maintenance of the prosthesis so that adequate oral health
education must be carried out.
-259-
STUDY PLAN AND REQUIREMENTS for 4th B.D.S
1. Lecture Class
Class topics will be announced at the first session.
2. Laboratory
During senior operative course, the students are assigned to a small groups. After a determined
number of sessions, each group of students will interact throughout the course of sessions. The
students within a group will receive evaluations from the faculty member assigned to that group.
The schedule of the groups will be distributed at the first class session.
3. Clinic
The students are trained in clinical operative dentistry.
ATTENDANCE IS REQUIRED AT ALL OPERATIVE LABORATORY

AND CLASS SESSIONS AND CLINICAL TRAINING.
3. Complete laboratory competency examinations, all class tests and midterm and final
examination.
4. This course is considered a prerequisite for clinical operative dentistry.
-260-
4th B.D.S
LESSON PLAN TABLES
Topics and Total

No. SLO Method Media
Contents Hours
1. At the end of the course,

students should be able to
List a logical sequence of Treatment Lecture LCD 2
treatment design which will Planning In Fixed Projector
- identify the patient needs Prosthodontics
and their preferences, Logical sequence of
- inform the patient about treatment design
the present conditions. available materials
Correlate available materials and techniques
and techniques in fixed
prosthodontics Indications and
Compare needs for a fixed relative
prosthesis with removable contraindication
partial denture. Advantages and
Outline a treatment plan as disadvantages
part of an ongoing
programme of comprehensive
dental care.
2. Identify the factors affecting Introduction to Lecture LCD 2

biological, mechanical and Principle of Tooth Projector
aesthetics Preparation
Biological,
Mechanical,
Esthetics
Identify the clinical Clinical

assessment for the tooth to be Considerations
restored. before tooth
preparation
3. Define the jacket Crown. Jacket Crown Lecture LCD 2
Definition Projector
Describe indications, Indication,

contraindications, advantages Contraindication,
and disadvantages of all advantage and
ceramic jacket crown. disadvantages
Describe the clinical Clinical assessment
assessment of tooth to be
prepared for all ceramic
jacket crown.
Describe the step-by-step Steps in all ceramic
-261-
procedure for all ceramic Jacket crown
jacket crown preparation preparation
Complete Cast Lecture LCD 1
4. Crown Projector
Define the complete cast Definition
crown Indication,
Describe indications, Contraindication
advantages and disadvantages Clinical assessment
of complete cast crowns. Steps in complete
Diagram the geometry of cast crown
complete cast crown Preparation
preparation.
Describe the step-by-step
procedure for complete cast
crown preparation.
Partial Veneer
Crown
5. Define partial veneer crown. Definition Lecture LCD 1
List types of partial veneers Types, Indication, Projector
and their indications, Contraindication
contraindication
List advantages and Advantages and
disadvantages of various disadvantages of
partial veneers. various partial
veneer
Describe step-by-step Clinical assessment
procedure for partial veneer Steps in partial
crown preparation. veneer crown
Preparation
Impression
Materials
6. List types of impression Types of Lecture LCD 2
material impression Projector
materials
Describe the required features Non-elastomeric,
of an impression and Elastomeric
precautions. Required features
of a good
impression
List recommended use and Recommended uses
precaution of impression and precaution
material recommended use
and precaution of impression
material
Describe properties of Properties of

impression materials impression
Describe step-by-step materials
procedure for impression Clinical handling of
making using elastomeric impression material
impression material.
-262-
7. Working casts and
dies
Lecture LCD 1
Define working cast and die Definition Projector
List the types of working Working casts and
casts and die system die system
List the requirements working Requirements of
cast and die working cast and
die materials
advantages and
disadvantages
8. Wax Pattern Lecture LCD 1
List types of wax. Types of waxes Projector
Describe fabrication of wax Wax pattern
pattern fabrication.
9. Investing and
casting Lecture LCD 1
List types of investment Types of Projector
materials. investment material
Draw a diagram for investing Casting techniques
a wax pattern in a casting Procedure and
ring. faults in casting
List faults in a casting
10. Traumatized
Classify the fractures of teeth.
anterior teeth Lecture LCD 2
Outline the etiology and WHO classification Projector
management of a traumatized Etiology
tooth. Treatment Planning
management
11. Composite Update
Outline to overcome the Polymerization Lecture LCD 2
composite resin shrinkage Projector
polymerization shrinkage overcoming
during a restoration procedure techniques
12. Define no carious lesion Non Carious

Lesions
List types of non carious Definition of Lecture LCD 2
lesions. attrition, abration, Projector
Describe clinical features of erosion, abfraction
non-carious lesion Types of non-
Outline the causes and carious lesion
management Working casts and
dies
13. Vital pulp

Therapy
What is a vital pulp therapy? Definition of VPT Lecture LCD 2
-263-
Outline the indications, Pulp Capping Projector
favourable conditions and Indication,
management of a direct pulp favourable
Capping of vital tooth. condition,
Outline the indications and management
procedure for partial Pulpotomy-
pulpotomy. indications,
procedure
14. Bleaching
Outline the cases of Causes of
discoloration of teeth. discoloration- Lecture LCD 2
Outline the commonly use intrinsic extrinsic Projector
bleaching agents. Bleaching agents
and techniques vital
Outline the available bleaching nonvital
bleaching technique bleaching
Describe various bleaching
techniques
Total lectures 23
Paper presentation 10
Total lectures 33
-264-
Time-frame breakdown for teaching/practical hours (4 th . BDS)
Numbers of one hour Total hours

session/week(weeks/year)
Lecture one hour sessionx33 weeks 33
264hours for two terms
Practical 8hrsx33
(before &after mid-term)
264/8depts (including
medicine &surgery)=33
hours
Theory (1+3+1)
Tests +Practical test-(3hoursx2terms) 11
Total Practical hour 22hours for two terms

33-11
for each dept (11 hours for one term)
Remark-according
8hrs/5days 56/5= 11hours
to
7days/one posting two terms= 11x2=22 hours
time-table, practical
Year Class Teaching Methods hours Total

4 th . BDS Lectures and
(Fixed Paper reading 33
33
Prosthodontics)
Practical (Tutorial/Hands-on-work)
 Crown preparations on plaster tooth 11
 (J/C,F/C, ¾,7/8)
 Crown preparation on plastic teeth
mounted on phantom head
 Impression making 11
 Working cast model
 Waxing up
 Investing and casting
 Trimming and polishing the cast
 Fitting the crown on the model
Clinical
Operating procedures on patients 11
22 22
Total 55 55
-265-
Summary of Evaluation for 4th B.D.S
Summative assessment
Laboratory / preclinical projects, Clinical projects, one class test is carried over to Final year
class work.
-266-
Fourth Year B.D.S.
1.Departmental objectives
At the end of the course, the student should have acquired-
1.1 the knowledge of -
1.1.1 dental mechanics, physical and mechanical laws related to denture
construction.
1.1.2 the structure, composition, properties and uses of dental materials.
1.1.3 applied anatomy and the principles of construction for complete dentures,
partial dentures and oral surgical appliances.
1.2 manual skill in -

1.2.1 prosthodontic techniques using appropriate methods and available
technology
1.2.2 providing complete dentures, partial dentures and oral surgical
appliances for restoring lost oral tissues.
1.3 attitude of -
1.3.1 the importance of dental prosthesis and surgical appliances not only for
restoring functions and recovering a socially acceptable appearance, but
also to preserve the remaining oral tissues.
1.3.2 the importance of the effects of dental materials on the biological tissues.
-267-
2.Lesson plan
No. SLO Topics/Contents Method Media Time
1. To enable the students Impression making Lecture OHP, 4

to: - history taking, oral Demonst White 8
examination and selection Practical Board
analyse the term
of impression trays &
Impression making ,
materials.
steps & importance of
history taking & oral
examination.
select the appropriate
impression trays &
materials for the
different cases
2. Determine the Primary , and secondary Lecture OHP, 6
Impression techniques impression Demo: White 46
Describe the value of Board
functional exercises in
achieving the Impression making in
objectives in special conditions
Impression making
Accquire the needs in
construction of
individual tray
also in special
conditions
3. Implement the value of Peripheral tracing Lecture OHP, 4
peripheral seal in case technique Demonst White 4
of anatomically Board
unfavorable ridge.
4. Acquire the Registration of Lecture OHP, 10

requirements in maxillomandibular Demonst White 8
construction of Record relationship Practical Board
blocks. - rest vertical dimension
Perform the steps in - occlusal vertical
registering the rest dimension
vertical dimension, the - centric occlusion,
occlusal vertical centric relation
dimension, and centric - methods of obtaining
occlusion. retruded position
Identify the relation
between centric relation
and centric occlusion.
Justify the correct free
way space or inter
occlusal clearance.
-268-
5. to determine the occurrence RVD, OVD Lecture OHP, 5
of incorrect VDs - importance
- effects of incorrect
VDs
6. toidentify the definition of Partial denture prosthesis Lecture OHP, 4

partial denture, and its - advantages and White
usefulness. disadvantages Board
toapply the classifications in - indications and
partial denture prosthesis. contraindications
- classification of
partially edentulous
patients
TOTAL TEACHING HOUR
Hours
Total 99
3. Assessment
3.1. Formative Assessment

3.1.1. Practical test 2 times
3.1.2.Oral test 2 times
3.2. Summative Assessment( Class work for final B.D.S. ) = 10%

3.2.1. Class test ( Practical ) 2 times
3.2.2. Class test ( Viva ) 1 time
-269-
4.Prescribed text Books
Nelli, D.J and Walter JD (Latest Ed.).

Partial dentures
Btackwell Scientific Publication, Oxford.
Osborne, J and Lammle CA. (Latest Ed.).

Partial dentures.
Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford
Fenn, HR and Liddlelow, G (Latest Ed.)

Partial dentures.

Cllrical dental prosthetics.
Staties Press, London.
Noill, DJ and Nillm, RL (Latest Ed.)

Complete denture prosthetics.
John Wright and Sons Ltd., Eristol.
5.Reference books
Mack, AO. (Latest Ed.).

Full dentures.
John Wright and Sons Ltd., Bristol. Boucher, CD. (Latest Ed.).
Swenson's complete dentures.
Mosby Co., St. Louis.
Anderson, JN and Storer, R (Latest Ed.) Immediate and replacement dentures.

-270-
Level Objectives for Final Year Course

At the end of the course of instruction, the students should;
Knowledge
Have acquired the knowledge of;

1. The specialty of oral and maxillofacial surgery and the scope of the specialty.
2. Principles of surgical discipline.
3. Recognition of medically compromised patients and the management of these
patients.
4. Recognition, diagnosis and the treatment of common and uncommon oral infections,
fracture involving the jaws, the head injury and the temporomandibular joint
disorders.
5. Congenital, acquired defects and deformities involving oral and paraoral, hard and
soft tissues.
6. Premalignant conditions and malignancies of the oral cavity especially in the early
stages of the disease.
7. Indications and interpretations of special investigations and common adjunctory tests
used in oral surgery.
8. Preprosthetic surgery to produce the required denture bearing area.
Skill
Be able to;
1. Take an accurate history and perform the sequence of oral examination.
2. Perform dental extractions safely in accordance with surgical principles and
techniques.
3. To recognize and prevent problems associated with dental management and to use
consultation and referral appropriately.
4. Diagnose congenital and acquired diseases of the oral and paraoral, hard and soft
tissues
5. Perform proper incisional and excisional biopsies.
6. Perform necessary emergencies treatment and refer for further specific
management.
7. Recognize the conditions what not to do and when not to do.
Attitude
1. Develop the attitude familiar with health policy of the state and existing
medicolegal regulations.
2. Beware of humanism, kindness, and compassion to the patient.
3. Beware of the responsibilities involved in exodontias.
4. Beware of the need for timely referral and importance of follow-up.
5. Be creative and innovative in promoting the advancement in the field of oral and
maxillofacial surgery.
-271-
FINAL YEAR
No. Objectives (SLO) Topic / Content Method Media Hours
1. 1. Impaction & Embedded

Teeth
1.1. Definition Lecture PA 6

system, hours
(i) To classify the 1.2. Possible causes Chair-side LCD
impacted molars Teaching projector
according to the 1.3. Frequency
angulation, depth & Patient,
ramus relationship 1.4. Classification of Dental
impaction Chair &
(ii) To assess the 1.4.1. Pell & Gregory Bed
degree of difficulties 1.4.2. Schiller
in removal of 1.4.3.Winter
impacted teeth 1.4.4. Killey & Kay
(iii) To describe the 1.5. Assessment of

surgical principles impaction
for removal of 1.5.1. Clinical
impacted teeth 1.5.2. Radiological
(iv) To describe the 1.6. Indication &

possible contraindication for
complications of removal
impacted teeth
1.7. Sequalae of untreated
(v) To describe the infection due to impacted
postoperative tooth
complications of
surgical removal 1.8. Principles of surgical
removal
1.9. Complications
2. 2. Diseases of TMJ
2.1. Surgical anatomy of Lecture PA 5

TMJ system, hours
(i) To recall the Chair-side & LCD
structural anatomy & 2.2. Diseases of TMJ Bed-side projector
anatomical 2.2.1. Developmental – Teaching
relationships of TMJ aplasia, hypoplasia Patient,
2.2.2. Inflammatory – Dental
(ii) To classify traumatic, infective , Chair &
various TMJ rheumatoid , osteoarthrosis Bed
-272-
disorders
2.2.3. Functional disorder-
PDS
(iii) To describe the 2.2.4. Condylar
clinical features of hyperplasia
dislocation, 2.2.5. Internal derangement
ankylosis, arthritis,
internal 2.2.6. Mobility disorder
derangement, 2.3. Dislocation – types,

osteoarthritis causes clinical features ,
management
(iv) To name the
various surgical 2.4. Limitation of the
methods for TMJ mouth opening –
disorders 2.4.1. Ankylosis
2.4.2. Trismus
2.4.3. Lock jaw
2.4.4. Causes
2.4.5. Management
2.5. Examination &

investigation of TMJ
3. 3. Diseases of Salivary
Gland

major & minor salivary system, hours
(i) To diagnose the glands Chair-side & LCD
sialadenitis of Bed-side projector
various causes 3.2. Salivary content and Teaching
function Patient,
(ii) To diagnose the Dental
sialolithiasis of 3.3. Inflammatory causes- Chair &
salivary glands bacterial, viral, Bed
sialadenitis of minor &
(iii) To describe the post irradiation, traumatic
clinical features of
salivary tumors & 3.4. Obstruction
salivary cysts phenomenon -Sialolithiasis
(iv) To name the 3.5. Cyst - mucocele,

methods of surgical ranula
treatment for
salivary tumors 3.6.Tumors – histo-
pathological classification
(v) To describe the
surgical methods for 3.7. Trauma to Stenson's
salivary cyst duct
-273-
3.8. Sjorgren's syndrome
& related disorder
3.9. Surgical management
3.10. Complications
4.
4. Cystic Lesions of Oral
Cavity
Lecture PA 6
4.1. Definition system, hours
(i) To classify the Chair-side & LCD
cysts of various 4.2. Classification Bed-side projector
origin Teaching
4.3. Epithelial cyst Patient,
(ii) To describe the - Odontogenic cysts Dental
clinical features of - Non-odontogenic cysts Chair &
odontogenic & non- Bed
odontogenic cysts 4.4. Non-epithelial cyst
Primary bone cyst, cyst of
(iii) To differentiate soft tissue
between cyst &
tumor 4.5. Surgical management
- Enucleation
(iv) To describe the - Marsupialisation
surgical methods for
cystic lesions 4.6. Complications
5.
5. Congenital Deformities
of Orofacial Region
Lecture PA 6
5.1. Development of face system, hours
(i) Classify the Bed-side LCD
various cleft of facial 5.2. Etiology Teaching projector
region
5.3. Epidemiology Patient,
(ii) Describe the Dental
clinical features of 5.4.Classifications of cleft Chair &
craniosynostosis of orofacial regions – lip, Bed
palate, facial
(iii) Name the 5.4.1. Working
syndromes classification
associated with 5.4.2. Symbolic
facial cleft and list classification
the characteristic
features of each 5.5. Associated medical
-274-
syndrome conditions
(iv) Describe the 5.6. Associated anomalies

timing of surgical
correction of cleft lip 5.7. Syndromes associated
& palate with clefts
(v) Name the 5.8. Multidisplinaries

surgical technique of
cleft lip & palate 5.9. Role of dental surgeon
in cleft management
(vi) Describe the
important role of 5.10. Surgical timing
dental surgeon in the
management of cleft
patient 6. Fracture of the Middle
6. Third of Facial Skeleton

middle third of the face system, hours
(i) Describe the Chair-side & LCD
Lefort classification 6.2. Classification of types Bed-side projector
of fractures-Lefort I, II, Demonstration
(ii) Describe the III, malar complex, nasal Patient,
clinical complex Dental
manifestation of Chair &
various types of 6.3. Clinical Bed
fracture manifestations of various Simulation
type of fractures
(iii) Describe the
clinical features of 6.4. Radiological -
head injury manifestation –
Campbell'slines
(iv) Name the
difficult method of 6.5. Primary assessment in
craniomandibular trauma case-ABCDE
fixation
6.6. Surgical management
6.7. Complications
7. Disease of Maxillary
7. Sinus of Dental Origin

maxillary sinus system, hours
causes and clinical 7.2. Diseases of the Bed-side projector
features of maxillary maxillary sinus Teaching
sinusitis Patient,
-275-
7.3. Surgery involving Dental
(ii) Recognize the Chair &
causes of oroanthral maxillary sinus
communication & 7.4. Maxillary sinusitis Bed

acute and chronic
oroanthral fistula
7.5. Examination –
(iii) Describe the clinical, radiological, CT,
various methods of MRI, Endoscopy ( FESS –
closure of oroanthral Functional endoscopic
fistula sinus surgery)
(iv) List the 7.6. Oroantra

indications of communication causes,
Caldwell Luc sign & symptom,
operation management, prevention
7.7. Surgical Management;

Caldwell Luc operation,
Closure of OAF
8. Management of
8. Bleeding
8.1. Bleeding – systemic Lecture PA 6

and local causes system, hours
causes of post- 8.2. Specific management Bed-side projector
extraction bleeding – local and systemic Teaching
Patient,
(ii) Describe the use 8.3. Blood transfusion- Dental
of local & systemic ordering of blood, hazard, Chair &
hemostatic agents for different types ( massive, Bed
post-extraction autologous)
bleeding
8.4. Blood fraction
(iii) Perform the 8.5. Blood substitutes
suturing technique
for control of 8.6. Replacement –
bleeding material, route, rate, vol;
(iv) Describe the

ligation of major
vessels for control of
bleeding 9. Management of Shock
9.
9.1. Pathophysiology of Lecture PA 4
shock system, hours
-276-
(i) Describe the Demonstration LCD
pathophysiology of 9.2. Specific management & Bed-side projector
hypovolemic shock
9.3. Acute phase response Teaching Patient,
(ii) Describe the 9.4. Systemic Dental

inflammatory response Chair &
clinical features of Bed
hypovolemic shock 9.5. Septic shock
(iii) Describe the 9.6. Acute respiratory

various fluid therapy distress syndrome
for hypovolemia
9.7. Multi-organs
(iv) Describe the dysfunction syndrome
pathogenesis of
septic shock
(v) Describe the

clinical features of
septic shock
(vi) Recognize the

anaphylactic shock
(vii) Describe the

agents
used for anaphylactic

shock 10. Preprosthetic Surgery
10.
10.1. Basic correction Lecture PA 4
system, hours
(i) List the indication 10.2. Soft tissue LCD
for alveoplasty, management projector
alveolectomy and
bone reduction 10.3. Ridge augmentation
(ii) Describe the 10.4. Sinus lift

incision & flap
design for various 10.5.Vestibuloplasty
tori
(iii) Describe the

indication for
frenectomy &
surgical correction of
tissue redundancy
(iv) Name the

methods of
-277-
augmentation & use
of autologus,
allogeneic &
alloplastic materials
for augmentation
procedures
(v) Define sinus lift

procedure & list the
indications for sinus
lift
(vi) Name the

various methods of
vestibuloplasty & the
indications of each 11. Tissue Transplantation
11. method & Implantology
12.1. Autogenous type Lecture PA 2

system, hours
(i) Define the term; 12.2. Allogeneic type LCD
autogenous, projector
allogeneic, 12.3. Xenogeneic type
xenogeneic types of
tissue 12.4. Various types of
implant
(ii) List the
indication for tissue 12.5. Pre-operative
transplantation evaluation
(iii) Name the

various types of oral 12.6. Surgical phases;
implants implant placement,
implant uncovering
(iv) List the
indications 12.7. Complications
for each type of

implant
(v) Perform the

assessment of patient
for oral implants
(vi) List the steps of

surgical procedures
for oral implants
(vii) List the criteria

for the success of
-278-
oral implants
(viii) List the

complications of
implants & causes of

failures
12. 12. Medicolegal Aspects of
(ix) Osteointegration Trauma
12.1. Simple hurt Lecture PA

system, 1 hour
(i) Classify the 12.2. Grievous hurt Chair-side & LCD
degree of severity of Bed-side projector
trauma 12.3. Esthetic defect Teaching
Patient,
(ii) List the trauma 12.4. Functional defect Dental
scores Chair &
Bed
(iii) Define simple &
grievous hurt
(iv) Name the

resultant defect of
13. trauma 13. Skeletal Diseases
13.1. Developmental Lecture PA

disorder osteogenesis system, 3
(i) List the imperfecta, osteopetrosis, Chair-side & LCD hours
characteristic Cleidocranial dysostosis, Bed-side projector
features of fibro- Torus palatinus,Torus Teaching
osseous lesion & mandibularis, Exostosis Patient,
bony lesion Dental
13.2. Inflammatory disease Chair &
(ii) Differentiate the of the bone Bed
various types of bone - Osteomyelitis
diseases manifested
in oral cavity 13.3. Reactive disorder of
bone- Osteoporosis,
(iii) List the possible Acromegaly, Primary
complications
encountered in the hyperparathyroidism,
patients with bone Central giant cell granuloma
diseases
13.4. Fibro-osseous lesion
– Fibrous dysplasia,
ossifying fibroma,
13.5. Tumour of bone
13.6. Infection
-279-
– OM
Different types , treatment
14. 14. Odontogenic and Non-

odontogenic Tumours
14.1. Cystic lesions / Lecture PA

tumors system, 6
(i) Classify the Chair-side & LCD hours
various types of 14.2. Odontogenic tumor Bed-side projector
odontogenic tumor benign & malignant Teaching
Patient,
(ii) Clarify the 14.3. Non-odontogenic Dental
various types of non- tumor Chair &
odontogenic tumor Bed
14.4. Differential
(iii) Diagnose the diagnosis
various types of oral
tumors 14.5. Surgical
management:
(iv) Define the
terms; enucleation,
curettage,
marsupialization &
15. resection 15. Oral Cancer
15.1. SCC- prognosis Lecture PA

factors system, 6
(i) Recall the STNMP, Staging Chair-side & LCD hours
epidemiology of oral Bed-side projector
cancer 15.2. Multimodalities of Teaching
treatment Patient,
(ii) Describe the Dental
classification of 15.3. Role of dental Chair &
TNM staging surgeon in management of Bed
oral cancer
(iii) Describe the controlling, preventing,
clinical features of supportive therapy
squamous cell
carcinoma
(iv) List the

prognostic factors of
malignancy
-280-
(v) Describe the
spread of
malignancy or
metastasis to
regional lymph
nodes
(vi) Define the

terms- salvage
therapy, palliative
therapy, radical
therapy, pre-
operative
radiotherapy,
sandwich therapy,
combined therapy,
adjuvant therapy,
concomitant or
concurrent therapy,
wide excision, hemi-
section, marginal
section & segmental
resection
(vii) List the regions

of lymph node
metastasis
(viii) Classify the

neck dissection
(ix) define the terms;

radical neck
dissection, modified
neck dissection,
functional neck
dissection, selective
neck dissection,
extended neck
dissection
(x) Describe the

dental management
of oral cancer patient
before radiation,
after radiation, after
16. chemotherapy 16. Oncology
-281-
(i) List the 16.1. Hypothesis of causes Lecture PA
predisposing factors of cancer - Carcinogenesis system, 2
for causes of cancer Chair-side & LCD hours
16.2. Surgical therapy- Bed-side projector
(ii) Describe tumor principles, tumour Teaching
suppressor gene ablation, neck dissection Patient,

mutation Dental
16.3. Radiation therapy- Chair &
(iii) Define the terms different types, principles , Bed
: oncogene, proto- side effect

oncogene
16.4. Chemotherapy-
(iv) Classify the
various methods of chemoagent in head &
radiotherapy neck cancer, principles,
side effect
(v) List the
advantages & 16.5. New horizon in
disadvantages of treatment of cancer
external beam
therapy, interstitial
therapy, fast neutron
therapy, proton beam
therapy,
fractionation &
hyperfractionation
(vi) List the

chemothrap eutic
agents used for oral
malignancy
(vii) List the

advantages of
combined
chemotherapy
(viii) List the side-

effects of
chemotherapy
(ix) List the

indications of anti-
oxidant drugs
17. 17. Neuralgia &
Neuropathy of Pain
(i) Define neuralgia, 17.1. Neuralgia Lecture PA

neuritis, neuroma system, 1 hour
-282-
17.2. Traumatic origin of Chair-side & LCD
(ii) Describe the neuropathology Bed-side projector
clinical features of Teaching
trigeminal neuralgia 17.3. Non-traumatic Patient,
& glossopharyngeal origin of neuropathology Dental
neuralgia Chair &
(iii) Differentiate the 17.4. Surgical Bed

various neuralgic management
pain of facial region
(iv) List the types of

nerve injury
(v) List the surgical

therapy of
traumatised nerve
18.
18. Orthognathic Surgery
(i) List the 18.1. Evaluation of Lecture PA

important features dentofacial system, 1 hour
necessary to make Deformities LCD
the assessment of projector
dentofacial 18.2. Mandibular excess
deformities Patient,
18.3. Mandibular Dental
(ii) List the various deficiencies Chair &
types of imaging for Bed
evaluation of 18.4. Maxillary excess
dentofacial
deformity 18.5. Maxillary hypoplasia
or deficiency
(iii) List the features
to be analysed by 18.6. Pre-surgical manage
cephalometry ment
(iv) Recognize the 18.7. Surgical

abnormalities occur management
in one jaw or in both
jaws 18.8. Postsurgical
management
(v) List the types of
surgical procedures 18.9. Complications
for mandible
(vi) List the types of

surgical procedures
for maxilla
(vii) Recognize the

-283-
important of
orthodontics in
orthognathic
19. surgery 19. Antibiotics Prophylaxis
in Surgical Practice
(i) Describe the Lecture PA
indications for 19.1. Principles of system, 6
antibiotic prophylaxis Chair-side & LCD hours
prophylaxis in Bed-side projector
dental practice 19.2. Prevention of wound Teaching
infections
(ii) List the
advantages and 19.3. Prevention of Patient,
disadvantages of metastatic infections Dental
appropriate Chair &
prophylactic Bed
antibiotics use
(iii) List the

significant factors
considered in
antibiotic
Prophylaxis
(iv) Describe the

golden rules of
antibiotics
chemotherapy
(v) List the factors

need for metastatic
infections
20. 20. Medical Writing

Chair-side & PA
(i) Recognize the 20.1. Patient’s chart Bed-side system, 3
protocol of referral Teaching LCD hours
letter 20.2. Referral projector
(ii) Define informed 20.3. Surgical report Patient,

consent Dental
20.4. Informed consent Chair &
(iii) Recognize the Bed
important of 20.5. Postoperative notes
informed consent
20.6. Investigation
(iv) List the contents requisition
of operative notes
-284-
(v) List the principal
components of
postoperative orders
(vi) Describe SOAP

format of
postoperative
21. progress notes 21. Interpretation of
Radiographs
(i) List the normal
anatomical features 21.1. Radiographic
of PA-Skull, PA- anatomy
Mandible, Oblique
lateral view of 21.2. Radiodensity changes Lecture PA
mandible , OM- system, 4
View, 21.3. Radiolucent findings Chair-side & LCD hours
OPG Bed-side projector
21.4. Radioopaque Teaching
(ii) List the common findings Patient,
radiographic features Dental
of osteomyelitis, 21.5. Changes in contour Chair &
oral cancer, jaw Bed
cysts , jaw tumors
(iii) List the common

radiolucent lesions
of jaw
bones
(iv) List the common

radioopaque lesions
of jaw bones
(v) List the various

imagings used in oral
and maxillofacial
22. surgery 22. Armamentarium
(i) Recognize the 22.1. Operating room
protocols of 22.2. Surgical instruments
operating theatre usage , handling ,
preparation
(ii) List the
instruments required Lecture PA
for common oral and Demonstration system, 3
maxillofacial LCD hours
surgical procedures projector
(iii) Identify the
common instruments
used in oral and
-285-
maxillofacial
surgery
(iv) Observe the

strict principles of
asepsis in operating
theatre
23. Operation Preparing
(i) To understand the 23.1. Donning & Gowning
23. operating review the 23.2. Patient preparation
patient in system-
wise for oral surgical
procedure
(ii) To examine the
patient
systematically
(iii) To evaluate the Demonstration Simulation
results of Practical Patient 2
investigations hours
(iv) To categorize Supervised
the risk of performance
complication &
factors associated Independence
with surgery in high performance
risk patient
Hours
Lecture/ Tutorial/ Revision 92 hours
Practical/ Discussion 74 hours
Total 166 hours
ASSESSMENT
1.1 Practical test
2.1 Class test (1hour) - 2 times - 10%
2.2 Mid-term test (3 hours) -1 time - 10%
2.3 Practical - 10%
Theory exam (MSQ – 3 hours) - 50%
Practical Exam (1 hour) - 20%
2.3 Credit mark -65% (all compartment)
-286-
DEPARTMENT OF ORAL MEDICINE
Final Year B.D.S.
At the end of the course of instruction, the students should be able to:
1.1 acquire the knowledge of;

1.1.1 steps involved in diagnosis and treatment planning
1.1.2 common diseases involving oral and paraoral structures.
1.1.3 oral manifestation of systemic diseases
1.1.4 diagnosis of premalignant lesions and conditions
1.1.5 rational use of essential drugs.
1.2 develop skill in –

1.2.1 identification of the diseases involving oral and paraoral structures by using
appropriate and available methods.
1.2.2 dental management of common oral diseases
1.2.3 early recognition and timely referral of oral lesions secondary to systemic diseases.
1.3 acquire the attitude of -

1.3.1 awareness of the importance of early diagnosis
1.3.2 awareness of the importance of timely referral.
1.3.3 awareness of the importance of the need for follow up.
-287-
2. Lesson plan
Total
No. SLO Topic/Contents Methods Media
hours
- to classify and Cysts of the Oral Regions

1. differentiate the cysts of Classification of cysts of the Lecture LCD 23
the mouth and the jaws mouth and the jaws projector
- to recognize the Etiology, pathogenesis, Practical Microscope
etiology, pathogenesis, clinical features and Demonst: Chairside
clinical features, histological features of
radiological and odontogenic, Tutorial White
histological features of nonodontogenic cysts and board
odontogenic, non-epithelium lined
non-odontogenic cysts cysts
and non-epithelium
lined cysts.
- to classify Odontogenic Tumours

2. odontogenic tumours. Classification, etiology, Lecture LCD 21
- to identify etiology, pathogenesis, projector
pathogenesis, clinical, clinical features and Practical Microscope
radiological and histological features of Demonst: Chairside
histological features of benign
benign and malignant and malignant odontogenic Tutorial White
odontogenic tumours tumours (both board
(both epithelial, epithelial, mesenchymal and
mesenchymal and mixed mixed origin)
origin).
- to differentiate
odontogenic tumours.
- to classify non- Non-odontogenic Tumours

3. odontogenic tumours of Classification, etiology, Lecture LCD 17
the oral cavity. pathogenesis, projector
- to identify the clinical and histological Practical Microscope
etiology, pathogenesis, features of benign Demonst: Chairside
clinical and histological and malignant non-
features of common odontogenic tumours
benign and malignant of oral cavity(both epithelial Tutorial White
non-odontogenic and mesenchymal origin). board
tumours of oral cavity
(both epithelial and
-288-
mesenchymal origin).
- to recognize the
various stage of
prevention of oral cancer
- to define and list Premalignant Lesions and

4. premalignant lesions and Conditions of Lecture LCD 14
conditions. Oral Cavity projector
- to identify the Classification, etiology Practical Microscope
etiology, pathogenesis, pathogenesis, Demonst: Chairside
clinical, histological clinical features,
features and management histological features Tutorial White
of oral leukoplakia, oral andmanagement. board
lichen planus and oral
submucous fibrosis.
- to recognize the
general management of
oral premalignant lesions
and conditions.
- to differentiate the
common white lesions of
oral cavity.
- to classify the oral Oral Ulcerations

5. ulcerations. Classification Lecture LCD 13
- to identify the Etiology, pathogenesis and projector
etiology, pathogenesis, management of primary and Practical Microscope
clinical features and secondary Demonst: Chairside
management of primary ulcerations.
and secondary oral Tutorial White
ulcerations. board
- to recognize the
differential diagnosis of
oral ulcerations.
-289-
- to classify the diseases Diseases of Salivary
6. of salivary gland. Gland
- to recognize the Classification Lecture LCD 19
developmental anomalies of Etiology, clinical features projector
salivary gland. and management of
- to identify the etiology, salivary gland infections Practical Microscope
pathogenesis, clinical and Pathogenesis, clinical Demonst: Chairside
histological features of both features and
infectious and non-infectious histologicalfeatures of Tutorial White
(reactive) lesions of salivary salivary gland tumours. board
gland. Pathogenesis, clinical ,
- to identify the etiology, histological features and
pathogenesis, clinical and management of
histological features of benignlymphoepithelial
common (benign and lesion and Sjogren
malignant) salivary gland syndrome
tumours.
- to recognize the
etiology,pathogenesis,clinical
and histological features of
benign lymphoepithelial
lesions and Sjogren
Syndrome.
7. - to identify the etiology, Diseases of Bone and Lecture LCD 20

pathogenesis , clinical, Temporomandibular projector
radiological and histological Joint
features of common diseases - Etiology, clinical Practical Microscope
of bone affecting oro-facial features, histological Demonst: Chairside
region. features and oral
- to classify the various manifestation of diseases Tutorial
disorders of of bone.
temporomandibular joint. - Classification; etiology,
- to identify the etiology, pathogenesis, clinical
pathogenesis, clinical features and management
features, radiological features of articular disc disorders
and management of articular
disc disorders
-290-
8. - to recall the basic Oral Immunology Lecture LCD 13
immunology. Basic immunology and projector
- to define autoimmunity autoimmunity
and to identify the oral Oral diseases inrelation Practical Microscope
manifestation of autoimmune withautoimmunity Demonst: Chairside
disorders Oral manifestation of
- to identify the oral HIV/AIDS and Tutorial White
manifestations of HIV/AIDS. prevention and control of board
- to recognize how to spread and postexposure
prevent and control the prophylaxis (PEP)
spread of infection.
9. - to recognize pain Oro-facial Pain Lecture LCD 6

pathways including pain Pain perception, projector
perception, induction and conduction and
modulation. modulation Demonst: Chairside
- to classify oro-facial Classification, diagnosis Tutorial White
pain. and management board
- To identify etiology, of oro-facial pain.
clinical features and Etiology, clinical features
management of burning and management of
mouth syndrome, trigeminal burning mouth syndrome,
neuralgia and Bell palsy trigeminal neuralgia and
- to recognize the Bell palsy
differential diagnosis and
management of oro-facial
pain.
-291-
Hours
Lecture 44
Tutorial / Revision/Practical/Discussion 102
Total 146
ASSESSMENT
1.1. Tutorial test
1.2. Practical performance and practical test
- Theory exam (MSQ -3 Hours) - 50%

3.3. Credit mark - 65 % (all compartment)

SHAFER, W.6., HINE, M.K. and LBVY, B.M. (7th edn). A text book of Oral Pathology,
W.B. Saunders Company London.
BURKETT, L.W. (12nd edn). Oral Medicine (Diagnosis and treatment). J.B. Lippincott
Company New York.
5. Reference Books
1. Shafer, W.B., Hine, M.K. and Levy, B.M. (7th edn). A Textbook of Oral Pathology,
-292-
2. Burkett, L. W. (12nd edn). Oral Medicine Diagnosis and Treatment. J.B. Lippincott
Co., New York.
3. Cawson, R.A. and Odell, E.W. (8thedn). Essential of Oral Pathology and Oral
Medicine, Churchill Living Stone, London.
4. Cawson, R.A. and Eveson, J. W. (1st edn). Oral Pathology and Diagnosis Color atlas
with integrated text. William Heinemann Medical book. London.
5. Sapp, J.P., Eversole, E.R. and Wysocki, G.P. (2nd edn). Comtemporary Oral and
Maxillofacial Pathology, Mosby, A Harcourt Health Science Co., London.
6. Regizi, J.A. and Sciubba, J. (6th edn). Oral Pathology, Clinical-pathologic
correlation. W. B., Saunders Company. U.S.A.
7. Shear, M. (4th edn). Cysts of the Oral Regions. Wright. PSG. Ltd. U.S.A.
8. Neville, B.W., Damm, D.D., Allen, C. M. and Bouquot, J.E. (4th edn). Oral and
Maxillofacial Pathology, W .B. Saunders Company. London.
9. Soames, J.V., and Southam, J.C. (4th edn). Oral Pathology. Oxford University Press.
New York.
10. Lucas, R.B. (5th edn). Pathology of Tumours of Oral Tissue. Churchill Living Stone.
London.
11. Scully, C. and Flint, S. (5th edn). An atlas of Stomatology Oral disease and
manisfestation of systemic diseases. Martin Dunitz Ltd. London.
-293-
DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY
CORE CURRICULUM FOR SENIOR OPERATIVE COURSE (Fixed
Prosthodontics) for Fourth and Final B.D.S.
Departmental objectives
After the completion of Senior Operative Course, the students must fulfill the following
 Treatment planning and preparation for fixed prosthetic procedures
 Principles of tooth preparation
 Indications of fixed prosthesis
 Crown preparation techniques
 Dental esthetic and color science
 Various designs of fixed prosthesis
 Laboratory procedures (working cast and die, wax pattern, investing and casting)
communicating with dental clinic

 Treatment planning and bridge designing
 Tooth preparation according the principles and standard procedures
 Impression making
 Laboratory procedures for fabrication of dental prosthesis
 Cementation of the fabricated prostheses

 To be aware of that dental fixed prosthesis replaces the missing dentition, by which
preventing future deterioration of dental occlusion, restoring function, and improving
appearance;
 To be aware of that dental fixed prosthesis maintains the physiological integrity of the
teeth in harmonious relationship with the adjacent hard and soft tissues, and enhances the
general health and welfare of the patient;
 To be aware of that early replacement of missing dentition prevents the consequences of
tooth loss;
 To be aware of that dental fixed prosthetic work is irreversible tooth destructive
procedures so that the patient’s benefit must be always considered.
 To be aware of maintenance of the prosthesis so that adequate oral health education must
be carried out.
-294-
STUDY PLAN AND REQUIREMENTS FOR FINAL B.D.S
1. Lecture Class
Lecture topics will be announced at the first session.
2. Laboratory
For final B.D.S
During endodontic preclinical sessions, and during S.O.C laboratory session, the students are
assigned to a small group. After a determined number of sessions, each group of students will
interact throughout the course of sessions. The students within a group will receive evaluations
from the faculty member assigned to that group. The schedule of the groups will be distributed
at the first class session.
3. Clinic
ATTENDANCE IS REQUIRED AT ALL (ENDODONTIC, S.O.C LABORATORY AND

CLINIC)
LABORATORY AND CLASS SESSIONS.

3. Complete Laboratory and pre-clinical endodontics, clinical training, all class tests
and midterm and final examination.
4. This course is considered a prerequisite for clinical endodontics and fixed
prosthodontics.
-295-
Final B.D.S
Lesson Plan
Total
No. SLO Topics and Contents Method Media
Hours
ENDODONTICS
1. Review on normal and Lecture LCD 3
diseased pulp Tutorial Projector
At the end of the course,
student be able to
- list contents of pulp - contents of pulp and
and their function their function
- recognize age changes - age changes in pulp
in pulp morphology morphology
- describe etiologic - Review on pulp and
factors of pulp and periapical tissue
periapical tissue injury injury
- classify pulp and - Etiology factors of
periradicular disease pulp and periadicular
tissue disease
2. Endodontic
symptomatology Lecture LCD 4
At the end of the course, Tutorial Projector
student should be able to - clinical signs and
- to identify and symptoms of pulp
distinguish between and periapical tissue
clinical sings and status (normal
symptom of pulp and disease status)
periradicular tissue - management of pain
status according to clinical
- to describe situation in vital pulp
management of pain - management of
according to clinical pulpal problems
situation in vital pulp * management of
- recognize management unexposed vital
of pulpal problem without symptoms
according to clinical * management of
situation unexposed vital
pulp with symptoms
* management of
exposed vital pulp
3. Vital pulp therapy

At the end of course, Lecture LCD 2
-296-
student be able to Tutorial Projector
- define vital pulp - definition of vital
therapy pulp therapy
- describe vital pulp - vital pulp therapy
therapy procedure procuedurs
* pulp capping
(direct, indirect),
pulpotomy,
pulpectomy,
apexogenesis,
pulp
mummification
4. Non-vital pulp therapy

At the end of the course, Lecture LCD 5
student should be able to Tutorial Projector
- define RCT - definition of RCT
- describe immediate - immediate and
and ultimate objectives ultimate objectives
of RCT of RCT
- describe rationale of - rationale of RCT
RCT - endodontic
- recognize edodontic - decision
decision - choice of surgical
- identify choice of and non surgical
surgical and
nonsurgical methods
5. Sterilization
- describe technique - technique used for
used for sterilization sterilization and
and disinfection of disinfection of
instruments instrument
- recognize importance - isolation and
of isolation in RCT disinfection of tooth
6. Endodontic Radiography
At the end of the course, Lecture LCD
- understand the - importance of
importance of radiographs in
radiographs in endodontic
endodontic diagnosis diagnosis and
and treatment treatment
- recognize reason to - reasons for creation
create image shift of image shift
- determine SLOB rules - SLOB rules
-
-297-
7. Endodontic Instruments
- describe on basic set of - basic set of
RCT instrument , instrument
instrument calibration - calibration of
and instrument motions instrument
- knowledge on design - design of canal
of more common canal preparation
preparation instrument instruments
and their mode of use - motions of the
instrument
8. Access preparation
student be able to Tutorial Projector
- identify and explain - major objective of
major objective and access preparation
guiding principle and - guiding principle of
guide lines of access access preparation
preparation - guide lines of access
- describe procedure, bur preparation
used, and sequence of - procedures, bur
operations in access used, and sequence
preparation of operations in
- describe access cavity access preparation
design - design of access
cavity preparation;
*anterior
*premolars
*molar
- common errors
during access
preparation
- identify common errors
during access
preparation
9. Tooth length
determination Lecture LCD 2
student should be able to
- root apex anatomy
- recognize root apex
- importance of root
anatomy and its
apex anatomy
importance
*anatomic root
apex
*apical
constriction
*ideal apical
-298-
terminus
*consequences
of over/under
instrumentation
*consequences
of over/under
obturation
- various techniques
- list various technique for TLD
for TLD - acids in TLD
- describe step by step - step by step
technique for obtaining technique for
estimated and final obtaining estimated
working lengths and final working
lengths
10. Cleaning and Shaping
- describe objective of
- objective of
cleansing and shaping
cleansing and
- define and determine
shaping
master apical file
- definition of master
- describe techniques of
apical file
cleansing and shaping
- determination of
and step by step
MAF
procedures of each
- techniques of
technique
cleaning and
shaping
*standardized
*step-back
*crown-down
*balanced forced
- list properties of ideal - step by step
irrigant and identify procedures of
which irrigants meets cleansing and
most of these criteria shaping techniques
- describe the properties - properties of ideal
and role of chelation irrigant
and decalcify agents - types of irrigants
- describe the properties - properties and role
and role of intracanal, of chelation and
inter appointment decalcifying agents
medicaments - properties and role
of intracanal,
interappointment
medicaments
-299-
11. Obturation
- describe objective and
- objectives and
reasons for oburation
reason for obturation
- recognize the clinical
- clinical criteria that
criteria that determine
determine when to
when to obturate
obturate
- list obturating
- obturation material
materials and methods
and methods
- list the criteria for ideal
- criteria for ideal
oburtating material
obturating material
- describe procedure of
- types of obturating
obturating techniques
materials
- list the describe
- procedure of
properties of root canal
obturating
sealer
techniques
- describe properties
of obturating
materials
- various oburating
methods
*conventional
*surgical
12. Restoration for

endodontically treated Lecture LCD 2
tooth Tutorial Projector
student should be able to
- describe factors
contributing to loss of - factors contributing
tooth strength and to loss of tooth
structural importance strength and
of remaining tooth structural
tissue importance of
- describe selection of remaining tooth
treatment option and tissue
management of - selection of
endodontically treatment option for
treatment tooth endodontically
treated tooth
- management of
endodontically
treated tooth
13. Evaluation of success
and failure Lecture LCD 2
student be able to
- evaluate success and - evaluation of
failure of success and failure
-300-
endodontically treated of endodontically
tooth treated tooth
- decision for
retreatment
- describe causes of RCT - causes of RCT
failure failure (pre-op, op,
post-op)
Lesson Plan
Total
No. SLO Topics and Contents Method Media
Hours
SOC
I Post Retained Crown
student be able to Projector
- recognize clinical - clinical assessment
assessment of the tooth of tooth for post
for post retainer retained crown
- list the indications and - indications and
contraindications contraindications
- describe the criteria for - criteria for
successful post successful post
retained crown crown
- describe the principles - general principle
and technique and techniques
- fabrication of post
and core
II Bridge
Introduction to bridge
work Lecture LCD 2
At the end of the course, Projector
student be able to - consequences of
- describe consequences unreplaced missing
of unreplaced missing tooth
tooth - definition and
- define the bridge and terminology of
its components components of
- classify the types of bridge
bridge - classification of
- describe the indications bridge
and contraindications - indications and
of bridge contraindications of
bridge
-301-
Assessment and treatment
planning
student should be able to Projector
- recognize clinical - assessment of the
assessment for bridge case
works - treatment planning
- outline and treatment
planning
Abutment, Pontics and
Retainers
At the ends of the course, Lecture LCD 3
- describe assessment of - assessment of
abutment teeth abutment teeth
- classify the types and - types and various
various designs of design of pontics
pontics - requirements of
- describe requirement pontics
of pontics - choice of pontic in
- describe the choice of accordance with
pontics in accordance their indications
with their indications and
and contraindications contraindications
- classify types of - types of retainer
retainer (major, minor)
Selection of bridge design

student should be able to Lecture LCD 2
- describe selection of - optional bridge Projector
optional bridge designs designs
for individual tooth
Principle of tooth
preparation
- list and describe the - biological,
principle of bridge mechanical and
preparation aesthetics
consideration
Impression making
- define impression Projector
- classify impression - definition of
materials and methods impression
- list requirements of - classification of
impression material impression material
- describe prerequisites and methods
-302-
for successful
predictable impression - requirements of
making impression material
- prerequisites for
successful
predictable
impression making
- tissue management
Provisional restoration
student be able to Lecture LCD 2
- describe the function of - function of Projector
temporary bridge, ideal temporary bridge
properties and - ideal properties and
requirements, material requirements
available and - fabrication of
techniques temporary bridge
- temporary bridge
materials
Color Science and Shade
Selection
- recognize terminology - description of colour
of color (Hue, Chroma,
- describe principle of Value) metamerism
shade - general principle for
shade selection
Luting agents and
cementation
- classify luting agents - types of luting
- describe advantage and agents
disadvantage of dental - advantages and
cements disadvantages of
- describe cementation dental cements
procedure for fixed - cementation
prosthodontics procedure and step
(GIC)
Bridge failure
- list the various type of - types of bridge Projector
bridge failure failure
- describe the cause of - cause of bridge
bridge failure failure
-303-
III Implant supported fixed
prosthodontics
- recognize terminology - implant,
in dental implant osseointegration,
healing, abutment,
connection implant
prosthese (one pices,
screw-retained,
cement retained)
- types of implant
- recognize implant materials
materials - advantage,
- list advantages, disadvantages and
disadvantages and contraindication
contraindication
Time-frame breakdown for teaching/practical hours (Final B.D.S)
Numbers of one hour

Total hours
session/week(weeks/year)
Lectures 2x33 66
Practical, including 18x33=594/6dept=99hrs
practical test (18 hours/5daysx14days/ 99
termx 2 terms)
Test weeks (-) 1hr+3hrs+1 hr= 5 hrs 5
Total 160+5
-304-
Final Lectures
B.D.S.  Fixed Prosthodontics 33
 Endodontics 33 66
Preclinical laboratory session
SOC
24 94
 Plaster tooth- #11, post-space preparation
 Phantom tooth- #11, post space preparation
 Impression taking
 Fabrication of post-and-core system
 Crown fabrication
Preclinical Endodontics
1. 4 teeth in module. 24
(one incisor (U/L), one premolar (U), one molar (U),

one molar (L)
2. Access openings
3. Working length determination
(X – rays method)
4. Instrumentation
5. Obturation
(combination method – lateral condensation)
6. Group activities
a. Instrument identification, calibration
b. Electronic apex locator demonstration
Practical (Clinic)
 Operative Treatment
46
 Endodontic treatment
Exam.
5 5
165
Total Hours 165
Summary of Evaluation for Final B.D.S
-305-
7. Summative assessment 30%
Laboratory / preclinical project,

Clinical project,
Three tests including Mid-term,
Class work from 4th B.D.S
Final examination (Theory) -
Practical examination 50%
20%
Total 100 %
Resources
Printed media
Required text book
4th B.D.S and Final B.D.S
For S.O.C course.
1. Contemporary fixed Prosthodontics
Stephen F. Rosensteil, B.D.S, M.S.D
Martin F. Land, D.D.S, M.S.D
Junhei Fujimoto, D.D.S, M.S.D, D.D.S.C
2. Modern Practice in Crown and Bridge Prosthodontics
Johnston, Phillips and Dykema.
3. Fundamentals of tooth preparation, Schillinburgh Jr HT
For Endodontic course
1. Pathways of the pulp. 9th ed
Stephen Cohen, MA, DDS, FICD, FACD.
Richard C. Burns, DDS, FICD, FACD.
2. Endodontics 5th ed.
John I. Ingle, DDs, MSD
Leif K. Bakland, DDS
3. Principles and practice of Endodontics. 4th ed.
Richard E. Walton, D.M.D.M.S.
Mahmoud Torabinejad, D.M.D, M.S.D, Ph.D.
4. Harty’s Endodontics in clinical practice 5th ed
T.R. Pitt Ford. B.D.S, Ph.D, FDS RCPS, FDS RCS.
5. Clinical Endodontics
Leif Tronsted:
-306-
Final year B.D.S.
At the end of the course, the student should-
1.1 have acquired the knowledge of-
1.1.1 dental mechanics, physical and mechanical laws related to dentureconstruction
1.1.2 the structure, composition, properties and uses of dental materials. Applied
anatomy and the principles of construction for complete dentures, partial dentures
and oral surgical appliances.
1.2 be able to develop skill in -

1.2.1 prosthodontics techniques using appropriate methods andavailable technology.
1.2.2 providing complete dentures, partial dentures and oral surgical appliances for
restoring lost oral tissues.
1.3 have the attitude of -

1.3.1 the importance of dental prosthesis and surgical appliances
not only for restoring function and recovering a socially acceptable appearance, but
also to preserve the remaining oral tissues.
1.3.2 the importance of the effect of dental materials on the biologicaltissues.
-307-
2. Lesson plan
Title
SLO Contents Method Resources Time
No.
1. The students should be Arrangement of Lecture Overhead 6
able: teeth Demonst Projector, 8
to acquire the knowledge - positions and Practical White
in arrangement of teeth inclinations Board
with proper position, - occlusal plane
inclination and occlusal & arrangements
relation.
2. evaluate the correct Method of wax Lecture Overhead 2

method of wax designing. designing Demonst Projector, 4
Practical White
Board
3. to observe the correct Trying-in of the Lecture Overhead 2

horizontal and vertical dentures Demonst Projector, 4
dimensions, appearance - vertical Practical White
and patients approval. dimension and Board
horizontal
relationship to
improve
appearance
- getting
patient’s approval
4. toperform in improving Improving the cast Lecture Overhead 1
the cast. Demonst Projector, 6
Practical White
Board
5. to perform the flasking of Flasking and Lecture Overhead 1
the cast with wax pattern Dewaxing Demonst Projector, 6
for packingand dewaxing Practical White
Board
6. to recognize the cured Polymerization Lecture Overhead 1

acrylic in correct powder - powder-liquid Demonst Projector, 6
liquid ratio, temperature, ratio Practical White
pressure - curing Board
withappropriatetechnique. techniques
7. toperform thedeflasking Deflasking Lecture Overhead 1

ofcured denture. Demonst Projector, 6
Practical White
Board
-308-
8. toperform the trimming Trimming Lecture Overhead 1
and polishing of the cured andPolishing of the Demonst Projector, 6
acrylicdenture. denture Practical White
Board
9. toachieve the Denture insertion Lecture Overhead 1

harmonyofthe occlusion and Patient Projector,
and instruct how to care Instruction
for the denture. - occlusal
harmony
- care of the
denture
10. to identify the causes of Post insertion Lecture Overhead 1
various complaints and to complaints Projector,
implement proper - causes of
treatment. various complaints
and proper
treatment
11. to identify the defination Immediate denture Lecture Overhead 2
of immediate denture - definition Projector, 4
to describe advantages and - advantages & Practical White
disadvantages, to describe disadvantages Board
the construction of - construction
immediate denture methods
12. to identify the defination Surgical appliances Lecture Overhead 2
of obturator& to - definition of Projector,
understand the importance obturator
and uses of obturator - importance &
uses of obturator
- construction
methods
13. to justify the Partial denture Lecture Overhead 12

physiological, pathological prosthesis Projector,
and periodontal - physiological,
consideration in the pathological and
construction of partial periodontal
denture consideration in the
to plan and prepare the construction of
patient before partial partial denture
denture construction - treatment
to evaluate the different planning and
component_parts of partial mouth preparation
dentures, their function - component
and method of parts of partial
construction denture
( partial denture design ) - principles of
partial denture
designs
-309-
14. to choose the suitable - Impression Lecture Overhead 6
material and technique for making of partial Demonst Projector, 45
impression taking denture cases Practical White
to justify the technique of - choice of Board
registering centric jaw material &
relationship in partial technique of
cases impression taking
to evaluate the method of - methods of
checking the wax denture registering centric
to perform the technique jaw relationship in
of fitting the denture, partial denture
minor correction of cases
occlusion and patient - trying-in the
instruction partial dentures
- insertion of
partial denture
*minor correction
of occlusion
and patient
instruction
15. to analyse the basic Cast partial Lecture Overhead 4
requirements in dentures Projector,
preparation and - basic
construction of cast partial requirements in
denture preparation and
to acquire the knowledge construction of cast
of the basic principle of partial dentures.
sectional partial dentures - Basic principle
of sectional partial
dentures
16. to determine the basic Overdenture Lecture Overhead 4
principle and - definition Projector,
techniques of - basic principle
overdenture and techniques of
overdenture
17.
toimplement the Gerodontology
management, treatment - management,
Lecture Overhead 4
and treatment planning of treatment and
Projector,
geriatric patients for treatment planning
prosthodontic service. of geriatric
patients.
18. To acquire the basic Oral Implantology-
knowledge of oral Defination of
implantology osseointegration,
LCD
types and Lectuer 2
Projector
biomechanical and
biochemical
consideration
-310-
TOTAL TEACHING HOUR

Total 146
3. Assessment
3.1.Summative Assessment
3.1.1.Class tests & Mid-term test 3 times ( Class work ) = 30%
3.1.2.One Final examination at the end of the academic year
3.1.2.1. Three hour theory paper ( MSQ ) = 50%
3.1.2.2. Two hour practical exam= 20%
3.2. Criteria for Pass, Distinction and Credit

3.2.1. Pass mark 50% of each compartment
3.2.2. Distinction mark 75% of each compartment
3.2.3. Moderation 46% of each compartment
3.2.4. Credit 65% in all compartment
N.B. In supplementary exam, scoring should be < 59%
4. Precribed text Books

Neill, D.J and Walter JD (Latest Edition)
Partial dentures
Btackwell Scientific Publication, Oxford.
Osborne, J and Lammie CA. (Latest Edition)
Partial dentures.
Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxforx.
Iwao Hayakawa
Principles and Practice of Complete Dentures
Quntessence Publishing Co.,ltd.
Clinical Dental Prosthetics.
Staties Press, London.
Neill, DJ and Nallm, RL (Latest Ed.)
Complete denture prosthetics.
John Wright and Sons Ltd>, Eristol.
5. Reference Books.
Mack, AO. (Latest Ed.)
Full dentures.
John Wright and Sons Ltd., Bristol. Boucher, CD. (Latese Ed.)
Swenson's complete dentures.
Mosby Co.,St.Louis.
Anderson, JN and Store, R (Latest Ed.) Immediate and replacement dentures.
Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford
-311-
DEPARTMENT OF PERIDONTOLOGY
Final Year B.D.S.
At the end of the course of instruction, the learner should have-
1.1 acquired the knowledge of-

1.1.1 the clinical, histological and radiologic characteristics of normal and /
or healthy periodontium and their relation to age and differentiate them
from the diseased state.
1.1.2 initiation, progression and recurrence of various periodontal diseases
and their clinical, histological and radiological characteristics.
1.1.3 the causative factors of periodontal diseases.
1.2. the skill to -

1.2.1 perform a comprehensive periodontal examination and draw a proper
treatment plan.
1.2.2 treat gingivitis, initial and uncomplicated periodontitis.
1.2.3 demonstrate and instruct oral hygiene practice to individual patient as
well as to the community.
1.3 developed the attitude for -

1.3.1 awareness of the importance of Periodontology in total Oral Health
Care.
1.3.2 developing sound attitude on self-education and research on
Periodontology.
1.3.3 developing an attitude that periodontal care should start with the
individual level by appropriate methods and available resources.
-312-
2. Lesson Plan
Total
No. SLO Topic/Contents Methods Media
hours
1. Should be able to perform Diagnosis, Lecture White 35
comprehensive periodontal determination of Demonst: Board
examination and identify progonsis and the Practical Overhead
causative factor treatment plan Tutorial projector
Should be able to determine - Diagnosis, Slide
overall prognosis determination of projector
prognosis. Multimed
- Comprehensive ia
examination. Model
- Determination of Patient
aetiology.
- Treatment plan
2. Should have the knowledge of The periodontal Lecture White 16
characteristic of instruments instrumentation Demonst: Board
Should be able to use -Characteristics of Practical Overhead
instrument properly instruments Tutorial projector
- Proper use of Slide
instruments. projector
Multimed
ia
Model
Patient
3. To develop effective program Initial phase of Lecture White 34
of periodontal disease control periodontal therapy Demonst: Board
-Effective programme Practical Overhead
for Tutorial projector
To analyze the occlusion if the periodontal disease Slide
occlusal component is present control projector
- Analysis of occlusion Multimed
ia
Model
Patient
4. Should have the knowledge of Surgical periodontal Lecture White 35
rationale,indications, therapy Demonst: Board
contraindications for -Effective programme Practical Overhead
periodontal surgical for periodontal Tutorial projector
management disease control. Slide
Should be able to treat projector
gingivitis,initial periodontitis& Multimed
uncomplicated moderate ia
periodontitis Model
Patient
5. Should be able to motivate the Maintenance phase of Lecture White 26
patient for effective plaque periodontal treatment Demonst: Board
control -Motivation of patient Practical Overhead
To be aware of the - Active patient Tutorial projector
implementation of total participation in the Slide
-313-
periodontal care management of projector
periodontal diseases. Multimed
- Implication of total ia
periodontal care Model
Patient
Hours
Total 146




Carranza Jr. F.A (Latest Edition ) Glickman's Clinical Periodontology,
W.B. Sounders, London.
5. Reference Book
Manson. J.D. (Latest Edition) Periodontics, BAS Printer Ltd. London.
Macphee, T and Cowley G., (Latest Edition ) Essential of Periodontology &
Periodontics, Blackwell Scientific Publication, Oxford.
Goldman H.M & Cohen D.W. (Latest Edidion) Periodontal Therapy, C.V.
Mosby Co. U.S.A
Robert J. Genco, Heny M Goldman, D. Walter Cohen (Latest Edition).
Contermporary Periodontic. The C.V. Mosby Company.
Jan Lindhe (Latest Edition ) Textbook of Clinical Periodontology, Munksgaard
-314-
Final Year B.D.S.
1. Departmental Objectives.
At the end of the course of instruction, the student should be able to –
1.1.1 the development of dental profession.
1.1.2 the concept and principle of primary health care
1.1.3 the concept of health and disease, disease control, management and
administration as well as environmental health.
1.1.4 the principle, concept, strategies and uses of epidemiology.
1.1.5 the various preventive measures against oral and dental disease.
1.1.6 the forensic dentistry for identification and determination of age by means of teeth
jaws.
1.1.7 the principles of dental ethics & jurisprudence.

1.2.1 educating the public so as to stimulate community self reliance andto maintain
health.
programme.
1.2.3 conducting a simple oral epidemiological surgery in a community.
1.2.4 identifying human remains by means of teeth and jaw.

1.3.1 awareness that periodonal disease and dental caries arepreventable.
1.3.2 maintaining a preventive practice to his / her own oral health.
1.3.3 awarness and abide by the ethical principles of the dental profession for its
members.
1.3.4 awareness and understanding the principles of dentaljurisprudence.
-315-
2. Lesson plan
No. SLO Topic / Content Method Media Total

hours
1. General epidemiology
to understand the - Definition Lecture white 2
application of - Methods of epidemiological Tutorial board
epidemiological method studies Overhead
in dentistry Projector
2. Epidemiology of dental
caries Lecture white 10
to understand the disease - Agents Tutorial board
distribution of dental - Host Demonst: Overhead
caries according to - Environment Practical Projector
epidemiological triad. Field
study
3. Epidemiology of periodontal
disease Lecture white 10
to understand the disease - Agent Tutorial board
distribution of periodontal - Host Demonst: Overhead
diseases according to - Environment Practical Projector
epidemiological triad. Field
study
4. Epidemiology of oral cancer
to understand the disease Lecture white 10
distribution of oral cancer board
according to Overhead
epidemiological triad. Projector
5. Prevention
to understand the - Levels of prevention Lecture white 4
principles and levels of - Principles of prevention
Tutorial board
prevention. Overhead
Projector
6. Prevention of dental caries
to understand the Diet and dental caries Lecture white 12
procedures and method of - Atraumatic restorative Tutorial board
dental cancer prevention. treatment Demonst: Overhead
- Fluoride and caries Practical Projector
prevention Field
- Oral hygiene and dental study
caries
-316-
7. Prevention of periodontal
disease Lecture white 12
to understand the - Oral hygiene and Tutorial board
procedures and method of periodontal disease Demonst: Overhead
periodontal disease -Levels of prevention and Practical Projector
prevention. periodontal diseases Field
study
8 Prevention of oral cancer
levels and stratigies for oral Lecture White 12
To understand the cancer prevention Tutorial board
procedures and method of Demonst: Overhead
oral cancer prevention
Practical Projector
Field
study
9 Indices
to understand the - Indicators of dental caries Lecture White 4
indicators for oral (DMFT, prevalence...etc) Tutorial board
diseases especially used in - Indicators of periodontal
Overhead
community. disease Projector
(Community periodontal Field
index, study
plaque score, gingival
score.)
10. Fluorides in dentistry
to understand the - History Lecture White 5
procedures and method of - Action Tutorial board
role of fluoride in - Various methods of Overhead
prevention of dental caries fluoridation Projector
and dental fluoride as well - Fluorosis
11. Oral health care delivery
to understand the system Lecture White 4
organizational structure of - Objectives and procedures Tutorial board
oral health services. - Primary oral health care Overhead
to aware the primary oral project Projector
health care approach
12. Health education
to understand the - Definition Lecture White 12
principle of Health - Steps Tutorial board
education - Contents Demonst: Overhead
to impart dental Health - Principles Practical Projector
education to individual & Field
community. study
13. Ethics and jurisprudence White
to aware the dental ethics - Professional ethics board
Lecture 4
and jurisprudence in - Overhead
Tutorial
professional practice. Consent,contract,malpractice Projector
& negligence
-317-
14. Forensic odontology
Dento - legal aspects
to identify and determine Lecture White 4
- Bite-marks identification
unknown bodies and Tutorial board
criminals by means of bite - Identification of unknown Overhead
bodies
mark Projector
15. Management Definition
to understand the - Planning Lecture White 4
definition and principles - Implementation Tutorial board
of management. -Evaluation Overhead
Projector
16. Introduction to bio-statistics
- Central tendencies;
to understand the basic Lecture white 4
knowledge of biostatics. mean,median,mode Tutorial board
Overhead
standard deviation ,
Projector
- Mean, standard deviation,
Standard error of Means,
95% Confidence interval
-t test, Chi square, Linear
regression
Total 113
Hours
Total 113

3.1.3 School trips
-318-
4. Prescribed book
Joseph John; 2003, Text book of Preventive and Community Dentistry, first edition
WHO, 1997,Oral Health Surveys, Basic Methods, fourth edition
5. Reference books
CM Marya,2011, A Textbook of Public Health Dentistry, first edition
Harris & Garcia-Godoy, 1999, Primary preventive dentistry, fifth edition
Elizabeth T.Treasure, 2003, Essential Dental Public Health, first edition
Pine.C, 1997, Community Oral Health, first edition
Murray J, 1996, The prevention of dental disease, third edition
-319-
DEPARTMENT OF PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY
Final year B.D.S.
Lesson plan
No. Topic / Content Method Media Total
hours
At the end of the session the
student should ------
1. - be able to mention the methods Prevention of dental Lecture White 16
of using fluoride for the child caries Tutorial board
patient. - Fluoride therapy Practical Overhead
- Sealants and Demonst: Projector
- be able tobriefly describe
preventive resin LCD
fluoride toxicity
restorations Slides
- be able tostate the methods of
using fluoride in the community
- be able to name the type of
fissure sealants
- be able to mention the
guidelines for selection of
patients and teeth
- be able to briefly describe the
technique and perform pit and
fissure sealing
- be able to state the importance
of resin restoration for children
2. - be able to list the predisposing Treatment of Lecture White 41
factors and aetiology of traumatic injuries to board
traumatic injury to anterior teeth anterior teeth. Tutorial Overhead
- Aetiology and Projector
- be able to take proper history
predisposing factors Practical LCD
and conduct physical
- History and
examination for a child with Slides
examination Demonst; Patients
traumatic injury
- Classification
- be able to classify the different - Injuries to the hard
types of traumatic injury to dental tissues
anterior teeth (enamel and
- be able to outline the treatment dentine)
for fractures involving enamel - Injuries to the pulp
and dentine
- be able to outline the treatment
for traumatic injury to anterior
teeth involving the pulp
- be able to mention the
- Treatment of
treatment for concussion and
concussion and root
root fractures
fractures
-320-
- be able to mention the - Treatment of
treatment for displacement displacement injuries
injuries
- be able to outline the treatment - Treatment of
for an avulsed tooth avulsion
- be able to list the consequences
of traumatic injuries - Consequences of
to the anterior teeth traumatic injuries
to the anterior teeth.
3. - should understand the Non- accidental Lecture White 4
difference between child abuse injury child abuse Tutorial board
and neglect and neglect. Practical Overhead
Demonst Projector
- be able to name the factors
LCD
involved in child abuse and
neglect Slides
different types of child abuse
- be able to list the signs of child
abuse
oral signs of child abuse
- be able to outline the
management of child abuse and
neglect cases
4. - be able to describe teething Teething Lecture White 10
- Clinical features Tutorial board
- be able to list the clinical
- Management Practical Overhead
features of teething
- Cysts interfering Demonst Projector
- be able to briefly describe the with eruption. LCD
management of teething
Slides
- be able to outline the
management of eruption cyst
5. - be able tomention the Treatment of Lecture White 17
consequences of delayed abnormalities of the Tutorial board
exfoliation of a deciduous teeth primary and mixed Practical Overhead
dentition. Demonst Projector
- be able tolist the problems
- Delayed exfoliation LCD
associated with infraocclusion
(infraocclusion) Slides
- be able tobriefly describe the - Delayed eruption Patients
management of delayed eruption Management of
- be able todescribe the supernumerary teeth
aetiology, associated clinical
problems and management of
supernumerary teeth
-321-
At the end of the session the
student ------
6. -should know common dental Management of Lecture White 26
problems encountered in handicapped children Tutorial board
different types of handicapped Practical Overhead
- Dental care for
children and how to manage and Demonst Projector
handicapped children
prevent these problems. LCD
- Management for
physically Slides
handicapped children Patients
(CP, epilepsy, blind,
deaf, and dumb)
- Management for
mentally handicapped
children (Down's
syndrome, Mental
retardation.)
- Management for
medically
compromised
children.
7. -must be able to identify the Premature loss of Lecture Overhead 8
space problems in mixed primary teeth. Projector
Tutorial
dentition -Identification of LCD
Practical
space problems
-must be able to manage the Demonst Slides
during the mixed
space problems during the mix Models
dentition
dentition period
8. -should be able to describe the Oral habits in Lecture Overhead 8
normal and abnormal oral habits children Projector
Tutorial
in children - Normal and LCD
Practical
abnormal oral habits
-must be able to list the sequale Demonst Slides
- Sequele of
of abnormal oral habits and Models
abnormal oral habits
outline the management for
correction of these abnormalities
9. -must be able to describe the Restorative Lecture Overhead 6
differences in cavity preparation procedures for Projector
Tutorial
between deciduous and primary teeth LCD
Practical
permanent teeth for amalgam Demonst Slides
restoration Models
-must be able to perform
competently the ART ,
composite resin restorations
10. -must be able to know and Importance of first Lecture Overhead 5
describe the importance of permanent molar and Projector
Tutorial
planned extraction or enforced it's management LCD
Practical
extraction of first permanent during the mixed Demonst Slides
molars in the mixed dentition dentition phase Models
-322-
11. -should be able to list and briefly The conditions Lecture Overhead 5
describe the conditions associated with early Projector
Tutorial
associated with early loss of loss of deciduous LCD
Practical
deciduous teeth. teeth Demonst Slides
Hours
Total 146
Assessment.
1.1.1 Class work
- assessment of clinical records.
- assessment of test papers. (Class test and Mid- term)
Final Examination
Final examination will consists of
- one three hour theory paper in combination with Orthodintics.
- Practical examination
- viva vorce
.3 Criteria for promotion
- Satisfactory performance in class work
- Satisfactory performance in final examination.
- Class work 50%
- Practical 20%
- Theory 50%
- Viva voce is not compulsory
4. Reference Text Books
WELBURY.R.R. (Editor)
Paediatric Dentistry (Latest edition), OXFORD UNIVERSITY.
5. Reference Books.
Stephen H.W, Wei,
Pediatric Dentistry, Total Patient Care
LEA and Febiger, Philadelphia.
Andlaw, R.J. ans Rock W.P.A Manual of Paedontics. (Latest edition)

Churchill Livingstone, Inc, Edinburgh, London, Melbourne and New York.
White, G.E (Latest edition,) Clinical Oral Pediatrics.

Quintessence publishing Co Inc. Chicago, Illinois.
Mathewson R.J, Primosch R.E, Snager R.G, and Robrtson, Fundamentals of Dentistry for
children. Quintessence publishing Co. Inc. Chicago, Illinois.
-323-
DEPARTMENT OF ORTHODONTICS
FINAL YEAR B.D.S.
1. Programme objectives
At the end of the course of instruction, the student should have –
acquired the knowledge of –
1.1.1 underlying principles required for the treatment planning of an orthodontic
patient.
1.1.2 various treatment modalities for various dentofacial anomalies of
cranofacial complex.
1.1.3 differentiating those orthodontic problems requiring referral to the
specialist.
1.2 acquired skill in –

1.2.1 conducting proper history taking, clinical examination, and diagnosis of an
orthodontic patient. Vc
1.2.2 formulating the correct treatment planning, design, and construction of
orthodontic appliances.
1.3 develop the attitude of –

1.3.1 importance of orthodontics in maintaining and improving the function ,
esthetic and psychosocial condition of an individual.
1.3.2 importance of orthodontic treatment as an adjunct to other phases of dental
practice.
1.3.3 importance of referral to the specialist for the sake of achieving the optima
oral health.
-324-
Lesson Plan for Final Year B.D.S. Course.
Title 1. Orthodontic Diagnosis.
1. At the end of the Process of orthodontic Lecture White 12 hrs
session the student diagnosis. board
should- Tutorial 5 hrs
-be able to to History taking. OHP
conduct proper -methods. Chairside
history taking for -chief complaint. teaching. Slide
orthodontic patients. -evaluation of physical projector.
growth status.
-be able to perform -social and behavioral Study
clinical examination history. model
of orthodontic
patient so as to Clinical examination. X-rays
develop adequate Extraoral examination of
database for face
diagnosis. -profile view
-front view
-be able to analyse -soft tissue
data from history, Intraoral examination.
clinical examination -general examination of
and analysis of teeth, periodontium and oral
diagnosis records for mucosa.
the development of -specific orthodontic
problem list or examination.
diagnosis. -counting the teeth.
-intraarch anomalies.
-alignment anomalies.
-spaced anomalies.
-dentitional anomalies.
-dentoskeletal relation
-interarch anomalies.
-molar, canine and incisor
relation. (anteroposterior)
-overbite. (verical)
-crossbite.(lateral)
-soft tissue examination.
Analysis of diagnostic
records.
Study model.
-model analysis.
-space analysis.
-diagnostic setup
Radiographs.
Photographs.
Writing clinical summary
and diagnosis.
-325-
Title 2. Treatment Planning.
2. At the end of the Formulation of treatment Lecture White 6 hrs
lesson the student plan. board
should- -extraction / nonextraction
-be able to formulate -orthodontic / orthopaedic OHP
treatment plan in -choice of teeth for
conformity with the extraction. Slide
best possible -timing and sequencing of projector
esthetic, function treatment.
and stability. -choice of appliance and
mechanical treatment plan.
Title 3. Treatment in Mixed Dentition.

3. At the end of the Treatment of crowding . Lecture White 4 hrs
lesson the student -diagnosis. board
should- -treatment protocol Tutorial
-be able to write the -space management. OHP
treatment protocol -space regaining. Chairside
for treatment of -space maintaining. teaching Slide
crowding in mixed -expansion. projector.
dentition. -appliance used for space
regaining, maintaining and
-be able to diagnose expansion.
space management
problems and Diagnosis and treatment of
recognize the need spacing.
for treatment.
-be able to select Diagnosis and treatment of
and design various local crossbite.
types of space
regaining and Growth modification
maintaining treatment.
appliance.
-be able to diagnose
and planning
treatment for
spacing and
crossbite.
-be able to
recognize condition
requiring growth
modification
treatment and the
need for referral.
-326-
Title 4. Treatment in Permanent Dentition.
4. At the end of the Treatment of crowding. Lecture White 17 hrs
session the student -treatment protocol. board
should- -clinical presentation of Chairside
-be able to crowding. teaching OHP
diagnose and treat -treatment methods-
simple crowding extraction, non-extraction. Slide
using removable -removable expansion projector
appliance. appliance.
-be able to Treatment of spacing.

diagnose and treat
spacing, Treatment of orthodontic
supernumerary problems associated with
teeth, median supernumerary teeth, ,high
diastema using fraenum.
removable
appliance. Treatment of proclined
incisors.
-be able to -diagnosis and treatment
diagnose and treat of thumb sucking.
thumb sucking, -diagnosis and treatment
tongue thrusting. of tongue thrusting.
-be able to treat Treatment of rotation and

rotated and malaligned teeth.
malaligned teeth.
Conditions requiring
-be able to referral.
recognize
conditions
requiring referral.
Title 5. Biologic Tooth Movement and Biological Tissue Response.
5. At the end of the Histologic structure of Lecture White 8 hrs
lesson the student periodontal ligament and board
should- alveolar bone.
-be able to write the OHP
sequence of Response of tissues to
biologic response to orthodontic and orthopaedic Slide
orthodontic and forces. projector.
orthopaedic forces.
-be able to state the Types of orthodontic tooth
different types of movement.
orthodontic tooth
movement.
-be able to apply
this knowledge in
application of force
and appliance design.
-327-
Title 6. Role of Orthodontics in Cleft Lip and Palate.
6. At the end of the lesson Effects of cleft lip and Lecture White 4 hrs
the student should- palate in the position and board
-be able to list the alignment of teeth and
effects of cleft lip and dentofacial structures OHP
palate in the teeth and
dentofacial structures. Timing of orthodontic Slide
interventions in cleft projector
-know the timing of patients.
orthodontic treatment in
cleft patient.
Title 7. Removable Orthodontic Appliance.

7. At the end of the session Review of removable Lecture White 8 hrs
the student should- orthodontic appliance. board
-be able to list the various -types of appliance Tutorial 5 hrs
orthodontic appliances -choice of appliance OHP
-care of appliance :
-be able to select correct -patient instruction Slide
choice of appliance. projector
-be able to write

instructions to patient for
the care of appliance.
Title 8. Materials Used in Orthodontics.

8. At the end of the lesson Stainless steel wires Lecture White board 3 hrs
the student should- Base plate material
-be able to know the Expansion screws
physical properties of Materials used in fixed
stainless steel wires and appliance treatment.
base plate material.
Title 9. Retention.
9. At the end of the lesson The objectives of Lecture White board 4 hrs
the student should- orthodontic treatment.
-be able to write the Tutorial Retention 1 hr
reasons for the need of Importance of the appliances
retention appliance. stable orthodontic
treatment result.
-be able to list various
types of retention The need for retention
appliance. and retention
appliances.
-be able to select suitable
retention appliance.
-328-
Title 10. Laboratory Exercises.
10. At the end of the Wire bending Tutorial Models 9 hrs
session the student Soldering Pliers/Wires
should- Removable appliance Practical White board 50 hrs
-be able to construct construction Appliances.
Hawley type removable Functional appliance.
appliance and retainers. Arch expansion appliance
Retainers
-be able to construct
removable arch
expansion appliance.
-be able to list the

various types of
functional appliances.
Title 11. Clinical Training.

11. At the end of the Chair side. Chairside Patient 10
clinical training the -history taking teaching. Hours
student should- -patient examination
-be able to take proper and diagnosis. Practical
orthodontic history -orthodontic impression Demonst:
taking and perform taking
patient examination. -explanation of
treatment plan
-be able to take
orthodontic impression. -appliance adjustment,
-develop delivery and patient
communication skill in instruction.
explaining treatment
plan and giving patient
instruction.
-be able to make
appliance adjustments
and appliance delivery.
-329-
2.1 TOTAL TEACHING HOURS
Hours
Total 146
3.1 Assessment
3.1.1 Formative assessment
Theory
-Class test
-Mid - term test
-Practical
- Product assessment on wire bending and appliance construction.
3.1.2 Summative assessment
Theory
- One three hour theory paper, combined with Paedodontics
- Practical
- One hour practical assessment
- Viva voce is not compulsory
3.1.3 Marks allocation
formative assessment 30%
Summative assessment 70%
Theory 50%
Practical 20%
-330-
REFERENCE BOOK
Proffit, W.R. and Fields, H.W. (Jr.) Latest Edition
Contemporary Orthodontics 2nd ed.
Mosby - Year - Book, Inc.
Graber, T.M
W.B. Saunders, London.
Moyers, R.E,
Handbook of Orthodontics. Latest edition.
Year - Book Medical Publishers, Chicago.
Houston, W.J.B. 1982.

Orthodontic diagnosis Latest edition
John Wright and Sons Ltd. Bristol, London and Boston.
Donald D. Enlow,
Hand book of facial growth, Latest edition.
Tulley, W.J. and Campbell, AC (1976)

A manual of practical orthodontics, Latest edition.
John Wright and Sons Ltd. Bristol.
Gordon C. Dickson. Albert. E. Whealthy 1978

An atlas of removable orthodontic appliances, Latest edition.
Joan L. Blazucki, RG. BS, 1990.

Bench- Top orthodontics, Latest edition, Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.
Foster, T.D. (1982), A textbook of orthodontics, Latest edition.

Mills, J.R.E (1982)

Principles and practice of orthodontics, Latest edition.
Churchill Livingstone Edinburgh, London, Melborne and New York.
C.D. Stephens, K.G Isaacson 1990.

Practical orthodontic assessment, Latest edition.
Heinemann Medical Book.
K.G Isaason J.K williams 1984.

An introduction to fixed appliances, Latest edition.
Wright Bristol
-331-

B.D.S Curriculum (2016) UDMY UDMM Myanmar

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

B.D.S Curriculum (2016) UDMY UDMM Myanmar

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PREAMBLE

1st B.D.S. class 1 year

CBL = Community based Learning

Class Subjects Hours Total Hours

TRAINING SCHEDULE FOR HOUSE OFFICERS

One Academic Year 52 weeks

Teaching Weeks 30 (5 days) 150 days

Sr. No Subjects Teaching Hours

TOPIC : pmpDpmuHk;a&;om;jcif;/ (Essay Writing)

TOPIC : bmomjyefjcif; (Translation)

TOPIC : aq;ynm&Sifusifh0wf (Medical Ethics)

TOPIC : tESpfcsKyfa&;om;jcif; (Summarizing)

TOPIC : vlrIusifh0wf taxGaxGoifcef;pm/ (pum;ajy? uAsm)

1.1 Method Written

3. Pass mark 50%

1.1 acquire knowledge and 1.1 How medicine Lecture

1.18 know about the diseases 1.18 Smoking

6.1 write reports 6.1 Report Writing/ Power- 40

3. Criteria for Pass, Distinction and Credit

3.1. Pass mark - 50% (each compartment)

No. SLO Topic /Contents Method Media Hours

2. Chemical Bonds 13 hrs

2.8 Weak electrostatic

(d) osmosis and

TOTAL TEACHING HOURS

3. Criteria for Passing and Distinction

(5.1) Introduction to electricity and magnetism

No Title Lecture(hr) Practical(hr) Tutorial(hr) Total(hr)

3. Wave Motion lecture 8 3 11 practical Board

4. Light lecture 9 2 11 marker

1. Question Type (Final exam : 3hrs)

2. Pass Marks - 50%

3. Distinction Mark - 80%

4. Moderation Marks - 46%

-know ‘what is 3.5 Symptoms of the

-acquire knowledge 5.5.Adaptative behaviour

-differentiate sexual 6.1.1.Reproduction Lecture White 4

6.9. Nervous system

-recall the two 6.10. Endocrine system Lecture White 5

TOTAL TEACHING HOURS

1.1. Theory Tests (MCQ, MEQ)

3. Criteria for Pass, Distinction and Credit

Sr.No. Topics Lecture Practical Hours

1. The Science of Biology 1 - 1

5. Non-cellular level and cellular level 12 4 16

Structure and function of some living and non- living

2.2 Non-living components

2.3.The plant cell cycle and cell division

4. 4.1.The chemical building blocks of life . 20 8 28

5. Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes 12 4 16

Sr.No. Contents Total hours

3. Theory Tests I, II, III 6

Weightage for the final examination

One Final examination at the end of the academic year.

Theory ……………………. 50%

Distinction 80% & above in every compartment

Time allowed 3 hours

Section B ( 2 1/3 hrs.)

Question weightage UDM (YANGON) 50 %, UDM (MANDALAY) 50 %

Lectu Discussi Tota

Integral Calculus Integral Calculus 6 3 9

1. Whiteboard and Marker

Evaluation ( Student Assessment )

Pass marks - 50 marks